Skip to content

🇺🇸 $1.586 Billion Powerball Wednesday, Jan 13, 2016 • 19th Rollover • Largest Jackpot in World History • Wednesday Winners 👍👍👍

1452777295.jpg

🔴 Lottery Alert – $1.5864 Billion Powerball on January 13, 2016, the 19th Rollover for the Largest Lottery Jackpot in World History. Saturday the PowerBall Jackpot rose to $949.8 Million with No Jackpot Winner. All your wildest dreams could have come true if you had the winning numbers in this Huge Powerball lottery. BUT, there was No JACKPOT Winner. Recall, Powerball starts with a $40 Million Jackpot. There were 3 Powerball Jackpot winner on Wednesday January 13th drawing.

🔴 $273,869,273 in Payouts for Powerball Winning Tickets, Surprised?. There was 3 Powerball Jackpot Winner. And, there were actually 26,110,646 Winners other than the Jackpot prize, that won on average $10.49 per ticket. Powerball will be paying out a combined total of $273,869,273 for these Lottery winners. This is not a typo, literally over $273 Million is being paid out to individuals that present their Lottery tickets to retail locations for winning Tickets under $600. The many Tickets winners of $1,000,000 and $2,000,000 need to appear at Lottery regional offices to verify their identification with a Photo ID and provide their Tax ID Number, as Uncle Sam the Lottery must withhold 25% towards their 2016 Federal Tax filings.

🔴 3 Lucky Winners split the Powerball Jackpot, as Powerball was on its 19th rollover. The lottery increased the estimated Jackpot from $949.8 Million to $1.586 Billion for its 19th rollover. Many Hundred Million Lotto tickets are being sold at an amazing pace of 580,000 ticket sales per Minute. With luck, lots of Good Luck, the Jackpot Winning Odds is 292 million to 1, THREE Winners have the lucky chance of finding out, what being “Truly Wealthy” is, splitting $594,196,560 which equals $198,065,560 for Each.

🔴 Powerball Jackpot Quick Formula for Lump Sum After-Tax Payment Formula: Powerball Lottery officials claim, based on current interest rates, the (pre-Tax) Single-Pay lump sum payment for the Powerball Jackpot is 62% of the Jackpot. To account for Uncle Sam, the IRS maximum Federal Income Tax rate is 39.6% which means that you retain 60.40% of your Jackpot income. Therefore for a lump sum single payment equals (Jackpot)x(60.40%)x(62%) Less any State Income Taxes (No State income taxes for residents of Florida, Texas, Tennessee)

Powerball Lump Sum Cashier’s Check = (Powerball Jackpot)x(37.45%)

🔴 Lottery Officials say there was no Jackpot Winner Saturday night, the drawing held at 10:59pm, January 9th. The Powerball Jackpot has another Rollover, it’s 19th rollover, to a historic World-Wide Jackpot of $1.586 Billion for Wednesday’s drawing, January 13th. Lump Sum single payment of the Jackpot equates to about 62% of the Jackpot or $983.5 Million Lump Sum Cash Value, which equates to $594,075,000 Net after Uncle Sam takes a Federal Income Tax bite of 39.6%.

🔴 $594,075,000 in After-Tax CASH Value. Think about it, OK go crazy and spend $94 million on a new House, a Boat, a Vacation Home, a dozen fast Family Cash Gifts, a few Impulsive Gifts to Friends, plus a few local Charitable Contributions… After those preliminary expenditures, how many folks on the planet actually have $500 Million in after-tax CASH in the Bank, or Banks. At only a 1.0% interest rate, $500,000,000 on deposit would yield $416,600 per Month or $5,000,000 per Year in interest income. Whew…

🔴 Institutional grade AAA investments, that you could purchase, Yielding at a conservatively 2.5% interest rate, yielding roughly $1,041,000 per MONTH in investment income, or $12,500,000 per Year. Year-over-Year, and you have not spent any of your $500 Million.

🔴 Establish Multiple Annuities for close Family Members. In order to protect close family members that you want to gift funds, set up Annuities for each, so that they receive $75,000/month for the next 282 months. It will require you to deposit $20,000,000 assuming the Insurance Company prices the annuity at 4.00%. If you have 10 such family members this will consume $200 million of your Jackpot + $80 million Federal Gift Tax. Note, you will have to pay a Federal Gift Tax for these annuities which is currently 39.6% for amounts over the $10.68 Million lifetime gift exemption.

🔴 Create 2 separate Annuities for You and your Significant Other, in the amount of $50 million each, no gift tax for each of you, if you claim the Jackpot as a Married couple. This gives each of you “safe funds” that cannot be easily attacked by anyone. Each $50M Annuity giving each of you income in the amount of $187,500/Month “no matter what” for 23 years. It’s hard to imagine how one could spend $187,000/month; therefore other savings accounts should be created for the unspent annuity payments. Why 2 annuities? One for you and one for your significant other… Today, he and she are significant others to each other. However, after the Jackpot, lots of Money can change relationships, where you may separate. Annuities are safer to Legal Attack, in the event of a “spousal war.” With this accomplished, you would have committed $380 Million towards Twelve 282-Month Annuities including gift taxes, such that $139 Million will remain in the Jackpot pool for other uses, New Homes for you and your children, a Vacation Hideaway, Travel, Charitable Contributions, Small Gifts to friends, and for Safety buy and Vault a Gold Coin investment.

🔴 GOLD Maple Leaf Coins. For the ultimate in financial security, buy $50 million worth of GOLD bullion Coins, for example Canadian Maple Leaf coins. These coins are 24 karat pure 0.9999 fine Gold. These coins have little “collector” value other than related to the current value of the Gold metal. Currently Gold “Maple Leafs” are running at $1150 for each 1.00oz Coin, where spot bullion gold is current published at $1100/oz. The minting-premium for the 24k Gold Coin is about 4% to 5%.

🔴 24k Gold Coins are Safe and are Easy to Buy & Sell. You have a lot less risk of getting ripped off buying Gold Bullion Coins as compare to potential fraudulent Gold-Bar sales, usually dealing with purity. Other collectible Gold coins like 100 year old US Gold Eagle coins which are not pure 24k Gold, and are valued by two criteria: (A) for their rarity, the collector’s value for 100 year old coins, and (B) the current value of the Gold metal contained in the coins. Accordingly, it is difficult for YOU to know if you are over-paying for “collectible” rare gold coins. With Gold “bullion” Canadian Maple Leaf Coins, assuming you buy from a reputable dealer, Coins are very easy to buy, by comparing the Gold Coin value with current spot-Gold prices. Your 1oz Maple Leaf Gold Coin cost should be about 4% to 5% higher than the daily published market price of ONE Troy-Ounce of spot-gold.

🔴 $50 million of Gold Maple Leaf Coins equates to 43,478 Coins, which is 2,717 pounds of 24k Gold Coins (or 136 canvas bags, for 20 pound canvas sacs). Place them in several Bank Vaults, make a list, carefully label the vault-keys and Vault addresses. Many wealthy folks keep a portion of their Gold Coins out of Country (Switzerland for example), or several safe Counties, for smart Geo-Political safety. Seek professional advice from your Financial Planner before buying this sizable lot of 24k Gold Bullion Coins.

🔴 $89 Million Remaining your Jackpot pool, after this GOLD Coin purchase and the purchase of the 12 Annuities mentioned above, you should have $89 Million remains unallocated from your Jackpot pool.

🔴 As a Retired Commercial Banker, I reached out to one of my investment banking friends. He mentioned this notion: “… Invest in some Rare Art and Quality Diamonds & Rubies.” My initial thoughts, buy Art to have and enjoy in your home and office, not necessarily as an “Investment.” One of the problem with Fine Art is determining its Fair Value… can you trust the appraisals as these values are very subjective? Get 3 appraisals, and you’ll receive 3 different valuations. If the appraisals differ by more than 15%, then what? Apply the WIDD principle, “when in doubt, don’t.”

🔴 Diamonds may have microscopic imperfections such as cloudiness, spots, and other inclusions, another factor is improper Faceting, the Cut, and of course the Clarity, Coloration and Carat Weight. The globally accepted standard for describing diamonds is: The 4Cs of Diamond Quality: Color, Clarity, Cut, and Carat Weight. This is the universal method for assessing the quality of Diamonds, anywhere in the world.

🔴 Flawless, properly Cut Diamonds that are Brilliant White, with larger Carat weight have the greatest value; however, valuation and authenticity requires professional Jewelers to examine each stone. There is a high risk of over paying for diamonds, unless you really know what you are doing; best to hire trusted professional Jewlers to make these assessments.

🔴 Gold Bullion Maple Leaf Coins are exotic enough for a Newly Rich Lottery Winner, IMHO. Know this, 7 of 10 Lottery winners, make poor choices, terrible “investments” and ultimately loose their Lottery Pool, and are financially worse than before winning the Lottery, according to a recent study by three Universities, tracking 35,000 Florida Lottery winners over a 9 year period.

🔴 Powerball’s main website link: http://www.powerball.com/pb_home.asp.

🔴 To watch the Powerball Drawing each Wednesday and Saturday evening at 10:59pm eastern, this is Powerball’s Video Link: http://youtu.be/0WLEzv2UyvU

🔴 Jackpot Winners that desire the Lump Sum Payout, must clim the Jackpot within 60 days of the Drawing Day, to obtain a Lump Sum. Otherwise for those that desire the 29 year Payout Plan, you have up to 180 days to claim your Jackpot which will pay installments over 29 years, $53.3 Million on day one, and $53.3 Million per year for 29 years. On day 181 the Powerball Jackpot Ticket and all other Powerball winning Tickets expire, where all winning Tickets are worthless souvenirs.

🔴 Powerball is an American Lottery game offered by 44 States, and the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Powerball is coordinated by the Multi-State Lottery Association (MUSL), a nonprofit organization formed by an agreement with participating US State Lotteries. Powerball’s minimum advertised jackpot is $40 million (an annuity); Powerball’s annuity is paid in 30 graduated installments; winners may choose Lump Sum cash instead.

🔴 Powerball Drawings are held Wednesday and Saturday evenings at 10:59 p.m. Eastern Time. The game picks Five (white balls) numbered from 1 to 69 + 1 (Red Powerball) numbered from 1 to 26, the matrix from which winning numbers are chosen. Each play costs $2, or $3 with the Power Play option. (Originally, Powerball plays cost $1; when PowerPlay began, such games were $2.) The official cutoff for All ticket sales is 10pm Eastern; some Lotteries discontinue sales at an earlier time. The drawings are held at the Florida Lottery’s studio in Tallahassee.

🔴 Seven Steps to Officially Claim your Jackpot and Maintain your Sanity. Hope you need and head this advice. Good Luck.

🔴 1. Sign the Lottery Ticket and put it in a secure place. The first thing a player will need to do is to complete and sign the back of the winning ticket, as this establishes ownership and the ticket, and must be signed to claim the Jack pot. Keep the ticket in a secure place until you intend to travel to Tallahassee, Florida to Officially Claim the Jackpot.

🔴 2. Don’t accept the prize money immediately, however, do so within 60 days if you desire the Lump Sum Payment. Otherwise you have 180 days to claim the Jackpot with 30 payments over 29 years. Taking some time will give time to make some very important decisions, like what you want to do with the money, gifts to family, charities, and how they think it will change your life.

🔴 3. Hire a team of professionals to manage your money. The good news is you’ll have plenty of cash to hire a few Trust, Estate, Tax and Financial experts to manage everything from your finances and legal issues to personal relationships. Engage a Financial Planner and make financial decision with that person’s guidance. The Financial Planner may be used as a buffer with all those who ask you for favors and money. The Financial Planner will help to insulate you from all the calls you’ll receive, and to protect your relationships.

🔴 4. Stay Quiet and leave town for a few weeks. One wouldn’t blame you for wanting to shout from the rooftops that you’re a multi-millionaire, but it’s best to remain Quiet. Other than a spouse, don’t tell anyone about your good fortune until after you’ve created a solid plan with your core of Financial Professionals. Well-meaning friends and family will likely not offer you the best financial advice for the totality of your good fortune. Disappearing for a few weeks, means you will not have strangers and family members hounding you for money. This time away will give you a chance to settle yourself. When folks receive a huge windfall, it could take up to a year to fully adjust to this new lifestyle.

🔴 5. Don’t hand out cash to family and friends until you have formulated an overall Plan. Having a lot of money means you can help a lot of people, but that doesn’t mean you can help everyone, nor should you. Don’t feel obligated to bail out, reward, loan or give out lumps sums of cash to friends and family members. It may seem like harsh advice, but this is one of the fastest ways to lose your money. Talk with your financial advisers about strategies and vehicles, such as trusts, that can allow you to help others and also preserve your wealth and your gifts. Additionally, cash and other gifts may have significant tax consequences, particularly with huge Jackpots.

🔴 6. Don’t forget about Federal & State Income Taxes. Even though the jackpot is $1.3 Billion, that doesn’t mean you’ll walk away with that amount. The lump sum amount equates to $806 Million, subject to 39.6% Tax bite from the IRS. At a minimum 25% in taxes will be withheld immediately. And it doesn’t end there. It sounds boring, but planning for taxes is extremely important as these numbers are huge. The inclination is to not plan for taxes and not anticipate them. If you have investment income you’ll have to pay taxes each year. If you walk away with $519 million after TAX, some of this Cash should be going into a variety of investment account that will earn money, and those earnings are taxable.

🔴 7. Set a budget. How could you blow through $519 Million, Right? Wrong. Even with a huge sum of money, you still have to set a budget. Realize it’s not a bottomless pit of money. Don’t spend wildly in the belief that it’ll last forever. A financial adviser can advise you as to how much income you can receive monthly from your winnings, you need to live on that amount or less. Set a budget, but also allow yourself those dream purchases with a balance.

🔴 Powerball on October 4, 2015 format change by Increasing White Ball count to 69 Balls, and Decreasing the Red Ball count to 26 Balls. This changed the Jackpot Winning Odds to exactly 1:292,201,338.

🔴 Powerball Double-Matrix format change: The White-ball pool increased from 59 to 69 balls, while the Red-ball pool decreased from 35 to 26 balls. The Double-Matrix (White Balls + Red Balls, are drawn in separate ball-machines) was designed to create a greater number of overall Powerball winners (with odds of 1:24). However, the format change caused Larger Jackpots, because of the likelihood of more Jackpot Rollovers (Powerball JACKPOT odds are now 1:292,201,338), thereby increasing Jackpot Values. The 4+1 prize is now $50,000; the 10x PowerPlay is available in drawings with a jackpot of under $150 million. For the three months period since the recent October, 2015 Powerball format change, this new format produced 19 Rollovers, with a current $1.4 billion Jackpot (as of Noon Monday, 1/11), an amount that doubles the previous Powerball record. By Wednesday’s Drawing the Estimated Powerball Jackpot could jump to $1.75 Billion.

Lottery Claim Form Link:
http://www.flalottery.com/powerball-howToClaim


🔴 For the rest of us, we can take solace in knowing that you can’t “buy” happiness, let alone permanent wealth, as “happiness” does not always flow from jackpots. However, if you are going to be “unhappy” it’s better to be unhappy and wealthy. As crazy as it may seem, many lottery winners often don’t lead great lives after striking it rich. Quite a few lottery winners spend all their winnings and more, then ultimately filing for bankruptcy.

🔴 University of Kentucky, University of Pittsburgh and Vanderbilt University researchers examined Lottery Winners in 2011 to determine whether Winning a Lottery Jackpot would lead to permanent financial improvement. They focused on bankruptcy filings as a relevant measure of financial success (or failure).

🔴 Researchers examined 35,000 winners of the Florida Lottery, over a 9 Year Period to gather significant volumes of data, to draw meaningful conclusions. The results were surprising. Relatively large winners, who received between $50,000 and $150,000, were just as likely to file for bankruptcy after several years than small winners of $1,000 or so. Plenty of winners, in other words, spent all that they won. But the study does suggest that many people squander whatever sudden wealth comes their way.

🔴 About 7 in 10 people who receive sudden Jackpot “wealth” are likely to deplete most of it within several years, according to a study by the National Endowment for Financial Education. The researchers also determined that for multi-million dollar Jackpot Winners, there were fewer financial failures than for more modest Jackpots.

🔴 Let’s be Happy, and assume that YOU will be very careful with your winnings by hiring a competent Financial Advisor or two, and a smart Tax Specialist. The Key is to engage financial professionals to help you protect your Jackpot, make good investments, and guide you in properly “Spending,” “Investing” and “Giving” a portion of your winnings to your Family and a few Charities.


🔴 $900 Million Power Ball Jackpot Winnings. Let’s assume that you are the soles winner of the $900 Million Jackpot. Lottery officials estimate that the Lump Payment of this jackpot will provide to you a $558 Million Check, or $30 Million payments over 30 years. $30 Million on Day 1, followed by 29 annual payments of $30 Million each. However, lets assume you elect the Lump Sum payment of $558 Million. The next step is the IRS.

🔴 Current rules are the IRS will take a 25% cut or $140 Million for your income tax on the Jackpot, Rendering you a Net Lump Sum of $418 Million. Unless you have significant existing tax shelters, or make significant Charitable contributions in 2016, your Jackpot Federal Tax will likely be 39.6% or $221 Million, this is $81 Million more than the $140 Million if Federal Taxes deducted in Day-1. These factors are why you really need to engage an excellent Tax Attorney, plus one or more Financial Consultants to assist you in making safe investments and to protect your winning Jackpot.

🔴 $337 Million will be your Net CASH Day 1, after Federal Taxes are assessed on the $558 Million Jackpot, which is $221 Million (the current maximum tax bracket of 39.6%), yielding a Net of $337 Million Net CASH, not accounting for any State Taxes. Florida does not have State income taxes. If your permanent residence is in NY, NJ or other states that have State Income taxes, your $337 Million may be further reduced by some 8%, 10% or whatever your State of permanent residency requires.



Pleased you’re reading, with about 100,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

🇺🇸 $1.5 Billion Powerball Wednesday, Jan 13, 2016 • 19th Rollover • Largest Jackpot in World History • MONDAY UPDATE 👍👍👍

1452615979.jpg

🔴 Lottery Alert – $1.50 Billion Powerball on January 13, 2016, the 19th Rollover for the Largest Lottery Jackpot in World History. Last Saturday the PowerBall Jackpot rose to $949.8 Million with No Jackpot Winner. All your wildest dreams could have come true if you had the winning numbers in this Huge Powerball lottery. BUT, there was No JACKPOT Winner, another Rollover. Recall, Powerball starts with a $40 Million Jackpot. With no Jackpot winner, it will rollover to the Wednesday drawing.

🔴 $159 Million in Powerball Winning Tickets, Surprised?. Everyone knows that there was no Powerball Jackpot Winner. However, there were actually 18,315,365 Winners other than the Jackpot prize, that won on average $8.68 per ticket. Powerball will be paying out a combined total of $159,080,965 for these Lottery winners. This is not a typo, literally over $159 Million is being paid out to individuals that present their Lottery tickets to retail locations for winning Tickets under $600. The 25 lotto Tickets winners of $1,000,000 and $2,000,000 need to appear at Lottery regional offices to verify their identification with a Photo ID and provide their Tax ID Number, as Uncle Sam the Lottery must withhold 25% towards their 2016 Federal Tax filings.

🔴 Powerball is now on its 19th rollover as there was no Jackpot winner Saturday evening. The lottery increased the estimated Jackpot from $949.8 Million to $1.50 Billion for its 19th rollover. Many Hundred Million Lotto tickets are being sold at an amazing pace of 50,000 ticket sales per Minute. With luck, lots of Good Luck, the Jackpot Winning Odds is 292 million to 1, you may have the lucky chance of finding out, what being “Truly Wealthy” is.

🔴 Powerball Jackpot may grow to $1.75 Billion by Wednesday’s Drawing. Powerball’s Jackpot estimate has grown twice since Sunday. If the Powerball Jackpot increases to $1.62 Billion, the Lump Sum Payment would be $1,000,000,000 Check !!

🔴 Powerball Jackpot Quick Formula for Lump Sum After-Tax Payment Formula: Powerball Lottery officials claim, based on current interest rates, the (pre-Tax) Single-Pay lump sum payment for the Powerball Jackpot is 62% of the Jackpot. To account for Uncle Sam, the IRS maximum Federal Income Tax rate is 39.6% which means that you retain 60.40% of your Jackpot income. Therefore for a lump sum single payment equals (Jackpot)x(60.40%)x(62%) Less any State Income Taxes (No State income taxes for residents of Florida, Texas, Tennessee)

Powerball Lump Sum Cashier’s Check = (Powerball Jackpot)x(37.45%)

🔴 Lottery Officials say there was no Jackpot Winner Saturday night, the drawing held at 10:59pm, January 9th. The Powerball Jackpot has another Rollover, it’s 19th rollover, to a historic World-Wide Jackpot of $1.50 Billion for Wednesday’s drawing, January 13th. Lump Sum single payment of the Jackpot equates to about 62% of the Jackpot or $930 Million Lump Sum Check, which equates to $561,720,000 Net after Uncle Sam takes a Federal Income Tax bite of 39.6%.

🔴 $561,720,000 in After-Tax CASH. Think about it, OK go crazy and spend $61.72 million on Houses, Boats, Vacation Villas, Impulsive gifts & Charitable contributions… thereafter how many folks on the planet actually have $500 Million in CASH in the Bank, or Banks. At only a 1.0% interest rate, $500,000,000 on deposit would yield $416,600 per Month or $5,000,000 per Year in interest income. Whew…

🔴 Institutional grade AAA investments, that you could invest in, the yield could be conservatively 2.5%, yielding roughly $1,041,000 per MONTH in investment income, or $12,500,000 per Year. Year after year, and you have not spent any of your $500 Million.

🔴 Establish Multiple Annuities for close Family Members. In order to protect close family members that you want to gift funds, set up an Annuity for each to that they receive $75,000/month for the next 282 months. It will require you to deposit $20,000,000 assuming the Insurance Company prices the annuity at 4.00%. If you have 10 such family members this will consume $200 million of your Jackpot + $80 million Federal Gift Tax. Note you will have to pay a Federal Gift Tax for these annuities which is currently about 40% for amounts over the $10.68 Million lifetime gift exemption.

🔴 Create 2 separate Annuities for You and your Significant Other, in the amount of $50 million each, no gift tax for each of you, if your claim the Jackpot as a Married couple. This gives each of you “safe funds” that cannot be easily attacked by anyone. Each $50M Annuity giving each of you income in the amount of $187,500/Month “no matter what” for 23 years. It’s hard to imagine how one could spend $187,000/month; therefore other savings accounts should be created for the unspent annuity payments. Why 2 annuities? One for you and one for your significant other… Today, he or she is a significant other, after the Jackpot, lots of Money can change relationships, where you may separate. Annuities are safer to Legal Attack, in the event a spousal war. With this accomplished, you would have committed $380 Million towards Twelve 282-Month Annuities including gift taxes, such that $139 Million will remain in the Jackpot pool for other uses, New Homes for you and your children, a Vacation Hideaway, Travel, Charitable Contributions, Small Gifts to friends, and for Safety buy and Vault a Gold Coin investment.

🔴 GOLD Maple Leaf Coins. For the ultimate in financial security, buy $50 million worth of GOLD bullion Coins, for example Canadian Maple Leaf coins. These coins are 24 karat pure 0.9999 fine Gold. These coins have little “collector” value other than related to the current value of the Gold metal. Currently Gold “Maple Leafs” are running at $1150 for each 1.00oz Coin, where spot bullion gold bars is current $1100/oz. The minting-premium for the 24k Gold Coin is about 5%.

🔴 24k Gold Coins are Safe and Convenient. You have a lot less risk of getting ripped off buying Gold Coins as compare to potential fraudulent Gold-Bar sales, usually dealing with purity. Other collectible Gold coins like US Gold Eagles which are not pure 24k Gold, are valued by two criteria: (A) for their rarity, the collector’s value, and (B) the value of the Gold metal. Therefore, it is difficult for YOU to know if you are over-paying for “collectible” coins. With Gold “bullion” Canadian Maple Leaf Coins, assuming you buy from a reputable dealer, Coins are very easy to buy, by verifying the Gold Coin value with current spot-Gold prices. Your 1oz Maple Leaf Gold Coin cost should be about 4% to 5% higher than the daily published market price of 1oz of spot-gold.

🔴 $50 million of Gold Maple Leaf Coins equates to 43,478 Coins, which is 2,717 pounds of 24k Gold Coins (or 136 canvas bags, 20 pounds each). Place them in several Bank Vaults, make a list, carefully label the vault-keys. Many wealthy folks keep a portion of their Gold Coins out of Country (Switzerland for example), some in several safe Counties, for smart Geo-Political safety. Seek professional advice from your Financial Planner before buying this sizable lot of 24k Gold Bullion Coins.

🔴 $89 Million Remaining your Jackpot pool. After this GOLD Coin purchase and the purchase of the 12 Annuities mentioned above, you should have $89 Million remaining unallocated from your Jackpot pool.

🔴 As a Retired Commercial Banker, I reached out to one of my investment banking friends. He mentioned this notion: “… Invest in Rare Art and Quality Diamonds & Rubies.” My initial thoughts, buy Art to have and enjoy in your home and office, not necessarily as an “Investment.” One of the problem with Fine Art is determining its Fair Value… and can you trust the appraisals as these values are vert subjective? Get 3 appraisals, and you’ll receive 3 different valuations. If the appraisals differ by more than 15%, then what?

🔴 Diamonds may have microscopic imperfections such as cloudiness, spots, and other inclusions, another factor is improper Faceting, the Cut, and of course the Clarity, Coloration an Carat Weight. The globally accepted standard for describing diamonds: Color, Clarity, Cut, and Carat Weight. These 4Cs of Diamond Quality is the universal method for assessing the quality of any Diamond, anywhere in the world.

🔴 Flawless, properly Cut Diamonds that are Brilliant White, with larger Carat weight have the greatest value; however, require professional Jewelers to examine each stone. There is a high risk of over paying for diamonds, unless you really know what you are doing, best to hire trusted professional Jewlers to make these assessments. Gold Bullion Maple Leaf Coins are exotic enough for a Newly Rich Lottery Winner. Know this, 7 of 10 Lottery winners, make poor choices, terrible “investments” and ultimately loose their Lottery Pool, and are financially worse than before winning the Lottery, according to a recent study by three Universities, tracking 35,000 Florida Lottery winners over a 9 year period.

🔴 Powerball’s main website link: http://www.powerball.com/pb_home.asp.

🔴 To watch the Powerball Drawing each Wednesday and Saturday evening at 10:59pm eastern, this is Powerball’s Video Link: http://youtu.be/rhobr3rXV1k

🔴 Jackpot Winners that desire the Lump Sum Payout, must clim the Jackpot within 60 days of the Drawing Day, to obtain a Lump Sum. Otherwise for those that desire the 29 year Payout Plan, you have up to 180 days to claim your Jackpot which will pay installments over 29 years, $43.3 Million on day one, and $43.3 Million per year for 29 years. On day 181 the Jackpot and all other Powerball winnings expire, and all winning Tickets are worthless souvenirs.

🔴 Powerball is an American Lottery game offered by 44 States, and the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Powerball is coordinated by the Multi-State Lottery Association (MUSL), a nonprofit organization formed by an agreement with participating US State Lotteries. Powerball’s minimum advertised jackpot is $40 million (an annuity); Powerball’s annuity is paid in 30 graduated installments; winners may choose Lump Sum cash instead.

🔴 Powerball Drawings are held Wednesday and Saturday evenings at 10:59 p.m. Eastern Time. The game picks Five (white balls) numbered from 1 to 69 + 1 (Red Powerball) numbered from 1 to 26, the matrix from which winning numbers are chosen. Each play costs $2, or $3 with the Power Play option. (Originally, Powerball plays cost $1; when PowerPlay began, such games were $2.) The official cutoff for All ticket sales is 10pm Eastern; some Lotteries discontinue sales at an earlier time. The drawings are held at the Florida Lottery’s studio in Tallahassee.

🔴 Seven Steps to Officially Claim your Jackpot and Maintain your Sanity. Hope you need and head this advice. Good Luck.

🔴 1. Sign the Lottery Ticket and put it in a secure place. The first thing a player will need to do is to complete and sign the back of the winning ticket, as this establishes ownership and the ticket, and must be signed to claim the Jack pot. Keep the ticket in a secure place until you intend to travel to Tallahassee, Florida to Officially Claim the Jackpot.

🔴 2. Don’t accept the prize money immediately, however, do so within 60 days if you desire the Lump Sum Payment. Otherwise you have 180 days to claim the Jackpot with 30 payments over 29 years. Taking some time will give time to make some very important decisions, like what you want to do with the money, gifts to family, charities, and how they think it will change your life.

🔴 3. Hire a team of professionals to manage your money. The good news is you’ll have plenty of cash to hire a few Trust, Estate, Tax and Financial experts to manage everything from your finances and legal issues to personal relationships. Engage a Financial Planner and make financial decision with that person’s guidance. The Financial Planner may be used as a buffer with all those who ask you for favors and money. The Financial Planner will help to insulate you from all the calls you’ll receive, and to protect your relationships.

🔴 4. Stay Quiet and leave town for a few weeks. One wouldn’t blame you for wanting to shout from the rooftops that you’re a multi-millionaire, but it’s best to remain Quiet. Other than a spouse, don’t tell anyone about your good fortune until after you’ve created a solid plan with your core of Financial Professionals. Well-meaning friends and family will likely not offer you the best financial advice for the totality of your good fortune. Disappearing for a few weeks, means you will not have strangers and family members hounding you for money. This time away will give you a chance to settle yourself. When folks receive a huge windfall, it could take up to a year to fully adjust to this new lifestyle.

🔴 5. Don’t hand out cash to family and friends without an overall Plan. Having a lot of money means you can help a lot of people, but that doesn’t mean you can help everyone, nor should you. Don’t feel obligated to bail out, reward, loan or give out lumps sums of cash to friends and family members. It may seem like harsh advice, but this is one of the fastest ways to lose your money. Talk with your financial advisers about strategies and vehicles, such as trusts, that can allow you to help others and also preserve your wealth and your gifts. Additionally, cash and other gifts may have significant tax consequences, particularly with huge Jackpots.

🔴 6. Don’t forget about Federal & State Income Taxes. Even though the jackpot is $1.3 Billion, that doesn’t mean you’ll walk away with that amount. The lump sum amount equates to $806 Million, subject to 39.6% Tax bite from the IRS. At a minimum 25% in taxes will be withheld immediately. And it doesn’t end there. It sounds boring, but planning for taxes is extremely important as these numbers are huge. The inclination is to not plan for taxes and not anticipate them. If you have investment income you’ll have to pay taxes each year. If you walk away with $519 million after TAX, some of this Cash should be going into a variety of investment account that will earn money, and those earnings are taxable.

🔴 7. Set a budget. How could you blow through $519 Million, Right? Wrong. Even with a huge sum of money, you still have to set a budget. Realize it’s not a bottomless pit of money. Don’t spend wildly in the belief that it’ll last forever. A financial adviser can advise you as to how much income you can receive monthly from your winnings, you need to live on that amount or less. Set a budget, but also allow yourself those dream purchases with a balance.

🔴 Powerball on October 4, 2015 format change by Increasing White Ball count to 69 Balls, and Decreasing the Red Ball count to 26 Balls. This changed the Jackpot Winning Odds to exactly 1:292,201,338.

🔴 Powerball Double-Matrix format change: The White-ball pool increased from 59 to 69 balls, while the Red-ball pool decreased from 35 to 26 balls. The Double-Matrix (White Balls + Red Balls, are drawn in separate ball-machines) was designed to create a greater number of overall Powerball winners (with odds of 1:24). However, the format change caused Larger Jackpots, because of the likelihood of more Jackpot Rollovers (Powerball JACKPOT odds are now 1:292,201,338), thereby increasing Jackpot Values. The 4+1 prize is now $50,000; the 10x PowerPlay is available in drawings with a jackpot of under $150 million. For the three months period since the recent October, 2015 Powerball format change, this new format produced 19 Rollovers, with a current $1.4 billion Jackpot (as of Noon Monday, 1/11), an amount that doubles the previous Powerball record. By Wednesday’s Drawing the Estimated Powerball Jackpot could jump to $1.75 Billion.


🔴 For the rest of us, we can take solace in knowing that you can’t “buy” happiness, let alone permanent wealth, as “happiness” does not always flow from jackpots. However, if you are going to be “unhappy” it’s better to be unhappy and wealthy. As crazy as it may seem, many lottery winners often don’t lead great lives after striking it rich. Quite a few lottery winners spend all their winnings and more, then ultimately filing for bankruptcy.

🔴 University of Kentucky, University of Pittsburgh and Vanderbilt University researchers examined Lottery Winners in 2011 to determine whether Winning a Lottery Jackpot would lead to permanent financial improvement. They focused on bankruptcy filings as a relevant measure of financial success (or failure).

🔴 Researchers examined 35,000 winners of the Florida Lottery, over a 9 Year Period to gather significant volumes of data, to draw meaningful conclusions. The results were surprising. Relatively large winners, who received between $50,000 and $150,000, were just as likely to file for bankruptcy after several years than small winners of $1,000 or so. Plenty of winners, in other words, spent all that they won. But the study does suggest that many people squander whatever sudden wealth comes their way.

🔴 About 7 in 10 people who receive sudden Jackpot “wealth” are likely to deplete most of it within several years, according to a study by the National Endowment for Financial Education. The researchers also determined that for multi-million dollar Jackpot Winners, there were fewer financial failures than for more modest Jackpots.

🔴 Let’s be Happy, and assume that YOU will be very careful with your winnings by hiring a competent Financial Advisor or two, and a smart Tax Specialist. The Key is to engage financial professionals to help you protect your Jackpot, make good investments, and guide you in properly “Spending,” “Investing” and “Giving” a portion of your winnings to your Family and a few Charities.


🔴 $900 Million Power Ball Jackpot Winnings. Let’s assume that you are the soles winner of the $900 Million Jackpot. Lottery officials estimate that the Lump Payment of this jackpot will provide to you a $558 Million Check, or $30 Million payments over 30 years. $30 Million on Day 1, followed by 29 annual payments of $30 Million each. However, lets assume you elect the Lump Sum payment of $558 Million. The next step is the IRS.

🔴 Current rules are the IRS will take a 25% cut or $140 Million for your income tax on the Jackpot, Rendering you a Net Lump Sum of $418 Million. Unless you have significant existing tax shelters, or make significant Charitable contributions in 2016, your Jackpot Federal Tax will likely be 39.6% or $221 Million, this is $81 Million more than the $140 Million if Federal Taxes deducted in Day-1. These factors are why you really need to engage an excellent Tax Attorney, plus one or more Financial Consultants to assist you in making safe investments and to protect your winning Jackpot.

🔴 $337 Million will be your Net CASH Day 1, after Federal Taxes are assessed on the $558 Million Jackpot, which is $221 Million (the current maximum tax bracket of 39.6%), yielding a Net of $337 Million Net CASH, not accounting for any State Taxes. Florida does not have State income taxes. If your permanent residence is in NY, NJ or other states that have State Income taxes, your $337 Million may be further reduced by some 8%, 10% or whatever your State of permanent residency requires.



Pleased you’re reading, with about 100,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

Lottery Alert – PowerBall Jackpot hits $900 Million at Noon Today

1452360206.jpg

🔴 Lottery Alert – PowerBall Jackpot hits $900 Million as of Noon Today. All your wildest dreams would come true if you had the winning numbers in the roughly $900 million Powerball lottery. The lottery increased the estimated jackpot from $800 Million to $900 Million at noon today, as millions of tickets are being sold at an amazing pace. The Jackpot may reach $1 Billion later today… With luck, lots of it, as the Winning Odds are estimated at 292 million to 1, you may have the lucky chance of finding out, what being “Wealthy” is all about.

🔴 Lottery Officials say that if there is no Jackpot Winner Saturday night the next Powerball Jackpot will Roll over to $1.3 Billion for Wednesday’s drawing, subject to ticket sales.

🔴 For the rest of us, we can take solace in knowing that you can’t “buy” happiness, let alone permanent wealth, as “happiness” does not always flow from jackpots. However, if you are going to be “unhappy” it’s better to be unhappy and wealthy. As crazy as it may seem, many lottery winners often don’t lead great lives after striking it rich. Quite a few lottery winners spend all their winnings and more, then ultimately filing for bankruptcy.

🔴 University of Kentucky, University of Pittsburgh and Vanderbilt University researchers examined Lottery Winners in 2011 to determine whether Winning a Lottery Jackpot would lead to permanent financial improvement. They focused on bankruptcy filings as a relevant measure of financial success (or failure).

🔴 Researchers examined 35,000 winners of the Florida Lottery, over a 9 Year Period to gather significant volumes of data, to draw meaningful conclusions. The results were surprising. Relatively large winners, who received between $50,000 and $150,000, were just as likely to file for bankruptcy after several years than small winners of $1,000 or so. Plenty of winners, in other words, spent all that they won. But the study does suggest that many people squander whatever sudden wealth comes their way.

🔴 About 7 in 10 people who receive sudden Jackpot “wealth” are likely to deplete most of it within several years, according to a study by the National Endowment for Financial Education. The researchers also determined that for multi-million dollar Jackpot Winners, there were fewer financial failures than for more modest Jackpots.

🔴 Let’s be Happy, and assume that YOU will be very careful with your winnings by hiring a competent Financial Advisor or two, and a smart Tax Specialist. The Key is to engage financial professionals to help you protect your Jackpot, make good investments, and guide you in properly “Spending,” “Investing” and “Giving” a portion of your winnings to your Family and a few Charities.

🔴 Jackpot Winners must clim your Jackpot within 60 days to obtain a Lump Sum Payout. Otherwise you have 180 days to claim your Jackpot which will pay installments over 30 years, $30 million per year. On day 181 the Jackpot is GONE.


🔴 $900 Million Power Ball Jackpot Winnings. Let’s assume that you are the soles winner of the $900 Million Jackpot. Lottery officials estimate that the Lump Payment of this jackpot will provide to you a $558 Million Check, or $30 Million payments over 30 years. $30 Million on Day 1, followed by 29 annual payments of $30 Million each. However, lets assume you elect the Lump Sum payment of $558 Million. The next step is the IRS.

🔴 Current rules are the IRS will take a 25% cut or $140 Million for your income tax on the Jackpot, Rendering you a Net Lump Sum of $418 Million. Unless you have significant existing tax shelters, or make significant Charitable contributions in 2016, your Jackpot Federal Tax will likely be 39.6% or $221 Million, this is $81 Million more than the $140 Million if Federal Taxes deducted in Day-1. These factors are why you really need to engage an excellent Tax Attorney, plus one or more Financial Consultants to assist you in making safe investments and to protect your winning Jackpot.

🔴 $337 Million will be your Net CASH Day 1, after Federal Taxes are assessed on the $558 Million Jackpot, which is $221 Million (the current maximum tax bracket of 39.6%), yielding a Net of $337 Million Net CASH, not accounting for any State Taxes. Florida does not have State income taxes. If your permanent residence is in NY, NJ or other states that have State Income taxes, your $337 Million may be further reduced by some 8%, 10% or whatever your State of permanent residency requires.



Pleased you’re reading, with about 100,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

⚠️🏨️🚜 Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton Construction Progress • Live Video Streaming • Palmetto Park Rd at Federal Highway • Photos • Plans • Specs ⚠️🏨🚜🏨⚠️

1452279602.jpg

⚠️ $50 Million Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton. Boca’s new Hotel with its Grand Opening planned for Late 2016 to contain 200 rooms, stand 160 feet tall, including 20 feet of structures on its roof of the 140 foot building. Construction activity on site contains about 30 to 40 workers each day.

⚠️ Construction is progressing at a rapid pace. The 180′ Crane is in place and lifting and placing millions of pounds of construction materials. The lobby ground floor plus 8 garage levels, and 2 hotel levels, have been framed and poured with concrete. All Ground Level Columns, the foundation, and the entire Parking Garage have been framed and poured. Forming the remaining 5 levels of hotel room is proceeding rapidly. If future progresses similarly, the Hotel Top should occur in March, 2016.

⚠️ Construction Progress. If you would like to view the progress of construction, we’ve activated a public-accessible HDTV Video Camera {100′ above ground}. The camera is available to those interested in viewing activities at the HYATT PLACE Construction Site 24/7. Here’s the Link ➡️ http://dropc.am/p/wXpSkA

⚠️ The HYATT Place Hotel will occupy this 13 story facility containing 151,190 square feet, with a swimming pool amenity package located Roof-Top, and a limited-access Hotel parking garage located on floors two through five. The ground floor the Hotel will have a 10,970 square foot modern lobby and registration area with a 5,625 mezzanine area, plus an 8,000 square foot Restaurant located at the south-east corner of Federal Highway and Palmetto Park Road.

⚠️ Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton. Configuration: 200 rooms 13 story classic design, consisting of 151,190 sq ft. The Hyatt Place Hotel will contain a restricted access (hotel visitors and guests only) integrated 273 Car structured parking garage consisting of 115,354 sq ft, plus 49 offsite Cars, via an irrevocable parking easement at the Mark’s Apartment 700 car parking garage. The structured parking garage is located on levels 2, 3, 4 and 5, housing about 68 Cars per floor for the 4 garage floors.

⚠️ Notice the 6 Concrete Trucks on site on June 17th. This was the day for pouring a number of the major Foundation components, and the Support for the Boom-Crane (blue iron-work) that will be erected once the Concrete sets over the Week. From 8am through 4pm there was a continuous stream of Concrete Trucks each delivering 8 cubic-yards of mix, that was pumped into the foundation forms on site, all day

⚠️ Structural Engineers say that Concrete reaches over 75% of its Hardness (4000psi compression) within the first 7-Days following the Concrete Pour, and continues towards 100% hardness over the next 100 years. Yes, concrete continues to gains hardness over a 100 year period, although reaches over 95% of its Hardness (5200 psi compression) in the first 4 weeks of curiung.

⚠️ Live Video Streaming. Within this article immediately below at this arrow ➡️ symbol is a convenient link that will take you directly to our Live Streaming HDTV Video camera focused on this project, active 24/7.

⚠️ Hyatt Place has commenced construction to be an integral part of Ram Realty’s mixed-use Mark at Cityscape project. Each month for the next 18 months, we will visit the property, take progress photos, and make informal status remarks. Our review is completely independent from the Property Owner and the City Officials. This Article contains information regarding the following topics

⚠️ Progress Photos of E. Palmetto Park Rd at S. Federal Highway
⚠️ Building Renderings
⚠️ Construction Drawings
⚠️ Site Plans
⚠️ Hotel Amenity Package
⚠️ 1st Floor 20,000sf Lobby & Restaurant
⚠️ Plans • Specs • Estimated Development Costs
⚠️ Live Video Streaming HDTV Camera active 24/7
➡️ http://dropc.am/p/wXpSkA

Site preparation on May 25 2015

⚠️ Construction Progress as of May 25, 2015 for the $50 Million Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton. Displayed above is an image showing the Property as of May 25th, showing that the site has been completely cleared of debris from the Parking Lot previously occupying the 1 Acre site.

⚠️ During May, 2015 most of the effort was concentrated on subterranean site work. Cranes are Hoisting a 24" diameter, 35 foot long, high capacity water-hydrating auger, that is driven 30 feet below the surface, hydrating the soils, then bulldozers are backfilling the depressions with surface ground, hydrating, stabilizing, and compacting the site. This procedure is the project Geologist’s remediation recommendation for stabilizing the site for above ground construction. Geologists will examine the site (post-remediation) to certify that the subterranean-remediation has stabilized the site for the proposed project

➡️ Next, Geologists will again use subsonic geological instruments to "look" beneath the surface to examine the stability of the site and give their certification that the site is suitable for the 200 room high-rise Hotel project

➡️ Next, if the Recommended Remediation has not stabilized the site, the Geologists will issue another "Remediation Report" outlining any additional procedures necessary to stabilize the site. If more remediation is required, the Geologists will thereafter re-examine the subterranean conditions, and issue its Certification

▶️ Next, Civil Engineers will re-Examine the physical Site, Survey, Verifying all 4 Corners with 8 foot Iron-Rod Monuments outlining the Property boundaries, according to the Survey and the Site Plan

➡️ Next, Professional Engineers will stake-out the outlines and set-back requirements for all the Corners for the Hotel Foundation system, which will control the Excavation crews. These setbacks will be verified two times, before any Concrete is Poured.

➡️ Pre-Construction Remediation and Certification, Why all the Fuss?… Its difficult to shift a 160 foot tall, 15 Million Pound, 200 Room Hotel Building that does not comply with the set-back requirements, or is resting on unstable soil that may collapse if unaddressed.

➡️ As a former Construction Supervisor for several multi-$Billion Banks, I’ve witnessed (although a rare occurrence) a major City’s Building Department, force a Property Owner to either
(A) Cut-Off 4 feet of a multi-story building that was not properly situated on the site, violating the city’s set-back requirements, or
(B) Bulldoze the Project and start over. Both choices are financially devastating to the property owner. Proper pre-construction civil engineering, double checked, prevents these issues.

⚠️ Construction Commenced April 20, 2015 for the $50 Million Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton. Displayed below is an image showing the Property as of 24 April 2015, that has been completely cleared of the debris from the Parking Lot that previously occupied this 1 Acre Lot
▶️ Next, the Civil Engineers and Geologists will examine the Site its stability, the Survey, the site plan, Mark and Certify all 4 Corners with 8 foot Iron-Rod Monuments that exist outlining the Property boundaries
➡️ Next, the Engineers will be staking-out the elevation and outlines for the Hotel Foundation system, which will guide the Excavation crews.
➡️ Next, the Geologists will use subsonic geological instruments to "look" beneath the surface to examine the stability of the site to give certification that the site is suitable for the 200 room high-rise Hotel, or issue a "Remediation Report" outlining the procedures necessary to stabilize the site. If remediation is required, the Geologists will thereafter re-examine the subterranean conditions, and issue its Certification.
➡️ Next, the Engineers will be staking-out the elevation and outlines for the Hotel Foundation system, which will guide the Excavation crews.

⚠️ Construction Progress. If you would like to view the progress of construction, we’ve activated a public-accessible HDTV Video Camera {100′ above ground}. The camera is available to those interested in viewing activities at the HYATT PLACE Construction Site 24/7. Here’s the Link ➡️ http://dropc.am/p/wXpSkA

⚠️ Photographs below were Imaged as Construction Commenced, a very important Day for the Developer and Property Owner. For major commercial developments such as the HYATT PLACE, the project generally requires several years of Planning, Architectural, Engineering, Legal, and Jurisdictional Approvals before Permits are Issued and a Shovel goes into the Ground.

⚠️ During the 1st Week of each Month while the project is being constructed, progress Photos will be published below in Date order.

⚠️ Live Streaming Video Link. The DropCam Camera is zoomed to 6.0x, and operates on a HighSpeed WiFi connection which may effect image-quality. Your image may appear somewhat pixelated due to Internet and WiFi bandwidth issues. The Camera also picks-up ambient sound, notice the Palmetto Park Road and Federal Highway traffic in the Background.

⚠️ Live-Streaming signals occasionally requires several seconds to LOAD due to the Viewer’s WiFi Connection and local issues with the Internet; You may need to Click onto the link again to Connect. {http://dropc.am/p/wXpSkA} The HDTV camera operates 24/7.

⚠️ The HYATT Place Hotel will occupy this 13 story facility containing 151,190 square feet, with a swimming pool amenity package located Roof-Top, and a limited-access Hotel parking garage located on floors two through five. The ground floor the Hotel will have a 10,970 square foot modern lobby and registration area with a 5,625 mezzanine area, plus an 8,000 square foot Restaurant located at the south-east corner of Federal Highway and Palmetto Park Road.

⚠️ Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton. Configuration: 200 rooms 13 story classic design, consisting of 151,190 sq ft. The Hyatt Place Hotel will contain a restricted access (hotel visitors and guests only) integrated 273 Car structured parking garage consisting of 115,354 sq ft, plus 49 offsite Cars, via an irrevocable parking easement at the Mark’s Apartment 700 car parking garage. The structured parking garage is located on levels 2, 3, 4 and 5, housing about 68 Cars per floor for the 4 garage floors.

⚠️ $50,000,000 Property Valuation for the Hyatt Place project. This commercial property may have an estimated property valuation once the property reaches stabilized operating income. Here’s the math
⚠️ $26,250,000. Hard Cost to build Hotel Building of 151,190sf at $175/sf
⚠️ $5,750,000. Hard Cost to build Hotel parking garage, 115,354sf, 273 Car Garage, $20,000/car, $50/sf
⚠️ $5,500,000. Land Cost for the Property, 1.087 site, $116.08/sf
⚠️ $5,500,000. Soft Cost: Permits, Fees, Plans, Architects, Interest, Supervision & Overhead
⚠️ $43,000,000. Total Development Costs
⚠️ $7,000,000. Entrepreneurial Profit
⚠️ $50,000,000. Total Property Value. These cost estimates have not been derived from the developer nor any agency sources; However, the cost of the property was abstracted from Palm Beach County Records. In sum, this project is a relatively massive 13 Story, 200 rooms, and structured parking for 273 Cars. The facility accents Boca Raton Raton’s City Center at the Eastbound lanes of Palmetto Park Road at the intersection of the Northbound Lanes Federal Highway, definitely defined as Boca Raton’s "Main and Main" location.

⚠️ Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton will consist of 200 rooms configured into a 13 story classic design, containing 151,190 sq ft of building area . The Hyatt Place Hotel will contain a restricted access (hotel visitors and guests only) integrated 273 Car structured parking garage consisting of 115,354 sq ft, plus 49 offsite Cars, via an irrevocable parking easement at the Mark’s Apartment 700 car parking garage adjacent to the hotel property. The hotel structured parking garage is located on levels 2, 3, 4 and 5, housing about 68 Cars per floor for the 4 garage floors.

⚠️ Hyatt Hotels promotes its Hyatt Place hospitality brand with a focus towards business travelers; however, experience demonstrates in south Florida, that the new Hyatt Place in Delray Beach, located in the PineApple Grove district of Delray Beach, having opened in 2012, draws business travelers and vacationers. The Delray’s Hyatt Place’s general manager says hotel operations have been “terrific.”

⚠️ The City of Boca Raton Raton and a number of property owners have sought a suitable project for this 47,450 square foot site, 1.087 Acres, the southeast corner of Palmetto Park Road and Federal Highway, literally "Main and Main" for the City. Success finally came late in 2014, as the council unanimously approved Kolter Hospitality’s Development Application (DDRI No. CRP-08-03R2) the official building plan for the proposed.

⚠️ $50,000,000 Property Valuation for the Hyatt Place project. This commercial property may have an estimated property valuation once the property reaches stabilized operating income of $50,000,000. Here’s the math
⚠️ $26,250,000. Hard Cost estimate for the construction of Hyatt Hotel Building containing 151,190sf at $175/sf equals $26,250,000
⚠️ $5,750,000. Hard Cost estimate for the construction of the Hotel parking garage containing 115,354sf or 273 cars at $20,000/car or $50/sf equals $5,750,000
⚠️ $5,500,000. Land Cost for the Real Property, the 1.087 site at $116.08/sf or $5,500,000
⚠️ $5,500,000. Soft Cost estimate for Permits, Fees, Building Plans, Architectural Fees, Interest cost, Supervision and Overhead total $5,500,000
⚠️ $43,000,000. Total Development Costs. $43,000,000
⚠️ $7,000,000. Entrepreneurial Profit. $7,000,000
⚠️ $50,000,000. Total Property Value. $50,000,000. These figures have not been derived from any developer or government sources other than the cost of the property abstracted from County Records. All told this project is a relatively massive 13 Story facility accenting Boca Raton Raton’s City Center at the Eastbound lanes of Palmetto Park Road at the Northbound Lanes Federal Highway, definitely defined as Boca Raton Raton’s "Main & Main" location.

⚠️ Boca Raton has tried to fill its downtown vacant Corner for many decades. You may have expected Applause and Champagne after the City Council’s approval of the project. Instead, the discussion was quite stilted, featured a few questions from council members, some squawking from holdout critics, who questioned setback rules for the proposed hotel.

⚠️ September 22, 2014 at 1:35 pm the City Clerk recorded the Vote at this quasi-Judicial hearing, thereafter CRA Chairman Scott Singer moved on to the next agenda item. Done. Sounds simple, well its not. Recall this 1 Acre site has been vacant for over 25 years, previously developed with a Gas Station with leaking fuel tanks. $200,000 later the site was cleaned of toxic fuels, and replaced with cleaned earth.

⚠️ Make no mistake about it, this project is a really big deal. In downtown Boca, this vacant lot has stood out like a missing tooth in an otherwise great smile. The City leaders and planners believed that it shouldn’t just fill the gap with "just anything…" There were repeated references in the many presentations to the City Council, that this development is a “landmark project” on a “landmark corner.” Councilman Mike Mullaugh called this project a “new benchmark” for downtown development. [Hopefully: the benchmark he’s referring to is Taller Buildings and more Growth. IMHO, a City that prevents growth, is a City that becomes unhealthy.]

⚠️ A Brief history for this 1 acre corner site. In the late 1990’s this corner was "zoned for a 200,000+ square foot office building" that would contain an oversized parking garage to accommodate the new corner office building, plus the garage would have sufficient excess parking to accommodate the existing Merrill Lynch office building whose address is 150 East Palmetto Park Road, a 66,618 square foot facility. Today, and ongoing Merrill Lynch and the other office tenants are parking in the 700+ Car structured parking garage associated with the MARK’s new 208 unit Apartment Building. Previously the SE corner 1 acre site served as a parking lot for Merrill Lynch building tenants and overflow parking for CHOPS Lobster Bar’s valet parking crew.

⚠️ Construction Progress. If you would like to view the progress of construction, we’ve activated a HDTV video camera (from an 8th Floor Balcony) that is available to anyone interested in viewing what’s going on 24 hours a day.

http://dropc.am/p/wXpSkA

⚠️ Live Streaming Video Link. The link {displayed above} will take you directly to this Live-Streaming Camera URL site. The DropCam Camera is zoomed to 6.0x, and operates on a HighSpeed WiFi connection which may effect image-quality. The image may appear somewhat pixelated due to WiFi bandwidth issues. The Camera also picks-up ambient sound. Note: the Live-Streaming may need a few seconds to load, or may require viewers to reload the link displayed above. The HDTV camera operates 24/7.

⚠️ Hyatt Place is the Highest and Best Use for this property, and particularly since there are no existing down-town Hotels in the City of Boca Raton. There are several Hotels in the Boca Raton Raton vicinity, most notably the Boca Raton Hotel and Club, a premium luxury resort, the Waterstone Hotel, both within 1 mile, plus a number of others hotels located 4 or more miles from the city-center. Below in this article are 6-hotel graphic identifying hotels in the Boca Raton Raton SMSA, and another 6-hotel graphic showing similar hotels in the Delray Beach SMSA.

⚠️ The new (2012) Hyatt in Delray Beach works well in the Pineapple Grove neighborhood north of Atlantic Avenue. Though the Boca Hyatt Place with its 200 room capacity will be significantly larger, about 50% larger than Delray’s new 134 room Hyatt Place, and the Boca Raton site also is situated in a more urban environment, considered to by many real estate professionals as a "Main and Main" address.

⚠️ Boca Raton’s Hyatt Hotel was designed by Paul Slattery, Architect, is stylish, with the developers working with the City’s staff and consultants to maximize the Hyatt Hotel’s compatibility with the city’s desires, to be a pedestrian-friendly section of downtown after all the construction is completed.

⚠️ Paul Slattery, the project architect said “…We wanted to break the project down to a human scale, and I think we achieved that for the most part…” Slattery’s Boca Raton firm secured the architectural work for the Hyatt Place, as it did for the Hyatt Place in Delray. The main issue, Slattery says, "…is how to mass the building, to make it work with the surroundings…."

⚠️ The Challenge. Boca Raton’s first downtown hotel will be the first downtown high rise to go on a lot smaller than city rules allow. When it’s finished, the Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton, at 120 E. Palmetto Park Road, will be the third downtown building allowed to rise beyond Boca Raton’s initial 100-foot maximum height. The site which was approved months ago is in full conformity with City ordinances which at the time required a minimum lot size of 2 acres.

⚠️ The Hyatt Hotel building was allowed to reach a total of 160 feet tall, with 140 feet for the building floors, plus an additional 20 feet in elevation for decorative elements used to shelter HVAC and Elevator equipment that is mounted on roof structures. This added height permission was granted under temporary rules adopted by the city.

⚠️ Another City development requirement requires that the building be on a lot that is at least 2 acres; however this site is significantly less than 2 acres. The subject Hyatt lot size is 1.087 acres, or 47,350 square feet. The Boca Council members was reminded that a recent sale had severed the hotel site from its original 4.5-acre plot, which was severed from a 9.2 acre site years before. The hotel site would be situated on this a 1.087-acre lot.

🏨 Kolter Group, the hotel developer, purchased the site for $5.5 million on March 18, 2014, court records show for this 1.087-acre parcel. The Mark was the first building to be completed to rise to the new height, 140 feet, plus 20 feet for decorative elements. Tenants for that building started moving recently.

🏨 Kolter Hospitality is the hospitality development, investment and management affiliate of The Kolter Group. To date, Kolter Hospitality’s management team, in addition to having earned the Hyatt Developer of the Year Award, has executed on over $800 million of multiple types of commercial real estate transactions. Kolter Hospitality currently owns and operates four branded select service hotels totaling over 600 keys.

🏨 Kolter is a multi-platform real estate development firm with $9 billion of real estate projects (both completed and currently in development) since 1993
🏨 Residential projects currently in development total over 19,000 units with target sell-out value of approximately $6 billion
🏨 Sales of historical developments in low-rise, mid-rise, tower, and master-planned communities of over $3 billion
🏨 Mostly realized self-developed commercial portfolio valued at approximately $1 billion
🏨 Strong balance sheet and sponsorship
🏨 Leadership team with nearly 200 years of experience and over $17 billion in transactional volume
🏨 Current Kolter projects located in FL, GA, NC and SC.



http://www.kantarworldpanel.com/global/smartphone-os-market-share/

Pleased you’re reading, with about 80,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

♻️ Mosquitoes are Driving You BUGGY ♻️ Mosquitos Spread Disease ♻️ EverSāfe™ the ALL Natural Solution ♻️ Just ADD Water ♻️ Its SAFE and Non-Toxic ♻️ its GREEN ♻️♻️♻️♻️♻️♻️

1433620669.jpg

♻️ Are Mosquitoes Driving you totally Buggy. EverSāfe™ is the ALL Natural Solution.

♻️ Activate EverSāfe by adding 1 cup (8oz) of Tap Water or Fresh Water (not salt water nor brackish water) from a Spring, Stream, Canal, Pond, or Lake, while Camping, or at the Summer Home. Within the hour mosquitoes will not bite you, nor your pets.

♻️ EverSāfe is Non-Toxic so EverSāfe does not actually kill mosquitoes, it simply causes the fertile-females not to bite. Most importantly, EverSāfe™ is SAFE, Non-Toxic, and its GREEN.

♻️ EverSāfe™ is an All-Natural Mosquito Solutions for People & Pets. With EverSāfe™ you create a “People and Pet friendly” Bite-Free ZONE of 10,000 square feet in your front yard, back yard, side yard, dock side, campsite, tennis court, soccer & football fields, barns, garages, virtually any outdoor area. With EverSāfe™ you create a Bite-Free ZONE without toxic foggers, No harmful sprays or powders.

♻️ EverSāfe is packaged in a convenient GEO-Bag that has the all natural active ingredients locked inside. Simply open the Bag as you would open a bag of snack foods. Add about 6 ounces of room-temperature water, gently move the bag from side to side to stir the contents. Once mixed EverSāfe is effective for a week. With our personal use EverSāfe maintained a People and Pet friendly Bite-Free ZONE for 10 days or so. Gently agitating the GEO-Bag every 3 Days, will increase the number of day of its effectiveness.

♻️ You are now ready to place EverSāfe about 20 feet from your Patio, Dock, Camping Tent. Best to hang the Green Bag on a twig in landscape shrubbery 18" from the ground. Otherwise use a wire-clothes-hanger. EverSāfe is effective in locations where the winds are calm or breezy. I have spoken to folks that live on the Fort Lauderdale, Florida’s intracoastal waterway, typically very windy, and loaded with lots of mosquitoes. EverSāfe effectively maintained a People and Pet friendly Bite-Free ZONE, unaffected by the constant winds and breezes at their Water Front home.

♻️ EverSāfe does not Kill Mosquitoes. EverSāfe maintains a People and Pet friendly Bite-Free ZONE with no poisons or toxins. EverSāfe works by creating a scent that changes a fertile Female Mosquito’s feeding habits, from obtaining blood, to eating plant-nectar. Male mosquitoes do not bite; only fertile Female mosquitoes bite humans and animals, to sustain their life-cycle. Therefor, once EverSāfe has been activated with water, Mosquitoes may remain in your yard, however they will not bite. Mosquitoes may land on your arm, but they will not bite. EverSāfe creates a Bite-Free ZONE, not a killing zone.

♻️ EverSāfe Geo Bag is pre-punched for hanging. You may also hang the EverSāfe Geo Bag on a fence or tree-trunk, using a small nail. EverSāfe Geo Bag may be placed on a level surface, however, protect it from being tipped over by pets or folks walking about in your yard, patio or dock-side. When selecting a location to place EverSāfe, avoid locations that are near sprinklers, as EverSāfe is effective with 6oz of water; therefor, do not overfill EverSāfe with irrigation water. Also it is best to chose a location where Rain Water will not overfill the EverSāfe GEO-Bag.

♻️ EverSāfe is sold at all Home Depot Stores in Florida, Louisiana and Texas, with more markets coming soon. EverSāfe is also available at HomeDepot on their on-line store. EverSāfe Mosquito Solution is also available on-line at: https://www.eversafeusa.com/category/all/

♻️ EverSāfe is All Natural made entirely from plant extracts and releases a safe, natural scent that is irresistible to Female Mosquitoes and causes them Not to Bite.

♻️ TV News Coverage. Take a moment to view the recent TV News Coverage about EverSāfe™ aired recently in the Tampa market.

http://www.myfoxtampabay.com/clip/10471277/battling-mosquitoes-10pm

♻️ Order EverSāfe Mosquito Solution on-line go to: https://www.eversafeusa.com/category/all/

♻️ Everything You Wanted to know about Mosquitoes, but were afraid to Ask. Interesting Factoids about these Blood-Sucking Pests that have been with us for over 200 Million Years. Below are some informal research results that contains many interesting facts about Mosquitoes, their origins, behavior, flying speed, distances traveled, eating habits, and more. Here are 100 Interesting Factoids about these Blood-Sucking Pests that have been with us on Earth for over 200 Million Years

♻️ Everything You Wanted to know about Mosquitoes, but were afraid to Ask. Below are 99 interesting factoids about Mosquitoes that have been on Earth for over 200 Million Years:

🐜 Mosquito is a Spanish word for “little fly"
🐜 The word Mosquito reportedly originated in the early 16th century
🐜 In Africa, mosquitoes are called “Mozzies”
🐜 There are more than 3,500 species of mosquitoes globally
🐜 There are about 175 mosquito species found in the United States
🐜 Anopheles quadrimaculatus, Culex pipiens, and Aedes aegypti most common
🐜 The Anopheles quadrimaculatus is a malaria carrier
🐜 The Culex pipiens, and Aedesand aegypti, spread various forms of encephalitis
🐜 Only Female Mosquitoes Bite people and draw Blood
🐜 Both Male and Female mosquitoes feed mainly on fruit and plant nectar
🐜 Female when fertile needs Human or Animal blood for her eggs
🐜 Female mosquitos rest 3 days after blood-feeding, before laying eggs
🐜 Mosquitoes don’t have any teeth that "bite"
🐜 Mosquitoes "bite" is really not a bite, its a puncture
🐜 The Female’s “bite” occurs with her long pointed mouthpart proboscis
🐜 Female Mosquitoes use the serrated proboscis to pierce the skin
🐜 Proboscis draws blood from a suitable capillary through its tubes
🐜 A mosquito can "drink" up to three times its body-weight in blood
🐜 It would take a million bites to drain all the blood from your body
🐜 Female mosquitoes can lay up to 300 eggs at a time
🐜 Mosquito eggs are deposited in clusters called Rafts
🐜 Rafts float on the surface of stagnant water
🐜 Mosquito eggs are laid in areas that flood regularly
🐜 Mosquito Eggs can hatch in as little as an inch of standing water
🐜 Females will lay eggs up to three times in their lifetime
🐜 Mosquitoes spend their first 10 days of life in water
🐜 Water is necessary for the eggs to hatch into larvae
🐜 Mosquito egg larvae are commonly called wigglers
🐜 Wigglers feed on organic matter in stagnant water
🐜 Wigglers breathe air from the surface of stagnant water
🐜 Wigglers then develop into Pupae, partially encased in cocoons
🐜 Over several days, the Pupae change into adult mosquitoes
🐜 Mosquitoes some varieties hibernate during "winter" months
🐜 Mosquitoes are cold-blooded and prefer temperatures over 75°F
🐜 Weather under 50°F mosquitoes hibernate for the winter
🐜 Female mosquitoes find holes waiting for warmer weather
🐜 Female mosquitoes lay eggs in freezing water, then mom dies
🐜 Mosquito eggs survive Winter until temperatures rise above 50°F
🐜 Female mosquitoes have 60-Day Lifespan in good conditions
🐜 Males mosquitoes have 10-Day lifespan, under ideal conditions
🐜 Female mosquitoes lay Eggs every 3 Days during their lifespan
🐜 Female mosquito species that hibernate, may live six months
🐜 Mosquitoes have six legs, a head, thorax, and abdomen
🐜 The Mosquito’s head has two large compound eyes
🐜 The Mosquito’s head has two ocelli (simple eyes)
🐜 The Mosquito’s head has two antennae and a proboscis
🐜 The Mosquito’s Proboscis, the body-part that penetrates human skin
🐜 Mosquito has two large, scaled wings sprout from the thorax
🐜 Midges and Crane Flies are often mistaken for large mosquitoes
🐜 Biting Midges, smaller than Crane Flies, shorter wings, feed in swarms
🐜 Mosquito "traps" often times attracts and kills biting midges
🐜 Crane flies are much larger than mosquitoes, up to 1½" long
🐜 Crane flies do not bite, however, feed on Mosquitoes
🐜 Male mosquitoes locate Females by the sound of their wings
🐜 Females can beat their wings up to 500 cycles per second
🐜 Males select the higher frequency of those beats to seek a mate
🐜 Mosquitoes do not generally fly very far nor very fast
🐜 Mosquitoes can fly distances of from one to three miles
🐜 Mosquitoes generally stay within 200 feet of where hatched
🐜 Salt Marsh Mosquito species may travel up to 40 miles
🐜 Mosquitos fly at a Top speed is 2.2 feet per second
🐜 Mosquitos fly at Top speed is 132 feet per minute, or 1½ MPH
🐜 Mosquitoes generally fly at or below an altitude of 25 feet
🐜 Some mosquito species found at 8,000 feet in the Himalayas
🐜 Mosquitoes can smell the human breath and the aroma of sweat
🐜 Mosquitoes have antenna receptors to detect carbon dioxide
🐜 Mosquitoes use CO2 to find humans that exhale and perspire
🐜 Mosquitoes use CO2 as "flight-trails"to find a source of blood
🐜 Perspiration (sweat) helps mosquitoes choose their victims
🐜 Human skin produces more than 340 chemical odors, aromas
🐜 Human odors smell like "lunch and dinner" to mosquitoes
🐜 Mosquitoes smell octenol, a chemical released in sweat
🐜 Mosquitoes smell cholesterol, folic acid, certain bacteria
🐜 Mosquitoes smell skin lotions and certain perfumes
🐜 Mosquitoes smell Animal Body-Heat are markers and targets
🐜 Mosquitoes use heat-sensors of its mouthparts detecting body-heat
🐜 Mosquitoes use heat-sensors to detect human blood under skin
🐜 Mosquitoes use heat-sensors to find plump capillaries for tapping
🐜 Mosquitoes feed during the day and nighttime
🐜 Mosquitoes, the Aedes variety are generally daytime biters
🐜 Mosquitoes, the Culex variety start "biting" at dusk for hours
🐜 Mosquitoes have been around the earth since the Jurassic period
🐜 Mosquitoes have been on earth for 210 million years
🐜 Mosquitoes have been mentioned by Aristotle around 300 BC
🐜 Mosquitoes have been mentioned by Sidonius Apollinaris, 467 BC
🐜 The bumps-welts on one’s skin is result of mosquito "bites"
🐜 The bumps-welts caused by mosquito saliva injected into the bite
🐜 One tube housed within the proboscis draws blood
🐜 Second tube housed within the proboscis pumps mosquito saliva
🐜 Mosquito saliva contains a mild painkiller and an anti-coagulant
🐜 Most people after a mosquito "bite" react with an allergic reaction
🐜 Mosquito’s saliva causes the bite-location to swell and itch
🐜 Malaria is caused by a parasite that lives in mosquitoes
🐜 Malaria parasite in mosquito saliva, passed to humans when bitten
🐜 West Nile Virus + other viruses are passed when Mosquitoes "bite"
🐜 Mosquitoes may also carry and pass on canine heart-worms
🐜 Scientists in 1937 identified a feverish woman in West Nile, Uganda
🐜 Large outbreaks of the Virus reported in Israel and South Africa in late ’90’s
🐜 West Nile Virus first appeared in USA in 1999 with an epidemic in NYC

♻️ Simply add water, to the Pyramid or Eco-Bag unit and place nearby, and enjoy an environment virtually free of mosquitoes and their troublesome bites for one week. It creates a Bite Free ZONE covering about 10,000 to 15,000 square feet around your Pool, Patio, Barbecue, Water front yard, Back Yard, Barn, Stable, Golf Putting Greens and Practice T’s, almost any out-door setting.

♻️ Mosquitoes: Are Mosquitoes Driving You Absolutely Buggy? Recently reported Mosquitos are Spreading Diseases. If mosquitoes bite an Animal or another Human, and then that same Mosquito then bites you… You could infected with the bacteria or viruses from the others that the mosquito recently drew blood from.

♻️ A Mosquito biting you is very similar to sharing Contaminated Hypodermic Needles. The Mosquito’s Proboscis functions as the insect’s hypodermic needle, as injects you, seeking a blood capillary under your skin. The scary part of the story: this same mosquito may have bitten a seriously diseased person 30 miles away several hours ago, then bit You. There is an All Natural Solution – EverSāfe™ ~ It simply WORKS, Just Add Water ~ Its SAFE and GREEN 🏇 ⛳️ ⚽️ ⚾️ ♻️

♻️ One EverSāfe™ Eco-Bag unit protects 1/3 of an acre, a 75 foot circle, 100 foot by 100 foot area, about the size of an average backyard. In most conditions, EverSāfe™ causes your yard full of mosquitoes to stop biting, in about two hours and lasts up to one full week. The container, either an Eco-Bag or the Green Pyramid’s tough exterior stands up to harsh environments, yet it’s small enough to blend in discreetly with your landscaping, yard, Golf Course, Barn, Athletic Fields, Theme Parks, Hotel Grounds, Putting Greens, Golf Driving Ranges.

♻️ Heavy Mosquito infestations or areas blocked by buildings, plants or trees, simply hang multiple EverSāfe™ bags around the perimeter of the area you want to protect. Position the bags 50 to 100 feet apart and 20 to 70 feet away from where people and pets are most likely to be. Keep the bag stationary and in one location, and your protection will last up to one week. EverSāfe will not work if it is in motion.

♻️ To order this amazing Mosquito Solution on-line go to: https://www.eversafeusa.com/category/all/

♻️ EverSafe™ All-Natural Mosquito Control – Eco-Bag EverSāfe™ safely and effectively controls mosquitoes in virtually any outdoor environment. Simply add water, place EverSāfe™ outside and enjoy the outdoors again, Bite-Free.

♻️ Controls mosquitoes for 1 week
♻️ Protects 1/3 of an acre- the size of an average backyard, for larger yards use two or three EverSāfe™ units
♻️ Use in backyards, gardens, patios and pools, playgrounds, RV sites and campsites, driving ranges, sports fields, barns and stables, and more
♻️ Safe for the earth, people, pets and wildlife
♻️ 100% natural; made with plant and botanical ingredients
♻️ Nontoxic and DEET-free
♻️ EverSāfe™ replaces toxic foggers, messy lotions, and harmful sprays
♻️ Easy to place the Pyramid or hang the Eco-Bag in your landscape
♻️ Easy to use: just add Water
♻️ Expandable: use multiple units to protect larger areas or for heavy infestations
♻️ Small and portable, convenient of you are going Camping
♻️ No power, no candles, and no batteries needed
♻️ Recyclable Bag

♻️ EverSafe™ All-Natural Mosquito Control – Pyramid. With the EverSafe pyramid unit, you have the ultimate in all-natural mosquito protection for up to a full week! Plus, the pyramid unit is refillable for continued enjoyment! Place the pyramid unit outdoors on the ground, or close to the ground, on a stable surface 20 to 70 feet away from where people and pets are most likely to be. No power or batteries are needed, just add water.

♻️ One EverSāfe Pyramid unit protects over 15,000 square feet about a 75-foot radius. In most conditions, EverSāfe clears an area of biting mosquitoes in about two hours and lasts up to a full week. The EverSāfe Pyramid rugged exterior can withstand the harshest environments, yet it blends in discreetly with your landscaping or yard
♻️ Controls mosquitoes for 1+ week
♻️ Protects 1/3 of an acre — the size of an average backyard
♻️ Use in backyards, gardens, patios and pools, playgrounds, RV sites and campsites, driving ranges, sports fields, barns and stables, and more
♻️ Safe for the earth, people, pets and wildlife
♻️ 100% natural; made with plant and botanical ingredients
♻️ Nontoxic and DEET-free
♻️ Replaces toxic foggers, messy lotions, and harmful sprays
♻️ Easy to use: just add water
♻️ Expandable: use multiple units to protect a large area
♻️ Reusable and refillable
♻️ Small and portable: 5" x 5" x 5" inches
♻️ No power or batteries needed
♻️ Recyclable
♻️ 1 EverSafe unit and 1 one-week activating packet
♻️ Refills sold separately

♻️ EverSafe™ Two-Pack Refill. Want more mosquito-free time outdoors? Our refill packets can refresh your pyramid unit for more EverSāfe™ results! Thoroughly rinse out the unit, add 1 cup of water and one EverSafe refill, and experience another full week of bite-free protection
♻️ For use with EverSāfe All-Natural Mosquito Control units
♻️ Each refill keeps mosquitoes away for up to a week
♻️ Safe for the earth, people, pets and wildlife
♻️ 100% natural; made with plant and botanical ingredients
♻️ Nontoxic and DEET-free
♻️ Replaces toxic foggers, messy lotions, and harmful sprays
♻️ Easy to use: just add water
♻️ Refill package contains 2 one-week activating packets: 1.41 Oz (40g) for each packet

♻️ Take a moment to view the recent Newsy Coverage about EverSāfe™ aired recently in the Tampa market. http://www.myfoxtampabay.com/clip/10471277/battling-mosquitoes-10pm

♻️ To order this amazing Mosquito Solution on-line go to: https://www.eversafeusa.com/category/all/


♻️ Mosquitoes ♻️ Are Mosquitoes Driving You Buggy ♻️ Mosquitos are also Spreading Diseases ♻️ There IS an All Natural Solution ♻️ EverSāfe™ ♻️ It simply WORKS ♻️ Just Add Water ♻️ Its SAFE and its GREEN ♻️

Pleased you’re reading, with about 100,000 readers world-wide, growing by 1000/week, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 26 Million visits as of January, 2016: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named “Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing” as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a “Health Nut” for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad PRO, (I sold my iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the “mini” with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s CREATE Keyboard Case.

Construction Progress • Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton • Progress Photos • Live Video Streaming • Palmetto Park Rd at Federal Highway • Plans • Specs ⚠️🏨️🚜🏨⚠️🏨🚜🏨⚠️

1439990000.jpg

⚠️ $50,000,000 Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton. Boca’s new Hotel with its Grand Opening planned for Q3 of 2016 will contain 200 rooms, stand 160 feet tall, including 20 feet of structures on its roof of the 140 foot building. Lots of Construction activity on site.

⚠️ Construction is progressing at a rapid pace. The 180′ Crane is in place and lifting and placing millions of pounds of construction materials. The ground floor and 2nd level has been framed and poured with concrete. Ground Level Columns and the Parking Garage are being framed.

⚠️ Notice the 6 Concrete Trucks on site on June 17th. This was the day for pouring a number of the major Foundation components, and the Support for the Boom-Crane (blue iron-work) that will be erected once the Concrete sets over the Week. From 8am through 4pm there was a continuous stream of Concrete Trucks each delivering 8 cubic-yards of mix, that was pumped into the foundation forms on site, all day

⚠️ Structural Engineers say that Concrete reaches over 75% of its Hardness (4000psi compression) within the first 7-Days following the Concrete Pour, and continues towards 100% hardness over the next 100 years. Yes, concrete continues to gains hardness over a 100 year period, although reaches over 95% of its Hardness (5200 psi compression) in the first 4 weeks of curiung.

⚠️ Live Video Streaming. Within this article immediately below at this arrow ➡️ symbol is a convenient link that will take you directly to our Live Streaming HDTV Video camera focused on this project, active 24/7.

⚠️ Hyatt Place has commenced construction to be an integral part of Ram Realty’s mixed-use Mark at Cityscape project. Each month for the next 18 months, we will visit the property, take progress photos, and make informal status remarks. Our review is completely independent from the Property Owner and the City Officials. This Article contains information regarding the following topics

⚠️ Progress Photos of E. Palmetto Park Rd at S. Federal Highway
⚠️ Building Renderings
⚠️ Construction Drawings
⚠️ Site Plans
⚠️ Hotel Amenity Package
⚠️ 1st Floor 20,000sf Lobby & Restaurant
⚠️ Plans • Specs • Estimated Development Costs
⚠️ Live Video Streaming HDTV Camera active 24/7
➡️ http://dropc.am/p/wXpSkA

Site preparation on May 25 2015

⚠️ Construction Progress as of May 25, 2015 for the $50 Million Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton. Displayed above is an image showing the Property as of May 25th, showing that the site has been completely cleared of debris from the Parking Lot previously occupying the 1 Acre site.

⚠️ During May, 2015 most of the effort was concentrated on subterranean site work. Cranes are Hoisting a 24″ diameter, 35 foot long, high capacity water-hydrating auger, that is driven 30 feet below the surface, hydrating the soils, then bulldozers are backfilling the depressions with surface ground, hydrating, stabilizing, and compacting the site. This procedure is the project Geologist’s remediation recommendation for stabilizing the site for above ground construction. Geologists will examine the site (post-remediation) to certify that the subterranean-remediation has stabilized the site for the proposed project

➡️ Next, Geologists will again use subsonic geological instruments to “look” beneath the surface to examine the stability of the site and give their certification that the site is suitable for the 200 room high-rise Hotel project

➡️ Next, if the Recommended Remediation has not stabilized the site, the Geologists will issue another “Remediation Report” outlining any additional procedures necessary to stabilize the site. If more remediation is required, the Geologists will thereafter re-examine the subterranean conditions, and issue its Certification

▶️ Next, Civil Engineers will re-Examine the physical Site, Survey, Verifying all 4 Corners with 8 foot Iron-Rod Monuments outlining the Property boundaries, according to the Survey and the Site Plan

➡️ Next, Professional Engineers will stake-out the outlines and set-back requirements for all the Corners for the Hotel Foundation system, which will control the Excavation crews. These setbacks will be verified two times, before any Concrete is Poured.

➡️ Pre-Construction Remediation and Certification, Why all the Fuss?… Its difficult to shift a 160 foot tall, 15 Million Pound, 200 Room Hotel Building that does not comply with the set-back requirements, or is resting on unstable soil that may collapse if unaddressed.

➡️ As a former Construction Supervisor for several multi-$Billion Banks, I’ve witnessed (although a rare occurrence) a major City’s Building Department, force a Property Owner to either
(A) Cut-Off 4 feet of a multi-story building that was not properly situated on the site, violating the city’s set-back requirements, or
(B) Bulldoze the Project and start over. Both choices are financially devastating to the property owner. Proper pre-construction civil engineering, double checked, prevents these issues.

⚠️ Construction Commenced April 20, 2015 for the $50 Million Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton. Displayed below is an image showing the Property as of 24 April 2015, that has been completely cleared of the debris from the Parking Lot that previously occupied this 1 Acre Lot
▶️ Next, the Civil Engineers and Geologists will examine the Site its stability, the Survey, the site plan, Mark and Certify all 4 Corners with 8 foot Iron-Rod Monuments that exist outlining the Property boundaries
➡️ Next, the Engineers will be staking-out the elevation and outlines for the Hotel Foundation system, which will guide the Excavation crews.
➡️ Next, the Geologists will use subsonic geological instruments to “look” beneath the surface to examine the stability of the site to give certification that the site is suitable for the 200 room high-rise Hotel, or issue a “Remediation Report” outlining the procedures necessary to stabilize the site. If remediation is required, the Geologists will thereafter re-examine the subterranean conditions, and issue its Certification.
➡️ Next, the Engineers will be staking-out the elevation and outlines for the Hotel Foundation system, which will guide the Excavation crews.

⚠️ Construction Progress. If you would like to view the progress of construction, we’ve activated a public-accessible HDTV Video Camera {100′ above ground}. The camera is available to those interested in viewing activities at the HYATT PLACE Construction Site 24/7. Here’s the Link ➡️ http://dropc.am/p/wXpSkA

⚠️ Photographs below were Imaged as Construction Commenced, a very important Day for the Developer and Property Owner. For major commercial developments such as the HYATT PLACE, the project generally requires several years of Planning, Architectural, Engineering, Legal, and Jurisdictional Approvals before Permits are Issued and a Shovel goes into the Ground.

⚠️ During the 1st Week of each Month while the project is being constructed, progress Photos will be published below in Date order.

⚠️ Live Streaming Video Link. The DropCam Camera is zoomed to 6.0x, and operates on a HighSpeed WiFi connection which may effect image-quality. Your image may appear somewhat pixelated due to Internet and WiFi bandwidth issues. The Camera also picks-up ambient sound, notice the Palmetto Park Road and Federal Highway traffic in the Background.

⚠️ Live-Streaming signals occasionally requires several seconds to LOAD due to the Viewer’s WiFi Connection and local issues with the Internet; You may need to Click onto the link again to Connect. {http://dropc.am/p/wXpSkA} The HDTV camera operates 24/7.

⚠️ The HYATT Place Hotel will occupy this 13 story facility containing 151,190 square feet, with a swimming pool amenity package located Roof-Top, and a limited-access Hotel parking garage located on floors two through five. The ground floor the Hotel will have a 10,970 square foot modern lobby and registration area with a 5,625 mezzanine area, plus an 8,000 square foot Restaurant located at the south-east corner of Federal Highway and Palmetto Park Road.

⚠️ Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton. Configuration: 200 rooms 13 story classic design, consisting of 151,190 sq ft. The Hyatt Place Hotel will contain a restricted access (hotel visitors and guests only) integrated 273 Car structured parking garage consisting of 115,354 sq ft, plus 49 offsite Cars, via an irrevocable parking easement at the Mark’s Apartment 700 car parking garage. The structured parking garage is located on levels 2, 3, 4 and 5, housing about 68 Cars per floor for the 4 garage floors.

⚠️ $50,000,000 Property Valuation for the Hyatt Place project. This commercial property may have an estimated property valuation once the property reaches stabilized operating income. Here’s the math
⚠️ $26,250,000. Hard Cost to build Hotel Building of 151,190sf at $175/sf
⚠️ $5,750,000. Hard Cost to build Hotel parking garage, 115,354sf, 273 Car Garage, $20,000/car, $50/sf
⚠️ $5,500,000. Land Cost for the Property, 1.087 site, $116.08/sf
⚠️ $5,500,000. Soft Cost: Permits, Fees, Plans, Architects, Interest, Supervision & Overhead
⚠️ $43,000,000. Total Development Costs
⚠️ $7,000,000. Entrepreneurial Profit
⚠️ $50,000,000. Total Property Value. These cost estimates have not been derived from the developer nor any agency sources; However, the cost of the property was abstracted from Palm Beach County Records. In sum, this project is a relatively massive 13 Story, 200 rooms, and structured parking for 273 Cars. The facility accents Boca Raton Raton’s City Center at the Eastbound lanes of Palmetto Park Road at the intersection of the Northbound Lanes Federal Highway, definitely defined as Boca Raton’s “Main and Main” location.

⚠️ Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton will consist of 200 rooms configured into a 13 story classic design, containing 151,190 sq ft of building area . The Hyatt Place Hotel will contain a restricted access (hotel visitors and guests only) integrated 273 Car structured parking garage consisting of 115,354 sq ft, plus 49 offsite Cars, via an irrevocable parking easement at the Mark’s Apartment 700 car parking garage adjacent to the hotel property. The hotel structured parking garage is located on levels 2, 3, 4 and 5, housing about 68 Cars per floor for the 4 garage floors.

⚠️ Hyatt Hotels promotes its Hyatt Place hospitality brand with a focus towards business travelers; however, experience demonstrates in south Florida, that the new Hyatt Place in Delray Beach, located in the PineApple Grove district of Delray Beach, having opened in 2012, draws business travelers and vacationers. The Delray’s Hyatt Place’s general manager says hotel operations have been “terrific.”

⚠️ The City of Boca Raton Raton and a number of property owners have sought a suitable project for this 47,450 square foot site, 1.087 Acres, the southeast corner of Palmetto Park Road and Federal Highway, literally “Main and Main” for the City. Success finally came late in 2014, as the council unanimously approved Kolter Hospitality’s Development Application (DDRI No. CRP-08-03R2) the official building plan for the proposed.

⚠️ $50,000,000 Property Valuation for the Hyatt Place project. This commercial property may have an estimated property valuation once the property reaches stabilized operating income of $50,000,000. Here’s the math
⚠️ $26,250,000. Hard Cost estimate for the construction of Hyatt Hotel Building containing 151,190sf at $175/sf equals $26,250,000
⚠️ $5,750,000. Hard Cost estimate for the construction of the Hotel parking garage containing 115,354sf or 273 cars at $20,000/car or $50/sf equals $5,750,000
⚠️ $5,500,000. Land Cost for the Real Property, the 1.087 site at $116.08/sf or $5,500,000
⚠️ $5,500,000. Soft Cost estimate for Permits, Fees, Building Plans, Architectural Fees, Interest cost, Supervision and Overhead total $5,500,000
⚠️ $43,000,000. Total Development Costs. $43,000,000
⚠️ $7,000,000. Entrepreneurial Profit. $7,000,000
⚠️ $50,000,000. Total Property Value. $50,000,000. These figures have not been derived from any developer or government sources other than the cost of the property abstracted from County Records. All told this project is a relatively massive 13 Story facility accenting Boca Raton Raton’s City Center at the Eastbound lanes of Palmetto Park Road at the Northbound Lanes Federal Highway, definitely defined as Boca Raton Raton’s “Main & Main” location.

⚠️ Boca Raton has tried to fill its downtown vacant Corner for many decades. You may have expected Applause and Champagne after the City Council’s approval of the project. Instead, the discussion was quite stilted, featured a few questions from council members, some squawking from holdout critics, who questioned setback rules for the proposed hotel.

⚠️ September 22, 2014 at 1:35 pm the City Clerk recorded the Vote at this quasi-Judicial hearing, thereafter CRA Chairman Scott Singer moved on to the next agenda item. Done. Sounds simple, well its not. Recall this 1 Acre site has been vacant for over 25 years, previously developed with a Gas Station with leaking fuel tanks. $200,000 later the site was cleaned of toxic fuels, and replaced with cleaned earth.

⚠️ Make no mistake about it, this project is a really big deal. In downtown Boca, this vacant lot has stood out like a missing tooth in an otherwise great smile. The City leaders and planners believed that it shouldn’t just fill the gap with “just anything…” There were repeated references in the many presentations to the City Council, that this development is a “landmark project” on a “landmark corner.” Councilman Mike Mullaugh called this project a “new benchmark” for downtown development. [Hopefully: the benchmark he’s referring to is Taller Buildings and more Growth. IMHO, a City that prevents growth, is a City that becomes unhealthy.]

⚠️ A Brief history for this 1 acre corner site. In the late 1990’s this corner was “zoned for a 200,000+ square foot office building” that would contain an oversized parking garage to accommodate the new corner office building, plus the garage would have sufficient excess parking to accommodate the existing Merrill Lynch office building whose address is 150 East Palmetto Park Road, a 66,618 square foot facility. Today, and ongoing Merrill Lynch and the other office tenants are parking in the 700+ Car structured parking garage associated with the MARK’s new 208 unit Apartment Building. Previously the SE corner 1 acre site served as a parking lot for Merrill Lynch building tenants and overflow parking for CHOPS Lobster Bar’s valet parking crew.

⚠️ Construction Progress. If you would like to view the progress of construction, we’ve activated a HDTV video camera (from an 8th Floor Balcony) that is available to anyone interested in viewing what’s going on 24 hours a day.

http://dropc.am/p/wXpSkA

⚠️ Live Streaming Video Link. The link {displayed above} will take you directly to this Live-Streaming Camera URL site. The DropCam Camera is zoomed to 6.0x, and operates on a HighSpeed WiFi connection which may effect image-quality. The image may appear somewhat pixelated due to WiFi bandwidth issues. The Camera also picks-up ambient sound. Note: the Live-Streaming may need a few seconds to load, or may require viewers to reload the link displayed above. The HDTV camera operates 24/7.

⚠️ Hyatt Place is the Highest and Best Use for this property, and particularly since there are no existing down-town Hotels in the City of Boca Raton. There are several Hotels in the Boca Raton Raton vicinity, most notably the Boca Raton Hotel and Club, a premium luxury resort, the Waterstone Hotel, both within 1 mile, plus a number of others hotels located 4 or more miles from the city-center. Below in this article are 6-hotel graphic identifying hotels in the Boca Raton Raton SMSA, and another 6-hotel graphic showing similar hotels in the Delray Beach SMSA.

⚠️ The new (2012) Hyatt in Delray Beach works well in the Pineapple Grove neighborhood north of Atlantic Avenue. Though the Boca Hyatt Place with its 200 room capacity will be significantly larger, about 50% larger than Delray’s new 134 room Hyatt Place, and the Boca Raton site also is situated in a more urban environment, considered to by many real estate professionals as a “Main and Main” address.

⚠️ Boca Raton’s Hyatt Hotel was designed by Paul Slattery, Architect, is stylish, with the developers working with the City’s staff and consultants to maximize the Hyatt Hotel’s compatibility with the city’s desires, to be a pedestrian-friendly section of downtown after all the construction is completed.

⚠️ Paul Slattery, the project architect said “…We wanted to break the project down to a human scale, and I think we achieved that for the most part…” Slattery’s Boca Raton firm secured the architectural work for the Hyatt Place, as it did for the Hyatt Place in Delray. The main issue, Slattery says, “…is how to mass the building, to make it work with the surroundings….”

⚠️ The Challenge. Boca Raton’s first downtown hotel will be the first downtown high rise to go on a lot smaller than city rules allow. When it’s finished, the Hyatt Place Hotel Boca Raton, at 120 E. Palmetto Park Road, will be the third downtown building allowed to rise beyond Boca Raton’s initial 100-foot maximum height. The site which was approved months ago is in full conformity with City ordinances which at the time required a minimum lot size of 2 acres.

⚠️ The Hyatt Hotel building was allowed to reach a total of 160 feet tall, with 140 feet for the building floors, plus an additional 20 feet in elevation for decorative elements used to shelter HVAC and Elevator equipment that is mounted on roof structures. This added height permission was granted under temporary rules adopted by the city.

⚠️ Another City development requirement requires that the building be on a lot that is at least 2 acres; however this site is significantly less than 2 acres. The subject Hyatt lot size is 1.087 acres, or 47,350 square feet. The Boca Council members was reminded that a recent sale had severed the hotel site from its original 4.5-acre plot, which was severed from a 9.2 acre site years before. The hotel site would be situated on this a 1.087-acre lot.

🏨 Kolter Group, the hotel developer, purchased the site for $5.5 million on March 18, 2014, court records show for this 1.087-acre parcel. The Mark was the first building to be completed to rise to the new height, 140 feet, plus 20 feet for decorative elements. Tenants for that building started moving recently.

🏨 Kolter Hospitality is the hospitality development, investment and management affiliate of The Kolter Group. To date, Kolter Hospitality’s management team, in addition to having earned the Hyatt Developer of the Year Award, has executed on over $800 million of multiple types of commercial real estate transactions. Kolter Hospitality currently owns and operates four branded select service hotels totaling over 600 keys.

🏨 Kolter is a multi-platform real estate development firm with $9 billion of real estate projects (both completed and currently in development) since 1993
🏨 Residential projects currently in development total over 19,000 units with target sell-out value of approximately $6 billion
🏨 Sales of historical developments in low-rise, mid-rise, tower, and master-planned communities of over $3 billion
🏨 Mostly realized self-developed commercial portfolio valued at approximately $1 billion
🏨 Strong balance sheet and sponsorship
🏨 Leadership team with nearly 200 years of experience and over $17 billion in transactional volume
🏨 Current Kolter projects located in FL, GA, NC and SC.



http://www.kantarworldpanel.com/global/smartphone-os-market-share/

Pleased you’re reading, with about 80,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named “Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing” as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

 

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a “Health Nut” for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the “mini” with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

Watch is 4-Times More Accurate than iPhone with 50 millisecond Accuracy Satellite Synced ⌚️🍎⌚️🍎⌚️

1451926667.jpg

Only Apple would create a Global system of 15 Stratum-1 Network Time Servers, strategically positioned around the World, coupled with the U.S Naval Observatory’s Master Clock. The time standard is up-linked by the USNO to an array of 24 GPS satellites, in 6 Orbital planes of 4 satellites per orbit, at an altitude of precisely 22,300km, orbiting earth every 12 hours, all traveling at 7,000mph, to assure a precise time accuracy linked to every Apple Watch world-wide.

Apple Watch claimed accuracy of 50 milli-seconds, does not come by accident.

Kevin Lynch, the VP and Senior Technologist, who heads the Apple Watch team, describes a very complex global system that runs from deep inside the Apple Watch wearable, to a system of GPS satellites that coordinate accurate time. Apple takes their claim of Time Accuracy very seriously.

. Watch is 4-Times More Accurate than iPhone with its Accuracy being Satellite Synchronized. Clock accuracy is not just a problem of wind-up mechanical watches. Digital systems suffer from the effects of “clock skew” where network time systems that are “time-synchronized,” however delivering time-signals simultaneously, still deliver the time-coordination at marginally different times. One way to address Clock-Skew is to reduce the number of distribution points, by having all the time-systems derive the “time-standard” from a centralized server simultaneously, rather than by a serial daisy-chain.

Kevin Lynch says: “We’ve curated our own time-system network with 15 Stratum-1 time servers around the World.” There are 15 “Stratum-1” Network Time-Servers (an NTP) which is “one level down from an atomic clock” Stratum-0 server, strategically geographically positioned around Earth.

Only Apple would create their own Global Network of Time Servers to assure stead-fast super accuracy of their new Time-Keeping device, the Apple Watch. To visualize this, assemble a few folks that are wearing Apple Watches. Have everyone change to a Watch-Face that has a sweeping second hand. Note that Millions of Apple Watches have their Second-Hands sweeping around in near-perfect synchronization, to the degree of 1/20th of a Second (accuracy of 1/20th of a second equals 50 millisecond). This means between each Second Marking, there could be 20 additional subdivisions scored on the Apple Watch face, (assuming one could actually see 20 such markings between each second markings). Therefore everyone’s Apple Watch second-hand, would be in “sweeping” around the watch-face in sync to exactly one-twentieth of a second, everywhere Globally.

All Apple NTP stations are housed in various commercial buildings with GPS Antennas on their roof-tops that communicate with GPS satellites orbiting the earth. These GPS satellites each receive their time information simultaneously from the U.S. Naval Observatory’s Master Atomic Clock.

Atomic Clock Accuracy – for the record it’s generally accepted that currently, the USNO Atomic Clock is accurate to 1 Second in 1,400,000 years, or 2 nanoseconds per day. The U. S. Naval Observatory is charged with the responsibility of maintaining precise time to the DoD as a reference of Precise Time and Time Interval (PTTI). U.S. Naval Observatory Master Clock is generated at USNO in Washington, D.C. and at the Alternate Master Clock Facility at Schriever AFB in Colorado.

USNO monitors the GPS constellation and provides system timing offsets to 2SOPS, timing data for individual GPS satellites. The integral of frequency is 9,192,631,770 hertz (Hz = cycles/second), providing the fundamental unit of time, as measured by Cesium Atomic Vibration at Transition, measure frequency with an accuracy of from 2 to 3 parts in 10 to the 14th, i.e. 0.00000000000002 Hz; this corresponds to a time measurement accuracy of 2 nanoseconds per day or one second in 1,400,000 years.

Deep Dive in Time: A cesium clock operates by exposing cesium atoms to microwaves until they vibrate at one of their resonant frequencies and then counting the corresponding cycles as a measure of time. The frequency involved is that of the energy absorbed from the incident photons when they excite the outermost electron in a cesium atom to “transition” from a lower orbit to a higher orbit. Click onto to this USNO Web-Page below to see US Naval Observatory Atomic Time at the upper-right of your display.

Apple’s fifteen NTP time-servers communicate with iPhones around the world via the Internet, which in turn communicates with every Bluetooth-connected Apple Watch. Even with Apple’s NTP time-servers, the time-standard hand-off has to be managed. “We perform time-corrections for any time-delay with these communication,” says Kevin Lynch.

Apple designed the Apple Watch to be an exquisitely accurate timepiece, building therein what is known as a Crystal Temperature-Controlled Oscillator, the CTCO. The job of the CTCO is to manage the vagaries of extreme temperatures, to compensate for drift and keep the Apple Watch time-accurate. Lynch actually told us that “as a piece of hardware, the Apple Watch is far more accurate as a timekeeping device than the iPhone,” says Kevin Lynch. It’s actually four times better, he noted.

http://www.usno.navy.mil/USNO/time/display-clocks/simpletime. Compare your Apple Watch time and sweep-second-hand to the time Displayed on the USNO’s Official Time Site.

Through the whole system-stack, we’ve really paid attention to Apple Watch accuracy, Lynch effectively said. He added that Apple actually tests that accuracy with high-speed cameras that examine, frame-by-frame, as the Apple Watch second-hand moves around, watching closely for even a hint of digital-latency.

Apple Watch claim of 50 millisecond timing accuracy is impressive, given that it is logical to have your connected watch feed from your mobile phone’s clock which itself is based on GPS signals which relies on an atomic clock.

Watch2 Coming + Amazing 7 Million Watch Sold in First 6 Months • unSure about Watch • This Review May Tip the Scales in Your Favor ⌚️🍎⌚️🍎⌚️

Watch achieves an amazing 7 Million units sold in its First 6 Months of availability. Marilyn and I have been using the Watch for 7 months. She paired it with the Milanese Band, and I choose the Stainless Steele Link Bracelet. We really like the style of the Watch, the choices of bands; we both chose the 38mm case size. However there is a larger 42mm version. Its been recently rumored that Watch2 may have a third larger 45mm version.

Watch2 Rumors. Watch completed its first 6 months of availability with over 7 million units sold. Many are looking forward to what the Watch2 may look like externally and internally. Since there is not much coming from the “supply-line” (the most accurate measure of rumor reliability) most of the internet chatter is likely wish-lists, rather than “reliable leaks.”

7 Million Watch Delivered in First 6 Months of Sales. This is quite a startling number, in light of the fact that the Watch was not in the retail stores for the first 2 months of the 6. Critics were saying that Watch was a “flop” in their reviews.

Consider this: Before Watch, 4 million smart-watches were sold in all of 2014; In 2015 Watch is selling over 300% more units on an annualized basis is startling, but not a surprise to us. Recall, 1 Million iPhones were sold (Apple’s 2007 new Product release) in its first 6 months of its release; 11 million iPhones were sold in 2008. That’s 18 million iPhones in its first 18 months of availability; Watch may sell over 36 million in its first 18 months.

Watch, Consider this: all Apple retail stores, all Target Stores, plus All Best Buy Stores, literally thousands of retail outlets, are selling Watch at a reported rapid pace. Knowing that North America and elsewhere is coming into its Holiday Season, its reasonable to forecast that more Watch sales will occur in its 2nd Six Month cycle as compared to its 1st Six month selling period. I’ll wager that 20 Million Watch will be sold in its First 12 months of availability, April 2015 through April 2016.

Watch Case Sizes The watch presently comes in two case sizes, 38mm and 42mm. Some folks like large watches, some prefer smaller designs, some wish there was an even larger model. Beauty is in the eye of the beholder. One thought on Case size. Watch display is very detailed and colorful. You do not need to select the larger 42mm for fear of not being able to see the 38mm display. Therefor, be free to pick either the 42mm or the 38mm Watch case size, because of the style you desire. We picked the 38mm case size because our traditional watches (now in retirement) have 32mm watch-cases, so we chose the smaller 38mm Watch design to more closely match decades of wearing smaller watches. Its been recently rumored that Watch2 may have a third larger 45mm version.

Watch2 Rumors. With the Watch completing its first 6 months of availability, many are looking forward to what the Watch2 may look like externally and internally. Since there is not much coming from the “supply-line” (the most accurate measure of rumor reliability) most of the internet chatter is likely wish-lists rather than actual rumored specifications.

Watch2 Enhanced with these New Features and Capabilities:

 Thinners, sleeker, lighter design, perhaps 7mm down from current 11mm
 Same Band-Connectivity, Strategic for Upgraders with multiple-bands
 Three sizes: 38mm, 42mm, plus a new 45mm version
 Display Bezel-Frame to be reduced for Larger effective Display Area
 The Internals, to contain its own resident GPS Chip
 Enhancements for Exercisers, full Tracking for Running, Jogging, Walking
 Full Exercise Biometric Computation without the need of your iPhone’s processor
 WiFi improved for better connectivity, with Find My Watch capability
 Enhanced internal circuitry for improved iPhone independence
 Additional Biometric Sensors for Blood Oxygen and other Medical Tracking
 Improved Water Resistance to 20 Meters Underwater from current 2 Meters
 Extended Battery Power, new LiON battery technology for 2 Days Use
 Processor Chip with 14-Micron Architecture for lower power consumption
 Additional Case materials such as Titanium, Platinum, tungsten, palladium

Watch delivers accurate Time to 50/1000’s of a second, with many provided Watch Faces giving us the “Look and Feel” depending on the occasion and mood. We also purchased the $50 Black sports band and a $50 Green sports band for very informal weekend days.

Watch design makes it effortless to change the watch bands in less then a minute, with no special tools or talent needed. If I want to add or remove a link or two from my RADO watch, a special trip to the Jewelry store is required; and if I want to change the band, forget it, I’d have to buy another watch.

Watch delivers a Comprehensive array of “Notifications,” the additional information on the Watch Face, are easily customizable. The Watch also delivers more information (through your paired iPhone) using Apple’s Watch OS built-in software, coupled to a special companion Apple Watch App, provided free when you download iOS 8.4

Watch for example, news alerts, email notifications, weather alerts, Stock prices, your Next Calendar Appointment, most anything that pops-up on your iPhone may be directed to your Watch Face. When notifications arrive, you receive a quite chime and a few thumps on your wrist, also customizable. Since these notifications are selectable, you can decide how often and the content of these notifications. Notifications is the feature that makes this wearable special.

Watch. Last month, Marilyn forgot her Watch, left our high-rise apartment, got to her Car in the garage, and had made the effort to come back to get her Watch. Just as either either of us would have done, if we noticed our iPhones were not with us, as we exited for the day.

Remember years ago with the advent of the Microwave oven… who needs to buy this $400 appliance to warm-up left-overs… Today almost everyone has a Microwave. Some day we all will look back, and wonder how we lived without an Watch.

Watch. Its clear that Apple’s engineers and designers created a seamless, attractive and functional wearable, that simplifies our lives, and keeps us connected, only to the extent we choose, and of course delivers very accurate time.

Watch. Suggestion, if you have not seen the Watch, go to http://www.APPLE.com to see the Watch on-line, then take 30 minutes out of your busy schedule to visit your local Apple retail store and try one on your wrist. Below are several previously reported articles about the Watch.

Watch Impressions – The Watch. Marilyn and I visited our local Apple retail store for their “Try-On Reservations” that we booked for noon Sunday on April 12. The Apple staff was well trained and very helpful, as they placed each Watch and Band that we were interested in, in our case: The Stainless Watch with the Black Sports Band, the Stainless Milanese Band, the Modern Leather Buckle, and the Stainless Link Bracelet.

Watch Try-On at the Apple Store is a 20 minute adventure. These try-ons were used to confirm the selections we made on-line, actually 2 Days before on April 10th. We then moved over to the stand-up counters on the store’s perimeter, where we played with the Watch models, to get used to the digital-crown, the side button, the settings, watch-face selections, and the ease to personalize the watch-faces with content and colors for the numerals, second hand, etc. A valuable experience.

Watch Impressions – Our Watches. Admittedly, after unpacking each Watch at home, “in the flesh” the Watch is even more impressive than we imagined at the Apple Store. Both watches arrived with their battery 90% charged, so we moved directly to the Set-up procedure, which is another Watch miracle.

Watch pairing process is simple and automated. Simply start the Watch, after a few Q&A’s then a circular display shows on the Watch-face, you then awaken your iPhone 5, 5C, 5S, 6 or 6 Plus, and use the iPhone Camera to focus onto the illuminated Watch-face (an automated caption signals you to image the Watch-face) and within a few seconds the devices are paired for bluetooth and your home WiFi. Then the Watch set-up enters an automated synchronization of your compatible iPhone-Watch Apps that you’d like on your Watch, you can choose which Apps you’d like. Don’t select all, be selective. The entire process takes about 10 minutes.

Watch – One more Set-Up thing. Once the automated setup is completed, return to your iPhone and launch the App named Apple Watch. At the menu Tap onto Notifications, and examine each line-item, like Activity, Calendar, Mail, Maps, Messages… and make selections that you want to appear on your Watch.

Watch eMail, if you use the iPhone’s VIP eMail, then only your VIP email messages will come to the Watch, rather than every email. I have 12 email accounts on my iPhone 6 Plus, and have carefully indicated which email-contacts are VIP. Of my 3,176 contacts, likely 200 have been chosen to be VIP, where only these very important Contact emails will Notify me on my Watch.

Apple eMail VIP feature. If you are not utilizing Apple’s email VIP capability, this is a terrific time to choose your VIP eMail Contacts. this is a simple process and does not change the email arrangements in your iPhone, the VIP method only limits the emails that are transferred to your Watch. Tinker with it, and if you have difficulties, call Apple Help or make a Genius-Bar appointment at your local Apple Store.

Watch – iPhone VIP eMail. With the Watch we only want the important “Notifications” showing on the Watch. Utilizing your iPhone and iPad VIP mail box is the perfect tool so that All your eMail does NOT show up on your Watch, just the VIP email. Notice on the APP screen-images, check “Custom” rather than “Mirror my iPhone.”

Watch Recommendation, Check ✔️mark only the eMail accounts that you desire notification onto your Watch, and ✔️mark the VIP line-item. We have heard from many Watch users, complaining that they receive too many notification on their Watch. eMail and SMS Text Messaging are usually the culprits; therefore, take a few moments to be more specific with your Watch notifications, rather than having all the Notifications “Mirroring your iPhone.”

Watch. At the Bottom of this article i’ve abstracted 13 links to Apple produced videos, that are worthy of your time to see.

Watch, with each Article that’s published, here is some additional information about the Watch, as this new Apple product is extraordinary. The Watch commercials tell the story in a minute or two… the Sounds, Animations, Colors, the Beat… Goose-Bumps for sure, {or nerd tears} take a look for yourself. If you don’t get at least ONE “Goosey” watching the first-clip, you may want to consider therapy. Have a great DAY

A) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/#film-welcome
B) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/?cid=rise&#film-rise
C) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/?cid=up&#film-up
D) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/?cid=us&#film-us
E) https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-siri
F) https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-music
G) https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-welcome
H) https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-phone-calls
J) https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-messages
K) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/?cid=steel&#film-steel
L) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/?cid=aluminum&#film-aluminum
M) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/?cid=gold&#film-gold
N) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/

Watch User Guide. The link below will take you directly to the Watch User Guide housed on Apple.com’s website.

https://manuals.info.apple.com/MANUALS/1000/MA1708/en_US/apple_watch_user_guide.pdf

Watch is Getting Better Soon. If you were unsure about the Watch, this News may very well Tip the Scales in Your favor.

In the world of Watch, iPhone, iPads, and Computers, its mostly about the Software. “Politically Speaking” is about the Software Stupid… As may recall James Carvill saying to candidate Bill Clinton, “…it the economy stupid.”

Watch Computing Power, from a single Watch is equivalent to the Processing Power of two Cray Super Computers, each drawing 200,000 Watts of power (200kW not a typo), requiring 2,200 Amps of current, generated by a 1,000 pound 480vAC three-phase motor-generator power supply. These Cray Super Computers created so much heat that the Super Computer required immersion into an Inert-Fluid Cooling tank.

AppleWatch OS 2 is the Magic. Just Six weeks after Apple Watches began arriving to millions of Apple on-line buyers in 9 countries around the world, Apple already has a major Watch update in the works. Watch OS 2 will debut this fall; Apple used its 2015 Worldwide Developers Conference, the WWDC Keynote Address on Monday, May 8th to show off what we all can expect from our upgraded Watch (operating system 2.0). There are many features that may turn Watch from a “nice-to-have” wearable into a “I really want it” every-day tool. Plus, there will be some speculation about some features that may arrive in time for the Watch.OS2 roll-out in September, this year.

Watch is currently shipping with Watch OS 1.0.1 which supports third-party Apps but these Apps (A) require a companion App on your iPhone, and (B) the App’s currently require sharing the processing power of your iPhone. Apps that don’t run natively (currently Apple’s built-in watch apps) are not permitted to use the Watch hardware directly, for example Watch’s Accelerometer, Taptic Engine, Microphone, and the Heart rate sensors, to name a few.

Watch OS 2 Apple is opening up these hardware-features to App Developers and letting them to expand the Watch’s capabilities. For example, instead of waiting for the watch’s native Activity App to relay your heart rate to the iPhone Health App using HealthKit, third-party Apps can run natively within the Watch to collect that information directly in the Watch. This is a really big deal for Watch uses.

Watch Currently has an appealing array of watch-faces, but similarly to your iPhone’s home-screen background “Wallpaper,” you may desire to personalize your Watch with your pictures in addition to Apple’s stock image. Watch OS 2 also permits you to choose from a menu of 5 stock time-lapsed skyline scenes (very cool animations indeed), or use a still photo from your own collection, or a created album of favorites that rotates through these pre-selected images, each time you raise your wrist. This is a simple change, but folks will really like this customization feature.

Watch Time Travel offers an interesting way to view your Day with the OS 2’s Time Travel feature. This feature displays to you an overview of your day (or yesterday, or tomorrow) by using the Watch’s Digital Crown to scroll through your schedule to view contextual information like the weather, will be like (viewing the future) during your Day or tomorrow, as the Watch will obtain current Weather data, and Future Forecasts as you scroll the Digital Crown. Similarly for emails, scrolling backwards for email you may have missed from yesterday. Press-in the Digital Crown returns your display to your watch face. Time Travel is capable of drawing information directly from third-party Watch Apps, and will be particularly useful on your watch-faces that allow third-party creation of complications. More on that in a moment.

Watch will soon have the ability to use your Retailer’s Loyalty Cards plus Store Credit and Debit Cards, a must-have for many Apple Pay users. This feature will roll-out to both iPhones with iOS9 launches in the Fall and with the Watch with AppleWatch OS 2. Simply double-press the Watch side-button, then select the Card you want to use in your Watch Wallet. Major retail partners in this initiative include Walgreens, Target, Home Depot, JCPenney, Dunkin Donuts, Starbucks, to name a few.

Watch Siri gets “Beefed Up”. Because your voice is very effective to communicate with your Watch, surely not text, Siri has become more useful than ever. Watch.OS 2 upgrades Siri to the a Higher Level of comprehension including new capabilities. The improved Siri can now “Start a Workout” for you, “Retrieve Public Transit Information” from Maps, open your Glances without any up-swiping, and communicate with your HomeKit accessories based on your Verbal Commands.

Watch, Hey Siri, When did you Arrive. We’ve been advocates for Siri when it appeared in iPhone iOS5. Siri was originally introduced as an iOS application available in the App Store by Siri, Inc. Apple loved Siri and bought Siri Inc on April 28, 2010. Siri has been an integral part of iOS since iOS5 and was introduced as a New Feature with the release of the iPhone 4S on October 14, 2011. Siri has been included on all iOS devices released as of October 2012.

Watch, Hey Siri, Use it You’ll Like it. With your Watch, to “activate siri” simply lift up and turn your wrist as if looking at the TIME, and say “Hey Siri…” That’s all it takes, no tapping nor buttons to push, just lift your wrist, when the Watch Display illuminates simply say “Hey Siri.” Your Watch will be listening for the “Hey Siri” command any time your Watch display is on. The images in this article include actual Watch displays when I asked Siri about the weather this afternoon. Notice the clean and easy to read graphical response from Siri.

Watch Suggestion, play with Siri, get comfortable in talking with your Watch. Siri is a very convenient method to obtain a world of information, just say “HEY SIRI…..” Everything that follows springs Siri into action for you.

Watch uses Plethysmography, a technology clinicians use to provide accurate estimates of your heart rate. More precise measurements about your body’s physiology, may come soon as Apple enables existing Watch hardware sensors and software algorithms, capable of measuring the 3 factors in real-time. If the FDA provides Apple Watch’s the “exemption Apple has been waiting for” meaning the Watch “…is Not intended to be a Medical Device….”

Presently, Watch provides accurate measurement of your Pulse Rate in real-time. Once the FDA permits Apple to use its technology Two additional circulatory system measurements may be taken by your Watch.

(A) Pulse Rate measured in Beats per Minute
(B) Blood-Oxygen Saturation percent {SpO2} of arterial blood flow, and
(C) Perfusion Index {PI} indicates arterial pulse strength.

Watch. There is lots more to talk about, but we’ll save it for our next article, stay tuned, and press “FOLLOW ME” button to receive reminders as I Publish articles…

Have a great Day !

🍎⌚️ Fantastical Calendar Integrates to Watch • Best Calendar Period ⌚️🍎

Fantastical’s developer Flexibits has been teasing everyone about the arrival of an Apple Watch application for its highly popular Fantastical 2 Calendar App (a better alternate to Apple’s calendar) for all iOS and Mac OS X users. That App update has Now Arrived.

Coming soon to a Wrist Near You. In a new Web page that the application developers posted up on last Friday, Flexibits, the APP Developer, says that Fantastical 2 is “coming soon to a wrist near you” and allows you to sign up with your e-mail when the application is ready and hit the public Today.

Fantastical 2 screenshots for the Apple Watch looks great. It takes what you would normally see on your iPhone and packs it down into a beautifully compact Apple Watch view without any clutter or extraneous information.

Download Fantastical 2 from the App Store right now for the Apple Watch release; you can head over to this App Store link to download it for $4.99. It will be a free upgrade if you already own the Fantastical 2 application for iOS. IMHO, its worth every penny of this modest price. As an Apple Watch user, the Fantastical display is quite Fantastic.

Fantastical is the Best Calendar App for Booking Appointments, Reminders, Day Ticker. We have this App on our iPhones, because it is very simple to use, and more intuitive when needing to book an appointment or a reminder quickly. However, fear not, this is a Full Featured App, with all the “Bells and Whistles.” I particularly like this App as it is User Friendly and the Display Design and the White Lettering on a Black Background.

Fantastical is the fastest and friendliest calendar App, Period! Just type in “Lunch with John in Cupertino on Friday” and Fantastical will schedule it.

Your iPhone 4, 5, or 6 supports dictation ✔️ you can also “speak the details” for your event and Fantastical will handle the rest. Best of all, the beautiful interface makes using your calendar really easy.

🍎Watch has Pulse Oximetry • Blood Oxygen Saturation • Plethysmographic Monitoring 🍎⌚️🍎⌚️🍎

Watch monitors the calories you burn and measures your heart rate readings obtained from the Watch sensors located in the ceramic underside of the Watch.

Watch is Capable of Monitoring your Blood Oxygen Saturation Levels, and Pulse Strength using Plethysmography, Pulse Oximerty.

Plethysmography is a technology clinicians use to provide accurate estimates of your heart rate. More precise measurements about your body’s physiology, may come soon as Apple enables existing Watch hardware sensors and software algorithms, capable of measuring the 3 factors in real-time.

Presently, Watch provides accurate measurement of your Pulse Rate in real-time. Once the FDA permits Apple to use its technology 2 additional circulatory system measurements may be taken by your Watch.

(A) Pulse Rate measured in Beats per Minute
(B) Blood-Oxygen Saturation percent {SpO2} of arterial blood flow, and
(C) Perfusion Index {PI} indicates arterial pulse strength.

We have identified that Watch presently contains all the onboard, internal sensors capable of detecting your heart-rate and your blood-oxygen saturation, plus your arterial pulse strength. Apple’s heart rate monitor actually employs a plethysmographic technique, which functions as a pulse oximeter. However, presently Watch (although capable of measuring SpO2, blood oxygen saturation level and PI, Perfusion Index which indicates arterial pulse strength) are not delivering this information, as Apple awaits FDA approval for this added capability.

Watch was launched on April 24. Apparently the FDA had not yet approved Blood-Oxygen Saturation measurement and Perfusion Index indicates arterial pulse strength capability. FDA reviews “medical devices” where Apple has made application some time ago. It is expected that the FDA should provide its approval in a relatively short time frame, because Apple is claiming that its Watch is not a medical device. That’s government-speak for “no one really knows when FDA approval may arrive.”

Assuming that FDA approval is eminent, these additional capabilities will provide Watch users a higher degree of measuring one’s biometric physiology, recording this data when the user is exercising, when out and about during one’s day, or when at rest. These added capabilities would be unique for any personal, everyday wearable smartwatch.

Imagine the usefulness of these expanded capabilities, delivering information to individuals wearing the Watch that are involved with jogging, track and field events, soccer, exercising in the gymnasium, marathon events and training. However, having continuous real-time blood oxygen saturation and arterial pulse strength monitoring would be very helpful also for individuals that, for example, are Cardiac or Surgery out-patients.

The last time you, a family member, or a friend were in a Hospital Emergency room due to an accident or medical condition, a nurse clipped a device called a pulse oximeter onto one of the patient’s fingers. This small wired electronic device detects both your pulse and blood-oxygen saturation level. This finger mounted device houses a pair of LEDs and photo-sensors; this information (and other biometrics are displayed on a Color LCD display used by the medical staff to monitor these factors.

Theory of the pulse oximeter. Pulse Oximetrics rely on the principle that hemoglobin (in your blood) absorbs Green and Infrared light differently, based on your blood oxygenation level and the flow of blood in your capillaries. By energizing the Green and Infrared light emitting diodes, the LEDs, onto one’s finger, the reflected Light is measured by the photo-sensors, making it possible to determine a person’s blood oxygen level and pulse rate using software algorithms to transform this data digitally in percent form.

Apple is mindful of the value of measuring and monitoring your Heart Rate and Blood-Oxygen Saturation, all the required sensors and software algorithms are already built into every Watch. Since the FDA has approved the pulse-rate capability the Watch OS software delivers this information to Watch users. However, as of the writing the FDA has not yet approved Blood-Oxygen monitor capability.

Until FDA approval is granted Apple has used a “software switch” to block the delivery of blood-oxygen monitoring. If and When the FDA provides its approval, then Apple can simply publish a Version Update of its Watch OS software, and viola, the Watch provides this added capability, with your existing Watch, and you don’t have to wait nor have to pay for a new Watch.

Blood Oxygen Saturation monitoring capability would be revolutionary for the Watch and for that matter the entire smartwatch industry. Only Apple would be so forward thinking, to have these hardware components and sensors already built into Watch’s initial release.

Apple is avidly interested in personal health and the use of Watch biometrics. Accordingly, Apple hired Michael O’Reilly, M.D. Dr. O’Reilly left his position in July 2013 to take on a significant role at Apple, apparently for its development of the Watch biometric monitoring.

Dr. O’Reilly was formerly the Chief Medical Officer and EVP of Medical Affairs at Masimo Corp. (www.masimo.com) Dr. O’Reilly and his team was responsible the company’s development of several pulse oximetry devices for the medical community. Dr. O’Reilly and his ream developed the iSpO2 Pulse Oximeter which device connects to the iPhone with a companion App. In addition to O’Reilly, Apple has hired a number of other professionals with expertise in pulse oximetry, vasculature visualization, vein location, non-invasive glucose monitoring, blood chemistry monitoring, heart rate and breath rate monitoring.

Watch needs to be paired, as most know with your Apple iPhone 5, 5S, 5C, 6 or 6 Plus, the compatible iPhones, currently over 400 million users of these models, and growing by over 20 million a month. Also don’t forget to update your iPhone’s iOS to 8.3 which installs the Apple Watch Configuration App onto your iPhone.

Watch has a built-in “Glance” that tells you about the state of charge of your Watch. Several of the built-in Watch Faces have a convenient icon that you can Tap which will show your heart-rate through Watch “Glances.”

Blood Oxygen Saturation and Pulse Rate provide important critical information regarding one’s circulatory system. Fingertip pulse oximeters are increasingly being purchased for personal use. This technology is available with Measure-through Motion and Low Perfusion pulse oximetry, the same technology used on over 100 million patients a year in leading hospitals worldwide.

Watch’s pulse oximeter is providing accurate measurements that out-patients can rely on this technology; However, the Watch does not claim to be a “Medical Device” according to FDA standards. The information is collected from one’s wrist in a similar way finger clip-on sensors measure pulse oximetry. Fingertip pulse oximetry provides accurate blood oxygen saturation and pulse rate measurements as will the Watch, soon to display three data-streams, providing (1) oxygen saturation (SpO2), (2) pulse rate (PR) measured in beats per minute, and (3) perfusion index (PI) which measures the arterial pulse intensity.

7

Paradox with this App is the Watch already has a Battery Glance installed on your Watch by default. To visualize the state-of-charge of your Watch, simply “swipe up” on your Watch-face and your first Glance appears on the watch face. If you’ve looked at a Glance perviously, when swiping up, the Watch will display the last Glance you viewed of the 20 available glances. To view another Glance simply swipe left or right to see another Glance. So what does this App do… it displays the state-of-charge of your paired iPhone.

Watch, once out and about, lets say you generally keep your iPhone in your pocket, purse, briefcase, on your credenza or desk at the office. The Watch is taking advantage of all of the unique capabilities of your iPhone’s processing power, GPS, Gyroscope, its sensors and the M8 motion chip. Accordingly, you may lose track of how long you have until the LiON battery in your iPhone runs Low, assuming its not plugged in.

Watch Battery Monitor is a unique App that will provide to you a remote look at the remaining battery-life of your iPhone, by looking at a new “Glance” displayed on your Watch. The App will show the iPhone’s state-of-charge, and if it is actually charging, or not. The Watch already has a Battery Glance which is pre-loaded into your new Watch which displays the battery level of the Watch. This App loads another Battery Monitor Glance, that displays the battery level of your paired iPhone.

 Battery Monitor is a new App for the Apple Watch created by Tom Etminan, who is a finance professional with experience trading and risk managing a broad range of derivatives products in an Investment Bank and Hedge Fund environment. This App is Tom’s first App Store available App, a really nice App for someone’s first App.

 Battery Monitor App will display your iPhone’s battery-life, once this Battery Monitor is enabled in the Watch Glances menu. To set this up, Firstly, install the Battery Monitor App onto your iPhone; then go to the Apple Watch App on your iPhone using the Apple Watch App, tap onto My Watch > Glances > add Battery Monitor, then, look down to the bottom part of the list of all the GREEN Glances, and you will find the “Battery Monitor” Glance.

 Remember, only 20 glances are permitted for display on your Watch; so if you already have chosen 20 Glances, the RED Glances at the top of the list, move one of the RED Glances by tapping onto the RED negative sign, choosing a Glance you do not use often. When you delete one of the RED Glances it auto-moves this Glance to the lower GREEN List of Glances for future use. Then Move {slide up} the Battery Monitor Glance UP into the top portion of the RED Glances. All of the RED Glances are those Glances that you will be able to visualize on your Watch. I placed this “Battery Monitor” Glance next to the existing Battery Glance, so they are close together. I made a screen-image of my iPhone showing how I have arranged some of my Glances.

 When we first got the Watch we were looking at the remaining battery life of the Watch frequently at first as Apple said the Watch will last 18 hours or so. After a few days you’ll not be so paranoid about battery-life. In my case, with fairly significant usage of the Watch notifications and other features of the Watch, I have yet to have any Watch battery-life concerns.

 Personally, I get up in the morning at 6am and put on my Watch by 6:30am, and am done with my day by about 11:30pm or so. Then I place the Watch onto my TwelveSouth charging stand, which is displayed below. When doing so, the Watch shows its state-of-charge and provides the Watch Green Ring showing generally about 30% remaining-battery-life plus a green lightning-bolt icon, confirming that the Watch is properly seated on the magnetic-disk, and is in fact Charging.

 For my 18+ hour day, I am using on average roughly 70% of the Watch’s battery; sometimes I’ll have a higher level of remaining battery-life, perhaps 40%. Therefore, when Apple stated that its Watch has sufficient battery-life for a full-days’s activities, I have confirmed this by my usage for the last 3 weeks of actual Watch usage. As an avid product-reviewer, I am taking full advantage of most of the Watch functions, its notification capabilities, exercising monitoring, etc.

 In sum, Marilyn and I are totally satisfied with our Watches, and its convenience for what’s going on communications-wise, and of course knowing the time of day… after all the Watch is a “watch” too.

 My guess, the Watch will be a huge success for Apple and for many iPhone users, likely many more iPhone users than the critics currently predict. I have discussed Apple iPhone 6 and Watch sales with Apple retail associates. They tell me that there are a large number of Switchers” from Android, so they can use the Watch. So these folks are buying a new iPhone 6 and an Watch. Tim Cook, Apple’s CEO predicted this months ago. Recall, the Critics said that Apple had no chance of success for the iPhone in 2007, nor the iPad in 2010, years later Apple has sold over 700,000,000 iPhones and iPads, with a Satisfaction Ratings of +99%, unheard of in the Consumer Technology-Products category. Once more with the Watch, Apple again has “re-invented” the traditional “Watch” which has been around since the 16th Century.

 Battery Monitor App. This App will display to you the State-of-Charge of your iPhone’s battery and provides an easy to read display of the iPhone’s Battery-Life {Percent} Remaining. The Battery Monitor will also display to you when the Battery is 100% charged, or other real-time battery-life-remaining percentage, and if the iPhone is Charging.

 The animated-ring display-style employed by this App uses different colors depending on how much battery-life remains, giving you the information you need with a quick “Glance,” that’s precisely why Apple chose to name these nifty tid-bits of information GLANCES.

 Presently, the Battery Monitor App is a free download from Apple’s App Store. However, the developer mentions in the App description that he will be adding new features to this App in the near future, which may be accompanied by price hike for the App.

 This iPhone BATTERY MONITOR App is an example of the creativity of Apple’s independent developer network, demonstrating their ability of Designing and Delivering unique Apps for all Watch users.

 Apple reports that there are currently {May, 2015} over 4,500 Watch Apps. Personally I think this iPhone “Battery Monitor” is a terrific utility, since the Watch and my iPhone are “paired” for every-day use.

Watch, Easy Set-Up Guide and Helpful Use Tips for Watch. As Apple is currently delivering the Watch globally, this article will give new and potential Watch owners and early adopters our First Impressions, helpful use tips for its set-up and pairing with your iPhone, configuration settings.

Speaking from experience, Marilyn and I ordered Watches, on-line using the Apple Store App. Marilyn chose the 38mm Stainless Steel Watch paired with the Milanese band. I chose the 38mm Stainless Steel Watch with the Link Bracelet. Apple designed the Watch so that regular folks are able to remove and change Watch bands, without any tools or special talents.


Watch was Engineered to facilitate users buying several watch-band colors and types to suit a particular occasion, season, activity, or mood, effortlessly. No miniature tools, screwdrivers, and no special talent needed. Marilyn received her Watch on April 28th, my Watch arrived May 15th, shipping on the date promised on the pre-order. Our pre-order was placed on-line 5am on April 10.

Watch Background. Given the Apple brand has an unmatched consumer base, we think Apple’s wearables category is their “silver bullet” product, that will start to move consumers toward this new avenue of technology growth, and drive adoption of the Watch. Management indicated recently that current demand is exceeding supply, and Apple is ramping up to meet demand. We think Apple has a massive opportunity with this new technology, that will open up many doors for enterprises looking to create applications, services, and solutions around the Watch market with Apple commanding a very strong lead in this niche market, currently niche, soon to be main-stream. When in the Apple Store, I interviewed some of the sales associates who indicated that customers were switching to the iPhone 6, so that they could buy the Watch and pair them.

Watch Impressions – Packaging. Apple learned long ago that “Packaging” is critical in creating a “First Impression.” The Watch packaging takes this notion to an even higher level. Firstly, the Shipping Carton and the two shock-resistant separators are carefully engineered to house the Watch product Box. I interviewed the UPS driver who was delivering thousands of Watch boxes last week who said there were many enthusiastic Watch buyers awaiting their delivery, self included.

Watch Impressions – The Watch Case. The carton and its two inserts precisely protect the product box. The product Box is pure white, and built with a heavy-weight polished cardboard, thicker and more sturdy than any other Apple product box I’ve seen to date. Lift Out the product box, at 5.5″ top and bottom, by 3.75″ tall. Inside this box is a beautifully crafted 4mm thick-walled, pure-white poly-carbonate Watch-Case with 1/4″ rounded edges and corners, with a relief Apple Logo impressed on its lid.

The Watch Product Box and the Watch-Case Box are machined to such tolerances, a vacuum is created when lifting the lids. Remove another layer of cellophane, lift up the heavy gauge synthetic lid, and the Watch simply rests in its middle, worn on “C” shaped insert. Underneath this impressive Watch-Case, the bottom of the product box contains an induction-charging cable, charger, and brief pictorial instruction pamphlet. Everything about the packaging has been engineered with precision. Its so impressive I had to spent a few moments telling you about the Boxes.

When meeting People for the first time, or when presented a new Product…

You Never get a Second Chance at making a First Impression, and Apple knows it.

Watch Impressions – The Watch. Marilyn and I visited our local Apple retail store for their “Try-On Reservations” that we booked for noon Sunday on April 12. The Apple staff was well trained and very helpful, as they placed each Watch and Band that we were interested in, in our case: The Stainless Watch with the Black Sports Band, the Stainless Milanese Band, the Modern Leather Buckle, and the Stainless Link Bracelet.

Watch Try-On at the Apple Store was about a 20 minute adventure. These try-ons were used to confirm the selections we made on-line, actually 2 Days before on April 10th. We then moved over to the stand-up counters on the store’s perimeter, where we played with the Watch models, to get used to the digital-crown, the side button, the settings, watch-face selections, and the ease to personalize the watch-faces with content and colors for the numerals, second hand, etc. A valuable experience.

Watch Impressions – Our Watches. Admittedly, after unpacking each Watch at home, “in the flesh” the Watch is even more impressive than we imagined at the Apple Store. Both watches arrived with their battery 90% charged, so we moved directly to the Set-up procedure, which is another Watch miracle.

The pairing process is simple and almost entirely automated. Simply start the Watch, after a few Q&A’s then a circular display shows on the Watch-face, you then awaken your iPhone 5, 5C, 5S, 6 or 6 Plus, and use the iPhone Camera to focus onto the illuminated Watch-face (an automated caption signals you to image the Watch-face) and within a few seconds the devices are paired for bluetooth and your home WiFi. Then the Watch set-up enters an automated synchronization of your compatible iPhone-Watch Apps that you’d like on your Watch, you can choose which Apps you’d like. Don’t select all, be selective. The entire process takes about 10 minutes.

Watch – One more Set-Up thing. Once the automated setup is completed, return to your iPhone and launch the App named Apple Watch. At the menu Tap onto Notifications, and examine each line-item, like Activity, Calendar, Mail, Maps, Messages… and make selections that you want to appear on your Watch.

Watch eMail, if you use the iPhone’s VIP eMail, then only your VIP email messages will come to the Watch, rather than every email. I have 12 email accounts on my iPhone 6 Plus, and have carefully indicated which email-contacts are VIP. Of my 3,176 contacts, likely 200 have been chosen to be VIP, where only these very important Contact emails will Notify me on my Watch.

If you are not utilizing Apple’s VIP capability, this is a terrific time to choose your VIP eMail Contacts. this is a simple process and does not change the email arrangements in your iPhone, the VIP method only limits the emails that are transferred to your Watch. Tinker with it, and if you have difficulties, call Apple Help or make a Genius-Bar appointment at your local Apple Store.

Watch – iPhone VIP eMail. With the Watch we only want the important “Notifications” showing on the Watch. Utilizing your iPhone and iPad VIP mail box is the perfect tool so that All your eMail does NOT show up on your Watch, just the VIP email. Notice on the APP screen-images, check “Custom” rather than “Mirror my iPhone.”

Watch Recommendation, Check ✔️mark only the eMail accounts that you desire notification onto your Watch, and ✔️mark the VIP line-item. We have heard from many Watch users, complaining that they receive too many notification on their Watch. eMail and SMS Text Messaging are usually the culprits; therefore, take a few moments to be more specific with your Watch notifications, rather than having all the Notifications “Mirroring your iPhone.”

Watch, with each Article that’s published, I like to include some additional information about the Watch, as this new Apple product is extraordinary. Personally, we fully appreciate the new Watch commercials {clip #1}… the Sounds, the Animation, the Colors, the Beat… having seen these clips a few times… Goose-Bumps for sure, take a look for yourself. If you don’t get at least ONE Goosey watching the first-clip, you may want to consider some therapy. Have a great DAY

Watch User Guide. The link below will take you directly to the Watch User Guide housed on Apple.com’s website.

https://manuals.info.apple.com/MANUALS/1000/MA1708/en_US/apple_watch_user_guide.pdf

Watch User Guide. The link above will take you directly to the Watch User Guide housed on Apple.com’s website.

Quick Summary. The entire “Pairing” process takes less than 10 minutes, plus 5 minutes to remind ourselves how easy it is to use and set-up. Visiting our local Apple Store several weeks ago was very helpful, as it prepared both of us for this new wearable device and its controls.

In preparation of this article, I knew that detailed step-by-step dialogs would not be necessary. As we were getting Marilyn’s Watch up and running, the process was actually effortless; therefore this article was easy to deliver to you, and had extra time for some Use Tips and Suggestions, so Relax and Enjoy.

The beauty of the Watch and its Operating System, is its simplicity, and its intuitive operation. Watch is very easy to Set-up, the Syncing is automated, and Customization is intuitive and easy to perform. As a seasoned “gadget guy” there is nothing more annoying than receiving a revolutionary product, that has been released with complicated or untested instructions, or where the instructions are the result of a terrible translation, with critical errors that frustrate the use of a new product.

Watch set up and personalizing the features for you is effortless yet comprehensive. To get things going fast you can use the Watch default settings, then optimize later once you become more comfortable with everything.

It quickly became obvious that Apple’s team designed a flawless, practiced, automated Watch set-up process. Everything about the Watch is top quality. Even the Packaging of the Watch is outstanding, as it rests inside a heavy-weight white polycarbonate Jewelry Box, is impressive too, all of which gives an excellent first impression, as we opened it and removed the contents.

Watch being a technology product, we purchased AppleCare+ which increases the Warranty period to 2 years, and importantly adds Accident Coverage in the event you drop it, break it, you youngster throws it out the window…, any cause that is not covered by the warranty, except loosing it.

Watch is IPX7 Water Resistant. Dropping it into the the dirty dish-water, bath tub, or shower, will not damage the Watch. However, with AppleCare+ you must return the Watch to an Apple Store or Apple Service Center, to receive coverage, repair, or replacement, even if you bring your Watch back to Apple in a zip-lock bag crushed in pieces. Currently AppleCare+ provides 2 Years of coverage, and is priced at a $69 premium.

Watch Order Status: Surprise, the Apple Store changed Marilyn’s Order Status on April 27th from “Processing Items” to “Preparing for Shipment,” several hours later, Marilyn’s credit card was charged $687.94 for the Watch, the band, and FL sales tax. The $69 AppleCare+ premium was charged to her credit card on April 12th.

Watch Preparation #1. In preparation for delivery of the Watch, we updated both our iPhone 6 Plus to iOS 8.3 as this version includes the Watch Pairing APP which links your new Watch to your iPhone. The Watch is compatible and may be paired with iPhone 5, 5S, 5C, 6, and 6 Plus. Earlier versions of iPhone 4S, 4, 3GS, etc are not compatible with the Watch and will not “Pair.”

Watch Preparation #2. While you are updating your iPhone to iOS 8.3 begin unpacking the Watch and the Charging cable, plug it in and Charge the Watch.

Watch Preparation #3. Launch the AppleWatch APP. This App was automatically installed on your iPhone’s Home Screen as part of the iOS 8.3 update.

Watch Side-Button is located on the side of the case next to the Digital-Crown, that serves as the equivalent of the Power on/off button at the top of an iPhone 5, or the right-side of the iPhone 6, opposite the Volume buttons. Watch arrived fully charged and in sleep mode; press and hold the Side Button to wake it up, and you will see the Apple logo for several moments, before the Watch interface starts.

Watch should arrive charged, in our case it was 100% charged. Watch charging works via wireless induction. The charger is a small white circular Disk, a bit larger in size than three 25¢ coins; plug the USB cord it in, and then the charger body into your A/C Power line, then mate the back of the Watch with magnetic-charging Disk.

As the Magnetic Charging-Disk is placed on the back of the Watch an icon appears on the Watch-display that reads “Charging” the message will soon disappear, and a “lightning-bolt” icon remains displayed at the top of the Watch-display, indicating that the Watch is charging; However, our Watch arrived fully charged.

Watch Set Up and Pair with your iPhone. The rest of the setup requires the iPhone you plan to use with the Apple Watch. Start up the Watch App on your iPhone and you’ll be prompted to turn-on Bluetooth if you haven’t already done so.

Next, the Watch App will prompt you to line up the display-screen of the Watch with your iPhone’s Camera as directed. You’ll notice that the Watch automatically detects the presence of your iPhone readying both for pairing; the Watch then displays an attractive circular image, that represents your Watch-codes that the iPhone camera scans, loading proprietary Coding that creates secure-paring sequences, so that you don’t have to enter any digits or coding.

Set Up Options and Preferences. Firstly, you are to follow the Watch App preference requests, as to whether you’re going to wear the Watch on your left or right wrist. Then you’ll be asked to enter your Apple ID password that you also use on your iPhone. The balance of the preferences are shown to you, for your personalized use of the Watch, and the notifications that you desire to be linked with your iPhone.

Watch Telephone Calls. Just for fun, once we completed the initial Watch setup, BTW, she selected the Mickey-Mouse watch-face… Marilyn called my iPhone using her Watch. I dashed into our library, 100 feet away, to answer her telephone call… to my surprise her voice quality was excellent. She did not hold her Watch closer to her mouth for the Call.

If I didn’t know better, I would have believed she called using her iPhone. When Marilyn was listening to me speak, the Watch delivered very clear Audio; however, the Watch’s miniature speaker is effective, but likely an issue in a noisy location. She held the Watch about 14″ away, a comfortable distance as if she was looking at the Watch-face checking the time. Bottom line, if you answer a Telephone Call using your Watch, the caller will receive excellent voice clarity from your Watch.

Watch Initial Observation 1. Marilyn reports from her office that having her iPhone 6+ on her credenza, and “floating around” her Banking Center, her Watch remained continuously synced with her iPhone; however, the iPhone battery may experience additional demand.

Watch Initial Observation 2.In her first day in her office, iPhone battery drain was higher than usual; However, in Day-Two and Day-Three, there was no apparent significant iPhone battery drain. My conclusion, is Marilyn’s iPhone may have had several Apps open on her iPhone in Day-One that was constantly “Refreshing Data” causing battery consumption.

Watch Initial Observation 3. Marilyn’s Watch after Three Days of use is functioning perfectly. Note, Marilyn took off her beautiful Lady-Cartier (that she has been wearing for 30 years) whose watch-case measures 24mm. Now she’s donned her new Watch with a Stainless Steel watch-case of 38mm, with the Milanese band. The Watch is quite a size and style change for Marilyn. She is also looking forward to adding several Colored Sports bands too. I’m delighted that in only 4 days, she has fully adopted the Watch with its subtle connectivity and the TAP… TAP… wrist notifications rather than constantly looking to her iPhone 6. There are several images that show the relative size of her 24mm Cartier watch compared to the 27mm Watch Charger Disk.

Suggestion, attach your iPhone to its Charger to maintain the iPhone’s battery, as you leave your iPhone at your desk or credenza, while you move around your office {or home}. The Watch Battery is functioning fine though; its the iPhone that may consume more power to maintain the Watch-iPhone connectivity. Otherwise, make sure your iPhone does not have too many “Data Refreshing Apps” open. Surely Apple will be optimizing the current iOS 8.3 operating system to address this excessive iPhone battery drain when its “linked” to the Watch.

OH one more thing Watch has earned a “Water Resistance Rating” of IPX7 under IEC Standard 60529 {International Electrotechnical Commission, is a non-profit, non-governmental international standards organization that creates and publishes International Standards for all electrical, electronic and related technologies}.

Watch briefly, in addition to being something you’ll love to wear every day, the Watch is also water resistant, therefore you may wash your hands, take a shower while wearing it, or be out in the rain, and may be submerged in water 3 feet or 1 Meter in depth, as defined by the International Standard classification of IPX7 under IEC standard 60529.

Watch, the fine-print about its IPX7 rating reads: The device is splash and water resistant but not waterproof. This Water Resistance rating means, the Watch is capable of “ …withstanding incidental exposure to water of up to 1 meter in depth, for up to 30 minutes, for Indoor or outdoor use in the presence of rain, snow or brief splashes of water; However, any immersion in water greater than 1 meter in depth, regardless of duration of immersion, or any immersion of more than 30 minutes, regardless of depth of immersion exceeds the IPX7 Standard…” Below is a summary of the Water Resistance IPX7 rating as it relates to the Watch:

(A) Immersion of the Watch in Water deeper than 1 meter or 3 feet, for any length of time may render the Watch inoperable
(B) Immersion of the Watch in Water at 1 meter or 3 feet for more than 30 minutes may render the Watch inoperable
(C) Immersion of the Watch in Water at any depth for more than 30 minutes may render the Watch inoperable.

Watch News and Views. Recent News Reports indicate that the TAPTIC Engine, an internal component of the Watch is supplied by two Suppliers. However, one of Apple’s suppliers {China’s AAC Technologies} of the TAPTIC Engine, is not passing Apple’s stringent quality control standards. The Good news, Apple rarely depends on Only One Supplier for any of its component suppliers. A second Watch TAPTIC Engine supplier {Japan’s NIDEC Corp} is delivering this component complying with Apple’s strict quality standards.

The TAPTIC Engine issue may be a contributing cause for Watch shipping delays. Sources report that Apple has shifted almost all of this component’s production to Japan’s NIDEC Corp for the TAPTIC Engine. WS Journal WSJ.com has a complete report on this topic. The TAPTIC Engine is a electro-magnetic “Motor” component housed inside the Watch, that creates the TAP sensation onto your wrist, when messages and notifications arrive. {The TAP feels like someone tapped several times on your Watch-Face, which is different than the Buzz-Vibration notification one senses when their iPhone ringer is silenced}

Beyoncé has a thing for Exciting Accessories and her New Watch • Apple Delivers 1,244,000 Watches TODAY

Beyoncé is one celebrity who has a thing for Exciting Accessories in this case the Watch, as she was spotted wearing a solid 18 Karat Gold Apple Watch with a matching 18 Karat Gold Linked Bracelet. In case you just returned from a 7 month Vacation on Planet Neptune, the Watch is being Delivered in 9 Countries Today, April 24, 2015.

Apple Delivers 1,244,000 Watches in the US Today, April 24th. Watch deliveries are being received in 9 Countries commencing today.

Beyoncé and Watch recently was seen wearing a Magical Gold Linked Bracelet Watch at Coachella. However, this is not one of the Watch bracelets available currently from the Apple Store. Beyonce, posted a picture of herself wearing a Gold Watch Edition on her own website. Nothing that unusual, but the watch has an 18 Karat Gold Link Bracelet, which currently available to the public.

This Gold Bracelet not unique though, because fashion designer Karl Lagerfeld also has one, something we learned after his bodyguard posted a picture of his Watch on Instagram. The strap appears to be a gold version of the steel Link Bracelet, and is attached to the Yellow Gold Watch Edition.

This Gold Link Bracelet is not standard option with any of the Watch Edition models presently, as the only “Apple” Link Bracelet available today is of polished Stainless Steel or with a Space Black finish. We can not place a price on this exclusive Gold Link Bracelet edition; However, it’s price may be around $20,000 for the Gold Bracelet plus $10,000 for the Gold Watch Edition.

Elderly Draco Malfoy impersonator Karl Lagerfeld also had his Watch, with his wrist photographed clad in this mysterious gold link Apple Watch. These two celebrities, one likely upsettingly expensive Watch.

The caption on Lagerfeld’s wrist glamor shot, posted on Instagram by his ebullient assistant Sebastien Jondeau, the Post reads “1st apple watch specially made for KarL!! Amazing!!!”

Questions: (A) Is Apple fabricating a secret CELEBS ONLY Apple Watch? (B) Is Apple pairing with celebrities to promote the upcoming entry into the super-luxury Watch market? Answer: YES !

Apple is definitely jumping into the luxury fashion market with its high-end-expensive luxury Watch bands. These wearables are supposed to make you feel good. But as The Verge pointed out, it looks like Apple may be withholding some of its highest-end “experimental” designs from the general public presently.

The Apple Store does not currently advertise or sell a gold link bracelet, even if you’re buying the Watch Gold Edition, with a starting price of $10,000. In fact, across all Watch current configurations, Watch Edition can not be presently ordered with any metal bracelets in the box. The “classic” and “modern” leather bands that Apple sells feature clasps and buckles that, like the Edition itself, are crafted from 18-karat gold components.

Jony Ive showed-off some new Watch-Band designs in Milan, none of which looked like this opulent band; However, there were many colors and bands styles not currently in the Watch product lineup.

Watch • Let’s Take a Look Inside the Worlds Best SmartWatch 

BULLETIN: Latest News from APPLE regarding the 3 Million Watch Pre-Orders

“We’re happy to be updating many customer’s “Status” on their Apple-Store accounts today {April 21} with the news that their Watch will arrive sooner than expected,” Apple Officials said: “…Our team is working to fill orders as quickly as possible based on the available supply and the order in which they were received. We know many customers are facing long lead-times and we appreciate their patience…”

Watch • Let’s take a look inside the Worlds Best “SmartWatch” • Our estimate is, Apple sold 3.0 million Watch units on Launch Day, may have actually sold-out Apple’s entire stock of pre-release inventory within the first 3 hours of availability.

3 Million Watch unit sales was abstracted from Slice Intelligence’s report, a survey of 2,000,000-accounts pool of on-line electronic eReceipts. While this 3 million units is equivalent to the first 3-Day weekend sales of iPhone 4, Watch’s pre-sales dwarfs all other smartwatch sales, and represents a new milestone in wearable “smartwatch” sales.

Since Grade School, taking things apart to see how thing work is part of my DNA. These renderings, [rather than a disassembly] take us for a first-look inside the Watch. Post Release, iFixit will likely publish a step-by-step teardown of the Watch. These graphics are not captioned as the components are relatively easy to recognize.

Latest News from APPLE regarding Watch Pre-Orders “We’re happy to be updating many customers today {April 21) with the News that their Watch may arrive sooner than expected,” an Apple official spokesperson said: “Our team is working to fill orders as quickly as possible based on the available supply and the order in which they were received. We know many customers are still facing long lead times and we appreciate their patience.”

Watch, with each Article that is published, I like to include some new information about the Watch, as this new Apple product is extraordinary. Personally, we fully appreciate the new Watch commercials {clip #1}… the Sounds, the Animation, the Colors, the Beat… having seen all these clips many times… Goose-Bumps for sure, take a look for yourself. If you don’t get at least ONE Goosey watching the first-clip, you may want to consider some therapy.

Have a great DAY


https://www.apple.com/watch/films/#film-welcome
https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-welcome
https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-phone-calls
https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-messages
https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-siri
https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-music
https://www.apple.com/watch/films/

Watch Sales are Built to Order • Watch Buyers Delivery Starts Friday April 24th 

Watch Launch is almost two weeks since it went Live on Friday April 10, 2015 at 3:01 AM Eastern. Watch Sales are likely to be Built-to-Order, as there are hundreds of Watch-Band Combinations.

Watch Buyer pre-orders on Friday April 10th, Deliveries commence Friday April 24th. Subsequent pre-sales shipped Daily thereafter as all Watch pre-sales are shipped. We expect that shipment have already commenced to assure Watches arrive at Customer front-doors Friday morning.

We believe the Watch initial production-run sold out quickly; However, we don’t know precisely how many Watch units were sold. A Financial Spreadsheet has been formulated, showing a financial model that suggests the initial production-run of 3.0 million Watch units, yielding Watch revenues of $2.2 billion for the April 10th pre-sale launch.

We estimate 3.0 million Watch finished Cases were in inventory on Launch Day. This figure was abstracted from investigative reporting from China who examined supply-line leaks regarding quantities of Watch displays, Sapphire Crystals, and S1 Electronics Chips. While this figure is equivalent to the first 3-Day weekend sales of iPhone 4, it dwarfs all other smartwatch sales to date and represents a milestone in wearable “smartwatch” sales.

Watch Sport model lead in unit-sales volume, selling 1.8 million units for a total revenue of $693,000,000, while the Watch, the middle-Tier model, lead in revenue, garnering about $851,000,000 versus Watch Sport $693,000,000. The profitability-magic of the Watch three-Tier model line-up, is Apple’s inclusion of the Watch Edition an 18 Karat Gold luxury model. We estimate that 50,000 Gold units were available for the on-line launch and at 70 Apple Stores at Launch generated $675,000,000 in gross sales.

Watch average selling price, the APS achieved a level of $740/unit sold. The total Sales revenues of Watch first day sales earned $2,219,000,000 (that’s $2.219 Billion). Our bet is the Watch Line will (on average) achieve a +60% gross Profit, yielding to Apple’s bottom line $1.33 Billion in profit for each 3 million units sold. If Apple enjoys 30 million Watch sales in its first year of availability, Apple’s bottom-Line profits will gain another $13.3 Billion Annually or $3.325 Billion quarterly. Accordingly, this new Watch product-line may likely increase earnings accretive by +20% to Apple’s quarterly earnings.

We believe the pre-orders of 3 Million Watch sales estimated, may be considerably below the total number of pre-orders for Watch achieved by the April 24th Lunch Day. As Apple is offering 38 different Models & Bands of the Watch, with no previous order-history to consider when projecting model inventory levels, we expect that Pre-Orders will be Assembled-to-Order.

Apple estimating the Model-Mix to build, however, it is believed that Apple pre-manufactured 6 Million Watch S1 electronics Modules and Cases.

Apple may execute Final-Assembly of each Watch pre-Sale on a Build-to-Order, based on the Customers’ choice of the Case-Band actually sold. This approach permits Apple to maintain more efficient levels of Watch Case inventories, while simultaneously shipping promptly to as many Consumers as possible.

1,150,000 (38.33%) Watch units sold Globally
1,800,000 (60.00%) Watch SPORT units sold Globally
0,050,000 (1.67%) Watch EDITION Gold units sold Globally
3,000,000 (100%) Watch Total units sold Globally

News Reports indicate that the first Quarter of Watch sales may reach 6 million units, and assuming our ASPs are close to reality Apple’s Quarterly profits could receive a +$3.3 Billion jump due to the Watch.

To learn more how Watch may work for you take a VIEW at these two brief video clips:


Slice Intelligence estimated that 957,000 people in the USA pre-ordered Watch on Friday, April 10, the first day the Watch was available for on-line sale, according to eReceipt Data collected from a sampling-panel of two-million online shoppers.

Each Watch buyer ordered 1.3 Watch units, paying on average $503.83 for each Watch for all models, excluding the Apple Edition Gold Watch, not reported in the data sampled.

Watch Sales = $1.562 Billion Globally with 3,100,000 Watch Units Sold on the First DAY • A Very Exciting Day for Apple and the Early Watch Buyers.

Most, if not all of the reporting agencies that have examined this Slice Intelligence Watch sales data, have mis-reported the eReceipt information. Here’s the Math and our Conclusions regarding the statistical data:

1,150,000 (38.3%) Watch units sold in the USA
1,800,000 (60%) Watch units sold out of the USA
50,000 (1.6%) Watch units sold out of the USA
3,000,000 (100%) Watch units sold World-Wide

Data Extrapolation. The primary data-point show that 957,000 buyers bought (on average) more than one Watch, actually 1.3 Watch units in the USA only. Here is the Math. If 957,000 individuals bought 1.3 Watch units, then 1,244,000 Watch units were purchased.

Apple has reported that 60% of their sales World-Wide occurs outside of the USA, then 40% of Apple product sales occurs in the USA. Accordingly, international Watch units sales amounted to 1,856,000 Watch units. Therefore Global Watch unit sales would total 3,100,000. The eReceipt data indicates that the Average sales invoice for all Watch sales was $503.83/unit, then the gross sales for Global Sales amounted to $1.562 Billion on Day One.

Among those buying an Watch, 72% have purchased an Apple product in the past two years (iPhone, Apple computer or iPad), and 21% of this group pre-ordered an iPhone 6 or iPhone 6 Plus several months ago. Nearly one-third of the group purchased two Apple products and 11% bought all three devices, in addition to their new Watch, according to eReceipt data.

Most Watch buyers, roughly 62% of the total number of buyers, purchased the entry-level Sport Watch. However, many Watch buyers purchased the pricier, Middle-Tier Polished Stainless Steel case, with more than one-third of these buyers paired the Watch with either the Black or White Fluroelastomer Sport band.

Most of the Watch Sport buyers chose the larger 42mm watch-case, with 71% overall selecting this larger watch-case format. Watch buyers were slightly more likely to choose the 38mm watch-case.

The most popular type of Watch-case is the Space Gray aluminum case, with 40% of Apple Watch buyers choosing this option, followed by stainless steel at 34%, silver aluminum at 23% and the Space Black stainless steel Watch was at 3%.

Watch Black Sport Band was the most popular among both Apple Watch and Apple Watch Sport buyers, with 49% overall pre-ordering, followed by the White Sport Band at 16%, and the more expensive Milanese Loop ($149 versus $49 for the black Sport band) rounding out the top three at around 10%.

Slice Intelligence, the supplier of the above information states they are only firm using direct-measurement of all digital commerce activity and customer loyalty. By collecting and cataloging actual shopping behaviors from online shoppers in the wild, Slice Intelligence precisely measures what the others have only been able to approximate, revealing new insights about online shoppers and their behaviors.

Slice Intelligence information comes from a methodology developed at Stanford University that measures and catalogs all online purchases made by consumers who use the popular Slice App to manage their online shopping. This refined data collection method enables impeccable, near real-time data.

It is important to understand where eReceipt data is obtained. Slice Intelligence has a particularly stable, high quality, large database. It provides a service to its eCommerce clients a method of tracking their sales receipts, retaining them for future access. This means that the data it accesses is reliable for its customers. It also gives it a source of 2 million customer pool. Author of the Slice report Jaimee Minney wrote the following points:

Slice Intelligence get permissioned access to email inboxes from users of our apps (Slice and unroll.me) as well as through partners who license Slice Intelligence technology to power their online experiences (i.e. The find, IFTTT, Gone!, etc.)

1⃣ The number of Watch sales, [1.244 million units] is based on Slice Intelligence projections to the online population
2⃣ Slice Intelligence’s panel is of 2 million people, 9,080 of whom bought an Apple Watch
3⃣ Based on Slice Intelligence’s statistical modeling and validation (including partner and client feedback), Slice Intelligence is confident that the numbers are representative
4⃣ Slice Intelligence abstracts these results of its sizable survey of its buyer-population, and projects to the USA population. Slice Intelligence has two major statistical reliability advantages over other methodologies
5⃣ Slice Intelligence uses extremely large sample population (2 million). Ms. Minney notes that the panel size is “an order-of-magnitude [exponentially] larger than panels by Nielsen, comScore, eand others”
6⃣ Slice Intelligence’s sampling is automatic, no human intervention. Since the data is supplied automatically from real e-Receipts, as opposed by any self-reporting, therefore the data has a very high degree of accuracy.

Two Watch Try-On Reservations were booked for Marilyn and I. On Friday morning right after I placed our 5am Pre-Orders on-line, Reservations for Hands-on try-ons were booked.

Our Watch Try-Ons were scheduled-reserved for noon Sunday, April 12. Briefly, this was as a totally enjoyable and fun experience. The sales folks at the Apple Store (Boca Raton, Florida) were excited with the success of the pre-order launch, proving strong demand. The Apple store was literally packed with an excited public and sales associates.

 We each had separate sales associates showing the different models, the 38mm and 42mm Watch, and a broad array of available bands. Most of the bands may be purchased separately.

 Marilyn and I had about 20 minutes to try-on all the different bands, with demonstrations of the Watch, its use, the Apps, changing the actual Watch faces. However, there was no sensation of time-pressure whatsoever. I fact after 15 or 20 minutes you would have tried-on just about everything in sight, which is what I did. In sum, the Watch is an amazing wearable. We can both imagine buying several bands to suit our Day, Evening, and Venue needs.

 We had a great time, and became quite comfortable with this new Watch. As to use, the operating system is very intuitive and everyone should be able to use the Watch right out of the box. Along the perimeter of the Apple Store their are counter-top displays where customers can experiment with the Watch, the digital-crown, the Contacts-Button, using the up, down, left, right swiping, Customizing the Watch-face. All very easy and intuitive. This is the beauty of Apple, use of the Watch is simple and easy, no rocket-scientists needed.

 When iPhone users update their iPhones to the newly released iOS 8.3 operating system (upgrade now whether or not an Watch is in your immediate future) a New Apple App shows on the iPhone home-page, clearly named “Apple Watch.” This App when launched will search for and “pair” automatically with your Watch.

 The Watch Companion App allows you to set up the Watch to your exact desires, color schemes, select from a good number of watch-faces; plus this App will “pair” to your iPhone via bluetooth and synchronize your setup to the Watch.

 Apple has made this process easy and seamless, requiring no technical knowhow. The first-time “pairing” takes about 10 minutes to synchronize your chosen photos, selected music and iPhone Apps that you’d like to be resident on your Watch.

 The Apple Store try-on experience was quite an exciting experience. Hats off to Apple’s team for this new technique for the folks that are interested in this new wearable Watch.

 Marilyn was delighted with the Milanese Loop band, so there was no change with her pre-order. Personally, I was undecided between the Milanese Loop band and the Link Bracelet. After trying on both bands twice, it was clear to me to select the Bright Stainless Steel Link Bracelet. On Friday morning I ordered two Watch units for myself, both with polished 38mm stainless cases, one Watch with Milanese Loop band and the second Watch paired the Bright Stainless Steel Link Bracelet.

 During our hands-on session, we were very pleased with the quality of all the Bands. The $50 colorful FluoroElastomer bands (aka the Watch Sports Bands) are a very high quality feel, they are smooth, soft, comfortable material. The Black Leather Modern Buckle is likely my 2nd Band, perhaps for evenings dining out. However, the Bright Stainless Steel Link band is very thin and elegant, rather than an extra heavy, bulky, chunky band, often seen with other Watch makers such as Rolex. For my taste Rolex Link bands look and feel heavy and chunky. Apple’s SS Link Band is the opposite. Its easy to imagine Apple or the Aftermarket fabricating an 18 karat Gold version of Apple’s SS Link band.

 We both can easily imagine having several bands. In my case a Black Sports band for weekend use, the Watch Stainless Steel Link Bracelet for every-day use, and the Watch Black Leather Modern Buckle, a stunning alternative for more formal evenings out, or just changing bands for the fun of it.

 Sdding and removing any Watch Band is a super-easy process, and needs no tools or special talent whatsoever. The Bright Stainless Link Bracelet is simply stunning, and removing or adding its Links for a perfect fit, is very easy to accomplish, also with no tools or special skills required.

 Following our Watch Hands-on experience, the Apple associates directed us over to the perimeter wall of the Apple Store where Watch units were attached to a wooden base and attached to a stand-up bar arrangement. Folks were spread along the two long walls, playing with 40 to 50 Watch display units. Marilyn and I toyed with the settings, watch-faces, colors, etc. I finished a bit sooner, and mentioned to her to take her time, as I was going to roam around the store, and excused myself.

 My mission was to interview as many Apple sales associates as possible as Marilyn continued to “joyfully tinker” with the Watch settings and menus. Other than making friends first, the next most important issue for me was to pose to all of the store employees the key question:

“…What percentage of the folks that came in for their Reservation for Hands-On trials, actually proceeded to go on-line to order the Watch of their choice…

 Every Apple employee that was in the Hands-On Trial area, stated that almost all of the folks bought Watches on line while in the store using their iPhone. A number of folks bought iPhones for the first time (switching from Androids, mostly Samsung smartphones) so they could use the Watch companion. In pressing the retailers for a percentage most replied “…90% to 95%…” some said that “…every Reservation they greeted bought their chosen Watch…

 Sunday evening, following our successful try-ons at our local Apple Store, getting back to business, I cancelled the extra Watch order paired with the Milanese band. Marilyn was totally pleased with the Milanese Loop band so there was no change to her pre-order; I’m now very happy with the Stainless Link Bracelet. Our hands-on, try-ons were a resounding success, being a very satisfying experience; plus the hands-on try-ons solved my undecided band choice. Now we both look forward to receiving our Watches in about 3 weeks.

According to data from Slice Intelligence, based on data gathered from 9,080 shoppers, about 957,000 U.S. customers purchased an AppleWatch model on Friday, April 10th. The average consumer bought an average of 1.3 watches, spending $503.83 per watch. Comparatively, recent research from Canalys revealed that some 720,000 Android Wear smartwatches have been sold in the entire year of 2014.

The most popular purchase was the Apple Watch Sport, with 62% of consumers getting it on pre-order day, for an average price of $382.83. Comparatively, the average price paid for the Apple Watch is $707.04. BMO Capital Markets came out with similar numbers in a survey performed before pre-orders commenced on Friday, saying that 60% of buyers who wanted to buy one were interested in the AppleWatch Sports model. Meanwhile, 12% were desiring the Apple Watch model, with 4% of the respondents choosing the Apple Watch Gold Edition model. 24% of the respondents were undecided.

When it comes to the AppleWatch Case-sizes, most buyers chose the more expensive 42mm model, a $50 add-on; according to Slice 71% of the buyers chose the 42mm watch-case size. The Space Gray aluminum case was the most popular among all buyers with 40% share, followed by polished stainless steel with a 34% share, and the silver aluminum sports watch case with a 23% share. The Black Sport Band was the most popular among both Apple Watch and Apple Watch Sport buyers at 49%, followed by the White Sport Band (16%) and the Milanese Loop (10%).

PRESS Release: CUPERTINO, California—April 9, 2015—Apple Watch™, Apple’s most personal device yet, will be available for preview and pre-order on Friday, April 10. Customers in Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, the UK and the US can try on and experience Apple Watch at their local Apple Store® or at Galeries Lafayette in Paris, Isetan in Tokyo, Selfridges in London, and select Apple Authorized Resellers in Japan and China. Customers can pre-order their Apple Watch through the Apple Online Store (www.apple.com) beginning April 10 at 12:01 a.m. PDT for delivery beginning April 24.

“We are excited to welcome customers tomorrow and introduce them to Apple Watch, our most personal device yet. Based on the tremendous interest from people visiting our stores, as well as the number of customers who have gone to the Apple Online Store to mark their favorite Apple Watch ahead of availability, we expect that strong customer demand will exceed our supply at launch,” said Angela Ahrendts, Apple’s senior vice president of Retail and Online Stores. “To provide the best experience and selection to as many customers as we can, we will be taking orders for Apple Watch exclusively online during the initial launch period.”

Customers interested in learning more about Apple Watch can visit their local Apple Store for a personalized session with a Specialist to try on, fit and size their band, and explore the amazing features of Apple Watch. Customers who want to try on an Apple Watch are encouraged to make an appointment by going to http://www.apple.com.

Starting Friday, customers can try on Apple Watch, Apple Watch Sport or Apple Watch Edition* to find the model with the size, finish and band to best fit their personal preference and style. Everyone visiting an Apple Store will be able to view all three collections and get hands on with Apple Watch Demo to browse and edit different watch faces, and learn about Apple Watch’s health and fitness features, Digital Touch, Siri®, Apple Pay™**

Pre-orders begin April 10 at 12:01 a.m. PDT through the Apple Online Store, the Apple Store app for iPhone® and iPad®, and select Apple Authorized Resellers in China and Japan. Customers who pre-order their Apple Watch can have it shipped for delivery beginning April 24. All Apple Watch customers will be offered Personal Setup, online or in-store, to pair their Apple Watch with their iPhone. New owners will also learn how to personalize Apple Watch by selecting a watch face, deciding which notifications to receive, setting up the Activity app, and receive an introduction to Apple Pay** and the Apple Watch App Store™.

Beginning April 24, Apple Watch will also be available at boutiques in major cities including colette in Paris, Dover Street Market in London and Tokyo, Maxfield in Los Angeles and The Corner in Berlin, and select Apple Authorized Resellers in China and Japan.

Apple Watch is an incredibly accurate timepiece, an intimate and immediate communication device and a groundbreaking health and fitness companion. Highly customizable for personal expression, Apple Watch also brings an entirely new way to receive information at a glance and interact with the world through third-party app experiences designed specifically for the wrist.

Apple Watch introduces revolutionary technologies including the Digital Crown™, an innovative way to scroll, zoom and navigate fluidly without obstructing the display. The Retina® display with Force Touch on Apple Watch senses the difference between a tap and a press, providing a new way to quickly and easily access relevant controls. The all-new Taptic Engine™ discreetly delivers a gentle tap on your wrist whenever you receive a notification or message.

Pricing & Availability. Apple Watch is available in three collections, Apple Watch Sport, priced at $349 (US) and $399 (US); Apple Watch, available from $549 (US) to $1,099 (US); and Apple Watch Edition, crafted from custom rose or yellow 18-karat gold alloys, with prices starting at $10,000 (US).

Millions of Apple Watches were purchased early Friday morning. All of the $10,000, $12,000, $15,000, $17,000 and $18,500 Gold Edition Watch units Sold Out in One Hour. All of the Watch Sports Watches Sold out in 6 Minutes.

All Watch models sold out in 3 hours, therefore those pre-ordering after 6am Eastern Friday, the delivery dates are pushing back 4-6 Weeks (from May 14 to May 28). As of April 12th, Watch “Ship Dates” are pushing back to June and July, see examples displayed below.

Watch continues to receive high traffic for on-line orders that commenced Friday April 10th. There are Several ways to Buy the Apple Watch; However, not following the traditional new-product-release procedure. In this article are a number of screen-photos of the Watch Models and their anticipated ship dates, as of Monday, April 13, 2015.

The best and easiest method of buying the Watch is using the Apple Store App. It was reported that at the peak of the on-line ordering Friday morning, Apple’s http://www.Apple.com website was stressing with internet delays and URL errors. However, there were no reported issues using the Apple Store App. Friday morning I used the Apple Store App on my iPhone 6 Plus to order Apple Watches for Marilyn and myself.

Notice the Retail Products App is different than Apple’s App Store application. The App Store is used to buy Applications. The Apple Store App is used to buy Products, check on the status of an on-line order, and to make Genius Bar Reservations, and currently to make Watch Try-On Reservations. This is the LINK which will take you directly to the App Store to download the Apple Store App:https://appsto.re/us/uV9xw.i

Watch Sales Projection Chart below displays all Three Tiers of the Apple Watch that was created early March, 2015. Among the many unknowns is the sale-demand for the Gold Edition Apple Watch. The three traunches combined total 6 Million Watch units, representing the initial production-run for the product’s Launch period. The Sports Watch is set at 3.5 million units, the Stainless Steel AppleWatch models at 2.5 million units, and the Gold Edition watches at 500,000 units, representing only 8.34% of the total Apple Watch production-run.

Changes to the product-mix may significantly change the overall gross sales values for the 3-tiers. This statistical model assumes an average Profit Margin for the product-line of 45% for all 3-tiers. Since all these figures are “educated guesses,” I kept the guessing to a minimum by selecting a single-average profit margin. Since Apple’s overall profit margin company-wide is currently reported at 39.5%, the Watch as a “jewelry wearable” earned a higher profit margin of 45% which in reality the profit margin may be significantly higher, perhaps 50% or more.

Reports from the supply-line say that 6 million Apple Watch units were ordered for the initial production-run commenced in January, 2015. If the pre-order sellout is a telling signal, Tim Cook and his production team will be stepping-up the number of production-lines to meet the perceived huge Demand.

What is the Difference with Watch product release and the Apple iPhone 6 product release… Simple outline
(A) With recent iPhone releases, on-line pre-ordering was made available two weeks before the Official Product Release at Apple Retail Stores. (This is the same for the Watch pre-ordering)
(B) With recent iPhone releases, the iPhone was not available to Vier or Hold and not available retail store sales until the official Launch Day. Recall the Apple retail stores covered their store-fronts with Black Drapes, in the evening before Launch-Friday adding to the retail hysteria. (This procedure differs from the Watch release, as Apple Retail Stores received display models for the public to View, Hold and Try-on [commencing 4/10] two weeks before the official Launch Day on Friday 4/24)
(C) Apple gave thought to invite the public’s View and Try-on of the Watch with pre-arranged reservations, so these folks thereafter, may go on-line and purchase the Watch with confidence knowing the model, band and the case-size and case-metal of choice. The theory is Wearable” products require more time to consider, therefore, the two weeks of try-ons will aid Customers in making on-line pre-orders.
(D) Apple on Launch Day, all Watch models will be available to the public; however, the folks need to make reservations for a limited period of time, so that the Retail Stores are not over-whelmed with traffic. For the Apple-FanBoys the hysteria is exciting, for the rest of the Apple Clan, long lines are aggravating
(E) After a few weeks, Apple may remove the pre-Reservation requirements once the Watch Supply-Demand dynamics are stabilized.

1⃣ BUY your favorite AppleWatch and Band combination on-line
2⃣ RESERVE your favorite AppleWatch and Band combination; however, this Reservation & Pick-up method is only available in only about 70 stores world-wide
3⃣ WALK-IN Sales Not Permitted Presently, therefore Do Not waist your time on long Lines to enter the Apple Store for the Apple Watch on Launch-Day, or Launch-Week. Remember Walk-IN traffic was encouraged when you Bought your new iPhone. For this new product release, on-line purchase or Reservations Only for the Apple Watch
4⃣ TRY-ON APPLE WATCH, You can make an appointment to try-on the Apple Watch commencing today. Apple Watches are not available for sale in the Stores; however, you can make an appointment to try-on the Apple Watches of your choice; Thereafter you may go on-line and order the Apple Watch you liked.

The GOOD News – Apple’s On-Line Store opened for Apple Watch purchase at 3:01 AM early Friday [4/10] morning. It has been reported that Apple ordered 6 Million Apple Watches for the initial Launch period, presumed to be a 90-day supply.

The BAD News – Apple’s On-Line Store was SOLD-OUT Globally, for the Sports Watch literally 6 Minutes after Apple’s On-Line Store opened for business at 3:01am early Friday morning. All Apple Watches were sold-out, all Watch Edition models including the $10k to $18.5k Gold models were all Sold Out world-wide in 60 minutes. However, this means you will still receive your Apple Watch, but it will take a few weeks or months later to receive it. The Earlier you Order the Watch, the Quicker you will receive it. If you delay few days, it may add a Month or two delay, before your Watch ships.

All Global Apple On-Line Store are Sold-Out of the initial production-run. Except for the first 3 Million lucky individuals that purchased their Apple Watch before 3:06am today, your shipping date has likely been “Pushed Back” to May 15th or later an undisclosed period in June or July. Above are “screen images” of my three attempts to buy one model for each of the three-Tiers of Apple Watches as of April 13. As these DAYs move forward in time, the Shipping Dates will be “Pushed Back” later into June and July, until Apple adjusts their production and supply lines to meet the huge Demand.

Apple Watch Critics. Another terrible call by the critics. It’s amazing to me that Apple Critics are consistently Negative, and consistently WRONG

The Critics told the World that it was ridiculous for Apple to get into the already crowded Smartphone market in January, 2007. Wrong, Apple has sold 750 million iPhones
The Critics told the World that it was ridiculous for Apple to get into the already crowded Tablet market in April, 2010. Wrong, Apple had sold 240 million iPads
The Critics told the World that it was ridiculous for Apple to get into the mature Wearable Watch marketplace in September, 2014 Wrong, again! Apple sold-out 3 million Apple Watches in several Minutes. Traditionally, Apple produces Millions of units in advance of the Lauch-Day
Apple Watches: 6 millions units have been fabricated for the initial production-run. Roughly 50% of this inventory was available for on-line pre-ordering, the remaining 3 million Apple Watch units will stock retail stores for retail-Reservation sales commencing Friday, April 24. It may be Months before Apple will have significant inventory, for direct walk-in retail sales, without reservations.
Notice to All Critics. Today Apple Watches are All Sold Out due to Incredible Demand. Launch-Day is April 24th. Online Apple Watch pre-ordering and try-on for the Apple Watch Watch started Today
Notice to Investment Bankers. Apple Watch is Sold-Out, Apple Edition Gold Watches are Sold-Out, Apple Sports Watch is Sold-Out. Incredible demand has caused back-order status for all models across the entire line of Apple Watches. Some IB firms downgraded $AAPL because of back-order status. They Are NUTS. No Critic anticipated Millions of Apple Watches selling out in the first two Hours, particularly for a NEW product. The Critics said “no one would want the useless Apple Watch” and “no one would buy it” WRONG
Apple iPhone Launches recall, Apple doubled its iPhone 4 pre-release day inventory to 3 million units and sold out in three days. Apple thereafter, doubled its pre-release inventory to 6 million units for the iPhone 5 and it sold out in three days; Then Apple doubled again its pre-release inventory for the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus to 12 million units and they sold out of all models in three days.

(A) If you know Exactly what you want, case, band, size, metal, order AppleWatch online for delivery directly to your Home on Friday morning, April 24th. Apple’s tradition, if you are not pleased with your on-line purchase when received, you may go to your local Apple Store to make a change or refund, or ship it back to Apple’s On-Line Apple Store Return Center; however, in eather case, save all the packaging.

(B) If you Know what you want, however, you want to try it on, as you may desire to change the Band or the Case size, make your best selection on April 10th and Book a RESERVATION for April 24th, or next available Reservation Date, at your local Apple Store; Reservation Appointments are the only way to get into the Apple Store on the 24th, to fine-tune your selection and pick-up your Apple Watch.

Know the circumference of your Wrist, My wrist measures 170mm (Large), Marilyn wrist is 155mm (Medium); once your wrist is measured you’ll know what AppleWatch defines band-size by: “Small,” “Medium,” or “Large” for Apple band sizes. The Apple Watch site defines S,M,L determined by the circumference of your wrist. The Apple Store Sizing Charts are displayed below.

Know the Watch Model you desire: Sports, Apple Watch or Apple Edition, prices starting from $349, $549, $10,000 respectively. Almost there.. you need to choose the Watch-Case size, as Apple provides two Case sizes: Do you want the 38mm watch-case or the 42mm watch-case. I’m relatively small Wristed, therefore the 38mm Case may be the choice for me.

 Many Millennials and some Elders really enjoy Big Watches, rendering the 42mm desirable. Apple has designed the Apple Watch with many band materials and multiple color choices, for every-day use and fashion in mind. Therefore folks may prefer to satisfy their style needs and use requirements.

Apple Watch On-Line Ordering or Reservation Experience. If you are anxious to own the Apple Watch, perform the steps mentioned before Friday, April 10th.

With my particular Apple Watch choice, I’ve got THREE watches and bands to pick between. Marilyn has not looked on-line as of today, but she will before Friday. Likely she’ll get the Apple Watch, and the band choice is yet to be made.

(A) Apple Watch with 38mm Space Black watch-case with the Black Sports Band, my likely pick, or

(B) Apple Watch with 38mm Space Black watch-case with the Space Black Bracelet Band, or the Milanese Band, quite an elegant combination. Do not forget the AppleCare+ for the Apple Watch, gives you 2 years of Warranty plus Accident Coverage.

Extensive Surveys say that over 200 millions of folks reach for their iPhone on average, 10 Times per Hour, about every 6 munutes. This means Folks are repeatedly having to retrieve their iPhone from their Pocket, Purse, or Briefcase. Not a big deal, and surely more convenient than having to start-up a laptop or PC to visualize SMS Text Messaging, eMails, or Appointment Calendars.

With the Apple Watch, iPhone communications, texts, Facebook posts, Tweets, phone calls, calendar reminders come to your attention through to your Apple Watch, with several Taps on your Wrist with Apple Watch’s internal Taptic Engine, a very subtle way to notice who is “calling” you.

Imaging being in a Conference Room, a Noisy Sports event, in the Movie theater, or on the Train or Subway, The Tap “tells” you what’s going on with minimal distraction. If you are committed in a Conference setting, you’ll know whose “calling” and you can decide if that Contact is worthy of excusing yourself from the venue. If your child’s School is calling, that may motivate you to leave the venue, and answer that “Call.” The “call” is communicated to you without having to find and expose your iPhone, and perhaps distract the folks with you.

Simply put, with the Apple Watch strapped onto your wrist, as a text message comes to your iPhone, the Taptic engine, sends a silent Tap or Two directly to the Apple Watch’s Taptic Engine, which is a silent and subtle, “notification” telling you that a Message has been just sent to you. It would feel like someone Tapping, one or more times onto your Watch-Face, which would be felt on your Wrist.

Presumably, these gentle Taps will motivate you to slight turn (rotate) your wrist a 1/4 turn or so, at which time your Apple Watch display “wakes up” giving you a very subtly opportunity to visually-notice who communicated with you, including an abbreviated display of the Text Message, eMail, Caller ID, an Appointment Reminder, an Timer Alarm, without having to find and “wake up” your iPhone.

WiFi Communicate with your Apple Watch. If you are home or in the office in an active WiFi area, you could have your iPhone charging in the Kitchen, or the iPhone could be in your Office, and your Apple Watch will receive these signals through the WiFi, while you are in the Yard, Family Room or in someone else’s Office or Conference Room.

Apple Watch not in a WiFi zone, no problem, the Apple Watch communicates with your iPhone using Very-Low-Power bluetooth connectivity. The Apple Watch automatically changes connectivity as you move into or away from a trusted WiFi zone.

A Tap onto the Apple Watch’s display, is a very convenient way to act upon an incoming communication, without having to get your iPhone 6 or 6 Plus from your Pocket, Purse or BriefCase.

Force Touch is a New iOS Operating System command that represents a really BIG deal, and it may be classified as the most important development to the mobile user interface since Apple created Multi-Touch, a Key component behind the Touch-Screen commands, “swiping and typing” on the display for messaging, or selecting menu choices. Force Touch and the corresponding Taptic Engine are two New principle features built into Apple’s new Apple Watch.

Force Touch is “activated” by making a gentle more sustained Press onto the Display (as opposed to a brief Tap). When applying a subtle Press onto the Display, the iOS will show Menu Items that are contextual appropriate to what is being Displayed on the Apple Watch, a feature that surely will subsequently be made available on the next iteration of the iPhone, perhaps the iPhone 7.

 Electronically, the Force Touch operation requires a new Display that has a microscopic Electronic-Grid that is imbedded within the Retina-Display, Force Touch is capable of noticing the difference between a simple Tap, Swipe, and a Press onto the display.

Force Touch may also represents a fundamental turning point in the iPhone, as an iOS milestone. Surely Apple will include Force Touch in the new iPhones iterations, along with a Taptic Engine that produces an oscillation (vibrations which the user feels), Most people buying iPhone 6 and 6 Plus will want to upgrade their iPhone in order to have the new feature. It is that big of a deal.

More on What is Force Touch and the Taptic Engine. Another simple example, is to think of the virtual keyboard on your iPhone, and being able to feel a click as you “type” on each letter. Internally, the Pressure of a Tap (or the area of screen that your finger comes in contact with) is registered and translates the Pressure as a Force-Touch gesture.

The Taptic Engine is a feedback method that produces a small vertical-vibration from an electromagnetic “motor” Apple calls this the Taptic Engine. The end result is that when you press down on the screen, it feels like you are pressing down a key on a traditional keyboard.

Force Touch opens an additional user interface layer, bringing much more functionality to the iPhone, including shortcuts, acceleration dependent on pressure (like fast-forwarding video depending on how hard you press on the screen), and new ways of dragging and dropping items. The user is able to feel each click, bump, and drag, instead of just touching a piece of glass.


HEADLINE – Watch Math. For Each 1.0% of iPhone Users (that’s 1% of the 218,180,000 iPhone 5 and iPhone 6 users) that buy Watch, APPLE Earns $1.483 Billion in Annual Gross Profits. Here’s the math and how we get there…

Apple hosted its Important Apple Watch Event March 9th, 2015. Apple Sprang Forward – WATCH Available April 24, PreOrder online April 10th. Apple’s presentation describes their intention of reinventing the Watch once created in the 16th century.

Apple, recall it did not invent the smartphone, they reinvented it with their iPhone in 2007 having delivered 700 million iPhones; Apple did not invent the Tablet, they reinvented it with their iPad in 2010 having delivered 240 million iPads. Now Apple reinvents the Wrist-Watch with its Watch in 2015 projected to sell between 20-to-35 million iWatches in its first year.

Apple Watch is “the beginning of the end of the traditional Wrist-Watch for the “over 30 crowd ” as many switch to the iWatch. For Millennials, Apple Watch may likely be their very First Watch, as most of the 13 to 30 year olds simply don’t wear Watches, they tell time with their iPhones.

Apple Watch is an amazing Companion to Apple’s iPhone (certainly not an iPhone replacement). Apple has now sold and delivered 700 Million iPhones world wide. Not bad considering the Apple critics screamed… Apple has no business entering an already crowded smartphone marketplace in January, 2007.

Apple Watch Sales Projection. We now know the pricing for the Three Tiers of Apple Watch Models and Bands. Accordingly, I’ve dusted off my trusty HP19BII calculator (in truth my calculator is an amazing 19BII business consultant emulation App by RLM Tools, here’s the $4.99 App Review: http://tiny.cc/qbhyvx Alternatively you can buy the HB19BII on Amazon currently priced for $290 New or $80 Used).

 Our projections for the sales of the initial production of 6 million Apple Watches are displayed in a simple spread-sheet format. We’ve projected 3.5 million Apple Sports Watches will be sold plus 2,000,000 mid-tier Apple Watches and 500,000 Apple Edition Watches, as the product sales-mix; of course our figures are not factual whatsoever.

Apple Watch Average Selling Price for the Sports Watch Tier. The largest number of sales will likely occur for the Sports Watch. Factually, Apple states that it will sell the 38mm SportsWatch for $350 and the 42mm SportsWatch will sell for $400. Accordingly we are assuming that the unit-sales will occur evenly between the two Sports Watches models, resulting in an ASP, Average Selling Price of $375.

Apple Watch Average Selling Price for the Apple Watch Tier. The Apple Watch will sell at $550 for the lowest priced Apple Watch, leading to a top price of $1100 for the Stainless Steel Bracelet band, leading us to a Weighted ASP of $750 which is $75 below the simple arithmetic average of $825. Personally, I really like the Sapphire faced, Dark Stainless Bracelet, priced at $1050 for the 38mm watch face, my wrist will not handle a 42mm watch-case.

Apple Watch Average Selling Price for the Edition Watch Tier. The Apple Edition Watch will sell at $10,000 for the lowest priced Apple Edition Watch, leading to a top price of $18,000 for the 18k Gold with the Gold Buckle Band, leading us to a weighted ASP of $12,500. Weighting these top-tier luxury models is the most difficult to project, therefore we chose to be conservative with an Weighted ASP $12,500 estimate.

Apple Watch Weighted Average Selling Price for Three Tiers of Apple Watch unit sales. If these projection have merit, then the Sports Watch will sell to 3,500,000 customers for a total of $1.312 Billion in gross sales. The Apple Watch will sell to 2,000,000 customers for a total of $1.500 Billion in gross sales, and the Apple Edition (Gold) Watch will sell to 500,000 customers for a total of $6,250 Billion in gross sales. The weighted average selling price is skewed upwards, largely because of the 500,000 Gold Edition Watches that may sell for an average selling price of $12,500 each, therefore the overall ASP for all three tiers of AppleWatch models equates to $1,510.

Apple Watch Gross Sales and Profits projected. Using the resulting Gross sales figures above, all three Tiers will generate $9.062 Billion in sales for this new Apple Watch product. If Apple achieves say 45% profit margin, which is likely profit margin for a wearable product, then Apple’s Gross Profit may approach $4.078 Billion per Quarter, or $16.3 Billion Annually, or $1.36 Billion per Month. There are not many S&P 500 Companies that generate this profit level.

Apple Watch Gross Sales projections in Perspective. The 6,000,000 unit Sales of Apple Watch projected, is based on just 2.75% of the 218,181,000 customers (current number of iPhone 5 + iPhone 5S + 5C + iPhone 6 + iPhone 6 Plus users) actually buy the Apple Watch sometime during the next 12 months from launch day, 24 April 2015.

Lets Play some Apple Watch Math Games. If the number of iPhone 5 and iPhone 6 buyers increases by just 1.00%, then the Number of Apple Watch Sales increases by 2,181,800 unit sales, generating an additional Gross Profit of $1.483 Billion Quarterly, or about $5.931 Billion/year for those iPhone 5+ iPhone 6 users.

Apple Watch Math Games Summarized. Therefore for each 1% of iPhone Users that buy Apple Watch, about $6 Billion in annual Gross profit is added to Apple’s Financial Results. Similarly if 5% of iPhone 5 and iPhone 6 users buy Apple Watch, then Apple enjoys about $30 Billion in annual Gross Profits. It will be most interesting to look back at this Article (a year from now) in review of Apple’s actual Apple Watch 2016 annual results.

Apple critics screamed in January of 2007 “Apple is a Computer company and has no business getting into the crowded, experienced mobile-phone arena.” However, Apple methodically reinvented the smartphone, released it June, 2007 fortunately ignoring all their critics. iPhone sales soared to 74.5 million for the 90 day period ending 12/31/2014, and are projected to sell 225 million iPhones for Apple’s fiscal 2015.

Apple again was criticized, similarly in 2010, for entering the crowed, mature Tablet marketplace… good thing Apple ignored that advice, as it again reinvented the Tablet with its iPad, having delivering 225,000,000 units.

Apple iPhone/iPad sales combined total about 925,000,000 iPhones and iPads have been sold into a crowded, competitive, mature marketplace. Apple has also earned a 99% Customer Satisfaction rating, unheard of in this industry. Critics are similarly questioning the wisdom of the Apple Watch.

Apple Watch represents the 2015 moment in time, “likely the beginning of the end of the traditional Watch for the 35 and over crowd” as many Apple iPhone owners switch to the iWatch for regular wear. For the Millennials, the Apple Watch will likely be their First Watch, as these 13-to-30 year olds largely do not wear Watches, noticing the time of day with their iPhones.

Apple Watch’s success is directly related to the percentage of Apple iPhone Users desire the added convenience of the Apple Watch. Keep in mind, Apple product owners have demonstrated, they are willing to pay the Premium Price for Apple’s superior products.

Pre-Orders for the Apple Watch begin April 10 in the United States, Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, United Kingdom. The Apple Watch will be available for preview, and try-on by appointment, at Apple’s retail stores, and available for preorder through the Apple Online Store.

Retail Store Sales for the Apple Watch begin on April 24. The Apple Watch will be available online or by reservation in Apple’s retail stores and select Apple Authorized Resellers in the United States, Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, United Kingdom.

Extensive Apple owner surveys tell us, iPhone 5 and iPhone 6 owners, about 220 million strong, about 10% to 15% are definitely interested in the Apple Watch within 90 days of its release. Those Surveyed as “definitely interested” in buying an Apple Watch in 90 days, translates into an Apple Watch sale, the simple math projects about 22 million to 33 million Apple Watch sales may result in the 12 month period from April 24, 2015.

 This Link takes directly to the Apple Store: http://www.apple.com/watch/

Apple Watch Magic. The AppleWatch pairs with your iPhone, so when messages, calls, texts, emails, tweets, FB posts, and calendar appointment reminders come to you, you will not have to dig in your purse, pocket or briefcase, for your iPhone. With the iWatch you simply rotate your wrist 30 degrees into your view, to glance at who’s attempting to communicating with you.

Apple Watch’s Simple gestures permits you to communicate, or take the phone call, if the call will likely be extended, now you know its worth the effort to get your iPhone in hand, and talk from it, the call being seamlessly captured by your iPhone.

Apple Watch App. The airline industry is delivering your Boarding Pass to your iWatch too. Fumbling for the iPhone or paper boarding passes to get through AirPort Security now becomes obsolete with Apple Watch. Same for Hotels, thousands are changing their room-lock-electronics to accept your iWatch to unlock your Hotel-Room, no more metal keys, the end of swiping plastic-coaded cards. The list goes on and on with Apple Watch.

 To view the Apple Media Event that was broadcasted at 1:00pm Eastern on March 9th, 2015 below is a convenient LINK for this very interesting and informative Apple Products Show.

http://www.apple.com/live/2015-mar-event/

 Notice the slides of the most recent, the 21st Apple retail store in China. Apple will be adding another 19 retail stores in china this year.

Apple opened its first retail store in Beijing China in 2008. The country has quickly become one of Apple’s most important retail markets, thanks to a growing middle class eager to own the company’s high-end iPhone smartphones, iPads and Mac Book computers. Recently reported China represents 20% of Apple retail sales globally, and Apple has earned a 25% market-share in SmartPhone sales.

Apple Orchestrates its worldwide Magazine Publicity debut of the Apple Watch. These efforts continue this week on the Cover of STYLE, a fashion magazine based in the United Kingdom. The cover image of Style’s Big Spring Issue for March, 2015 features model Guinevere Van Seenus wearing an Apple Watch and is accompanied by an additional two full-page spread inside the magazine that provides further details about the wrist-worn Apple Watch, including interesting hints about the pricing of the space gray models. Notice our list below of extensive guesstimates for all three tiers of the Apple Watch.

Apple’s March 9th Media Event may signal that the Apple Watch may be released sooner than later, perhaps earlier in April, say April 3rd, April’s first FRIDAY, perhaps the last portion of Match. You may recall we reported last year that Apple was “a month ahead of schedule in the Apple Watch development timeline“. Apple’s Spring Forward media event may signal that the Apple Watch may be available for on-line purchase, perhaps as early as mid-Match.

iF Announced at its International Forum Awards Gala in Munich, Apple Watch wins the coveted IF Gold Award for 2015. Overall, 1,124 products were granted an iF entry Label, only a few win the gold award for excellence in several categories.

 The Apple Watch competed with over 3,200 other designs in the Product discipline, the largest iF award segment that covers a number of commercial industries, including vehicles, medical devices, smartphones, computers, tableware, kitchen equipment, furniture, bathroom products.

 The IF Award Jury noted: “The idea of combining classic materials such as leather and metal with state-of-the-art technology to create a very individual fashion accessory has resulted in a delightful product offering a holistic user experience. The Apple Watch scores highly for each design detail and is an altogether extraordinary piece of design. For us, it is already an icon.”

 While Apple has discussed Apple Watch design and keystone features at length, the company has not yet presented the full hardware specifications and pricing details, likely to be heard at Apple’s March 9 Media Event. In a recent report, analyst Gene Munster estimated mid-tier Apple Watch models will retail for $499 to $599, depending on customization options, while the high-end Apple Watch Edition could sell for $4,999.

Apple Watch Tier Graphic. Notice the graphic below where we have estimated the average spelling prices, APS, for the Apple Watch. Most of those reporting on this topic are in general agreement on the ASP price range for the Sports Watch ($350 to $400) and the Apple Watch, the middle tier’s ASP ($500 to $900) depending on the band.

Among Reporters, there is little consensus for the pricing on the Apple Watch Edition, the 18k Gold Apple Watch. The ASP estimates range from $2500 to $10,000. Of course these figures vary largely based on the assumed amount of Gold that is incorporated in the Apple Watch gold case. Our estimate is, there may be 37.5gm of 24k Gold, then combined with 12.5gm of other elements to formulate 50gm of 18k Yellow or Rose colored Gold.

24k Gold Bars trading today at $1200 per troy ounce, lets compute the ASP, average selling price, of the Apple Watch Edition
⌚️ GOLD $1450 of gold metal in the watch case; add to this
⌚️ S1 Watch Chip $200 Apple’s S1 electronics-watch-chip and battery
⌚️ Watch Bands $550 for watch bands and bracelets,
⌚️ $2,200 Total Cost direct costs for the Edition Watch
⌚️ $1,800 Operating expense Corporate expense allocation per unit
⌚️ $3,000 Profit component per unit assume reasonable margin
⌚️ $7,000 Average Selling Price yielding about a 43% profit margin, relatively Low-Level Margin for a premium Jewelry product.
⌚️ $6,500 Average Selling Price Note, if there is only One Troy ounce of Gold, rather than the 37.5gm of Gold, then the Edition Watch Gold may sell for $6,500.

Apple Watch S1 Computer Module. Apple’s ability to surround their (New) products, like the Apple Watch, with connectivity and its ecosystem, this Article provides some insight on the S1’s operation, plus several X-Ray views of the “Heart” of the iWatch.

Apple Watch’s brains and heart is located in its S1 Module, a “Computer Package” housed within a unique sealed Module. The S1 represents a new level of micro-miniaturization, packaging literally Billions of electronic components and sensors into a single semiconductor module, hermitically sealed in resin.

Apple S1 System in Package, SiP, processor, memory, wireless connectivity transceivers, sensors packaged into a single, resin-sealed package. The S1 package contains an Apple customized application processor that together with memory, storage and support processors for wireless connectivity, sensors and I/O comprise a complete computer in a single package.

Apple Watch S1 Package is filled and sealed with resin to prevent any moisture intrusion and for structural durability. Very little is known about the S1, however, Chipworks (an enterprise specializing in patent and technology reverse engineering and support) believes that it has identified the Processors, the WiFi, and Bluetooth transmitters-receivers, the medium sized processor in the center at the top of the images.

 Since wristwatches were invented in the 19th century, people have been glancing at them to check the time. With Apple Watch, this simple, reflexive act allows you to learn so much more. We optimized your favorite apps for the wrist by developing Glances — scannable summaries of the information you seek out most frequently. To see them, you simply swipe up from your watch face. In an instant, you can glimpse the weather forecast, check out what’s next on your calendar, or find your current location on a map. You can quickly swipe through different Glances, or tap on one to go directly to its corresponding app for more details.

 S1 Chip. Massive constraints have a way of inspiring interesting, creative solutions. A prime example is the custom-designed chip at the heart of Apple Watch. No traditional computer architecture could fit within such a confined space. So we found a way to integrate many subsystems into one remarkably compact module, which is then completely encapsulated in resin to protect the electronics from the elements, impact, and wear. Configuring an entire computer system on a single chip is an industry first and represents a singular feat of engineering and miniaturization

 Because it’s connected to your iPhone, Apple Watch can present time in a more personal way. One that’s based around your life and schedule. You’ll receive real-time notifications for incoming mail, messages, and calls. So you can answer or dismiss them instantly. And since Apple Watch sits on your wrist, your alerts aren’t just immediate. They’re intimate. With a gentle tap, notifications subtly let you know when and where your next meeting starts, what current traffic conditions are like, even when to leave so you’ll arrive on time. At any point, you can simply swipe down to Notification Center to view what you may have missed.

 Apple Watch Notifications. It’s called the Taptic Engine, a linear actuator inside Apple Watch that produces haptic feedback. In less technical terms, it taps you on the wrist. Whenever you receive an alert or notification, or perform a function like turning the Digital Crown or pressing down on the display, you feel a tactile sensation that’s recognizably different for each kind of interaction. Combined with subtle audio cues from the specially engineered speaker driver, the Taptic Engine creates a discreet, sophisticated, and nuanced experience by engaging more of your senses. It also enables some entirely new, intimate ways for you to communicate with other Apple Watch wearers. You can get someone’s attention with a gentle tap. Or even send something as personal as your heartbeat.

 The wrist is a convenient area for collecting data about your physical activity, a task Apple Watch is designed to perform throughout the day. On the back of the case, a ceramic cover with sapphire lenses1 protects a specially designed sensor that uses infrared and visible-light LEDs and photodiodes to detect your heart rate. Apple Watch uses this sensor, along with an accelerometer and the GPS and Wi‑Fi in your iPhone, to measure all kinds of physical movement, from simply standing up to actively working out. This allows Apple Watch to provide a comprehensive picture of your daily activity, suggest customized goals, and reward you for reaching personal fitness milestones.

 As familiar as wearing a watch is, charging one is something new. So we decided to make it utterly effortless. In fact, our goal was to make Apple Watch easy to charge in the dark. Without looking. While being only partially awake. We arrived at a solution that combines our MagSafe technology with inductive charging. It’s a completely sealed system free of exposed contacts. And it’s very forgiving, requiring no precise alignment. You simply hold the connector near the back of the watch, where magnets cause it to snap into place automatically.

Apple’s March 9th Media Event will describe how to use this new Wearable Companion product, the iWatch. Apple’s team will describe the iWatch Configuration App, housed in your iPhone via the release of iOS 8.3. The App delivers a unique Pathway App, to transfer your iWatch configuration seamlessly into your iWatch.

Apple is the Master of Marketing, the Company has proven this repeatedly dating back to January, 2007 with its introduction of the original iPhone. Besides, the event being named “Spring Forward” the event is the very next day when we all advanced our “Watches one hour Forward” for the beginning of Daylight Savings Time in North America.

Apple’s Spring Forward theme was recited in Apple’s formal invitation was sent Thursday morning, February 26, 2015 to the global Media community. Apple will present many details about how the iWatch will benefit its users. The presentation will likely show Apple’s new Companion Apple Configuration App, that makes it super-simple to set up the your Apple Watch, directly from your iPhone, plus topics were not fully covered at its initial announcement 5 months ago, following its mid-September Announcement of the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus.

Apple’s Spring Forward Preparation. If you’d like a “warm up exercise” in preparation of the Apple Watch media event, the link directly below this graphic, is a Video Clip of the Apple Announcement of the iWatch last September.

Apple first introduced the Apple Watch September, 2014, Apple delivered to us a “high-level” comprehensive overview at what the product will be able to do to improve our lives. We remain uninformed about many other specifics like battery life, pricing for the high-end and the other two-tiers of models.

 This link will take you directly to Apple’s iWatch presentation that was delivered around the world September, 2014… it is definitely worth it to take a look:

⌚️ http://youtu.be/bdyVH5LqneU

Apple’s March 9th Media Event may also Announce other New Products, for example the iPad Pro, a large display 12.9″ iPad with enhanced specifications, Speed, RAM, etc., that has been rumored for several years. Perhaps Apple may announce a new version of its Apple TV, which is years overdue for revision. My understanding, there are over 20 million Apple TV boxes in circulation.

Apple’s March 9th Media Event will undoubtedly describe how we will be able to use this new Wearable Companion product, the iWatch. Plus Apple will describe the iWatch Configuration App, loaded into your iPhone via the release of iOS 8.3, that delivers a unique Pathway App {transferring information and configurations from your iPhone directly to your iWatch} utilizing a menu-driven system to Transfer all your Watch Settings and Notifications seamlessly into your iWatch.

Apples March 9th Media Event will provide Live-Streaming Video Broadcast World Wide to all Apple folks or anyone that has a Safari browser on their PC computer systems, plus all iPhones and iPads, the simple hardware-software criteria that Apple has used for us to qualify for the Live-Streaming Broadcasts. Having watched a number of Apple’s Live Streamed broadcasts, they are very professionally produced and scripted. In My Humble Opinion, Apple will open its Live-Streaming Media Event to hundreds of millions of iPhone, iPad, MAC and PC users, many of which are iWatch interested.

Apple’s Live Streaming : Spring Forward Media Event. The Link below will be activated about 30 minutes before the Live-Streaming Presentation is broadcasted everywhere at 1:00pm Eastern, Monday March 9, 2015. Note, If you click onto the Link before March 9th, it will likely not have been activated until “Game Day.”.

http://Apple.com/live

iWatch’s Introduction and Demo. Apple announced September 9, 2014 the highly anticipated iPhone 6 at its Major press conference at the Flint Center, Cupertino, California. The Video Link below takes you directly to the iWatch segment of the Program, which announced the iWatch and gives a demonstration of its use and settings. The video is inspirational, as it shows how Apple, the Nation’s Largest Company develops and announces this new innovative and reinvention of the Watch, a device that has been with civilization since the year 1530 AD.

▶️ http://youtu.be/bdyVH5LqneU.

Apple weeks ago commenced production of 6 Million Apple Watch Units representing its Initial Quarterly Order.

 Apple projects internally sales of 24 million iWatches in the first fiscal-year of sales beginning April, 2015, as stated in news reports, which Apple has not confirmed. Several other analysts project 36 million Apple Watches and more, in the first fiscal-year of sales.

Apple in my opinion, is likely not in a hurry for an early April release date, as Apple surely wants to “iron out all the wrinkles” associated with a new-product release; however, maintain an “April Release” as published. Also when considering the Apple Watch release date, towards the end of April, Apple holds its Quarterly Financial report at 5pm following the 4pm public filing of Apple’s 2015 Q2.

Apple Watch is the only NEW product-release, since the unveiling of the iPad at a Press-Event held January 27, 2010 and subsequently released on April 30, 2010 with built-in Cellular+WiFi connectivity, two weeks earlier the WiFi iPad was available to the public.

CEO, Tim Cook surely desires to hold the Apple Watch high in the air, with all of the software, hardware, App, and iOS system issues rendered as glitch-free as possible. If Apple needs a week or more to polish the edges, the Apple Watch may be released to the Public towards the end of April, like on Friday 24th.

Apple Watch early adopters, the Apple Loyalists, must be Impressed with this unique Wearable iWatch, its Easy set-up, Ease of use, Battery life, Connectivity to everything iPhone/iPad. If accomplished, the major issues the media-critics have been whining about, mostly focused on its battery life, should be silenced early on.

Emergence of early issues may severely hamper accelerated adoption by the folks; Except, yours truly as I’ll be literally on line early morning, at Apple’s Retail Store at the Boca Raton Town Center Mall. Presently I’m focusing on the Apple Watch mid-tier model, the Dark Stainless Steel Bracelet or the Milanese Loop

Unless you’ve just returned from a extended vacation on planet SATURN, you may know the Apple Watch is coming very soon. iWatch is scheduled to be released in April, 2015. April 3rd, is the earliest Friday in April, only 36 days from today, February 26th. Many have asked us, will there be a Pre-Release Media event, (say Tuesday March 24th) 9 days before THE Release of iWatch Inventory to Apple’s retail stores? News reports have been accelerating as the release date becomes closer to realty. The Wall Street Journal, USA Today, Bloomfield and other journalists, have been discussed the new Apple Watch line-up.

Uncommon with a NEW Apple product release are the hoards of media-critics, claiming the uselessness of this new product. The Apple Watch is a unique New Product, as compared to a new Iteration of an existing product, like iPhone 5 to iPhone 6.

Historically, the Original iPhone was announced at Apple’s Maxworld Expo held January 9, 2007 annual event the media soon after slammed Apple for getting into a venue (cellular phones) it knew absolutely nothing about, considering there was already a very crowded field of experienced Mobile Phones makers.

 The Same choir of critics reported that Apple’s NEW iPad was “nothing new and if Apple’s lucky, maybe 6 million units would be sold” in its first year. Since the initial iPhone in 2007 there have been over a Billion iOS devices sold and in circulation, half of which are iPhones, Apple selling into a very crowded field of smartphone makers.

Recent articles discussing Apple’s iWatch endeavor has given me motivation to take harder look towards generating some reasonable expectations that we formulated for the three-tiered AppleWatch lineup; We’re assuming Apple will fabricate and sell 24 million iWatches for the initial 12 month sales period, plus Apple’s disclosure of the $350 Sports Watch entry-price point.

All the statistics have been projected by us internally, with no knowledge of what Apple has actually projected. Several facts have been released to the public that we’ve used in our presentation: (1) there will be a 3-tiered iWatch model lineup, (2) the Sports Watch will retail for $350, and (3) all else is our conjecture.

Apple Watch Economic Model. The statistical-chart below displays what we believe are “realistic” sales goals, perhaps conservatively, with price-traunches for the three tiered line-up, Sports, Apple Watch, Apple Edition, metaled Aluminum Alloy, Stainless Steel, and 18k Gold respectively.

iWatch [Gold] Edition is the top-tier version of the AppleWatch. Its been estimated that the Edition Apple Watch may retail for an estimated $4500. Sounds like a lot of money. Although Apple chose to leave the word “Gold” out of the Top Tier Title, Apple Edition, gold is in fact the watch-body metal; Note, presently Gold’s raw-material cost is hovering around $1200 per troy ounce, gold watches are “pricey” regardless of who designs and makes them, irrespective of the internal electronics package or electro-mechanical movement.

Apply is now Buying massive quantities of 24k Gold bullion, but that’s just the beginning. Roughly 14.46 Million troy ounces of 24k Gold bullion that are purchased by Apple per year (assuming our guesstimates are close) must be Certified by Apple Metallurgists when delivered, for elemental AU Purity and Weight. These two steps are very complex and require significant Oversight by agents of the bullion-supplier and Apple. Dealing with the payments and receipts of $18 Billion as Apple pays for the gold bullion is quite complex.

Post Certification of Millions of Pounds of Gold Bullion, it passes to the secure Fabrication Plant, carefully measured batches of the Bullion are heated to 2,000ºF in special Gold Furnaces, then Apple Metallurgists mix the molten gold with other specially purified metal ingredients resulting in several unique specialty 18k Gold formulations, then poured into Apple Watch cast-forms, cooled, then the iWatch Gold-Blanks are removed from the forms and inspected, those that pass through quality control are machined and polished, for further assembly. The gold-blanks that are rejected, and foundry castings are not 100%, go back to the Furnaces to be repoured.

This scenario is highly simplified, but gives you a notion of the complexity of the process. As about $18 Billion of gold bullion is involved, significant added costs are incurred for Plant Security, armed security guards, “security watching the valuables and each other, throughout all these processes.

Apple is processing this gold presently in effort for their April 2015 release to their retail stores for sale. Apple is also presently installing into the Common Carriers, Apple Distribution Centers, and Apple Retail Stores, specially designed VAULTS and ALARM Systems to protect the Apple Watch Boxed Inventory.

Apple Watch Edition, Lets take the iWatch apart piece-by-piece, financially speaking. Let’s assume that the Edition Watch may contain 37.5gm of 24k Gold and the Apple Watch electronics module is the same module used universally with all three of the AppleWatch tiers.

Apple Watch Financial Array. The bullet-points below display the cost analysis for the Apple Watch [gold] Edition, all Edition iWatches are gold cased watches.

Current Spot-Gold price. Assuming the iWatch pure-gold content is 37.5gm of gold watch-case (our guesstimate) when formulated to 18k gold metal-alloy. If Apple’s Gold Alloy procedure starts with 37.5gm of 24k Gold, as 24k gold metal is fabricated into 18k Gold by adding presumably precise amounts of Silver, Copper and Zinc, therefore watch-case (without internals) would then weigh 50gm, due to the additional 12.5gm of Apple’s unique mix of metals, blended in its Alloy-Furnaces. FYI, currently (as of 2/27/2015) spot-gold is hovering between $1204 to $1219 per troy ounce. Recall the under-side of the iWatch is stainless-steel which seals the watch-cased Computer module, Lithium Polymer battery, and houses 4 biometric sensor components.

Apple with its team of the best Metallurgists on the planet, have developed several unique 18k Gold formulations that delivers 18k Gold Alloys with custom Colors offering greater Gold hardness and durability unique to Apple. Typically 18k Gold is “softer” making it more prone to scratching and scuffing, showing greater signs of wear, than with traditional 14k Gold alloy formulations.

The Most Common 18k Gold Colors and Formulations are Displayed in this article with graphics and charts showing. The common alloys of elemental Gold, Silver, Copper, and Zinc in various levels of concentrations. Notice in the 12 Gold Colors Chart, Yellow Gold contains Gold, Silver, Copper, and Zinc with Gold representing 75% of the Alloy. To produce Rose colored Gold, the formulation contains only three elements: Gold, Silver, and Copper, removing Zinc. It will be very interesting to know the precise Formulation of Elements Apple’s team of metallurgists have chosen to create its unique Colors and Hardness, never seen before in the Gold Industry.

Apple is Reinventing the Watch. One should not be surprised that when Apple committed to a Watch-Wearable product, again Apple is REINVENTING the business of Gold Wearable Watches. From the images that Apple has displayed, and as presented in this article, Apple has created several striking 18k Gold Colors never seen in the industry. My bet is the brilliance of the gold colors is not simply a photoshop magic act, their unique Gold colors will be even more striking up close and personal, when the buying public visualized the Apple Watch in their Retail Stores.

As a reference, a typical ROLEX watch and bracelet uses 150gm of Gold; however, the gold is contained in the base Watch plus its hefty Bracelet. The Rolex bracelet accounts for a significant portion of the total gold metal package.

Apple Watch Computer module $200, the same module in all Apple Watches
Apple Watch Edition’s gold uses 37.5gm 24k Gold valued at $1500 for an 18k Gold formulation, presently spot-gold is $1205/gm [math: (37.5/31.1) x $1205 = $1500 the cost of the gold component]
Apple Watch Form, Jewlers add “Form” value to the price of its jewelry creations, say $2300
Apple Edition Band, say $500
Apple Watch Edition retail price = $4500 (math: $200 + $1500 + $150 + $2300 + $500)

Specifically, people in the supply-line familiar with this topic claim Apple has commenced production of about 6 million Apple Watches many weeks ago, for the iWatch’s first quarterly production-run; just over half of the production is earmarked for the Sport model, with a third of the production-run allocated for the middle-segment stainless-steel Apple Watch, with the balance is the Top-Tier Edition production, about 10% for the Apple Watch [Gold] Edition models.

Apple Watch Edition impact on Global Gold Supply. One more thing, lets have some fun in determining what Apple Watch Edition sales may have on the World’s supply for gold. Here are some givens to consider
 Apple Watch facts and conversion factors: there are 31.1gm in 1.00 Troy Ounce, there are 32,150.75 Troy ounces in one Metric Ton, Global production of Gold is 2500 Metric Tons annually, spot-gold price currently hovering around $1205 per troy ounce
 Apple is currently produce 500,000 gold Edition Apple Watch units as its initial quarterly production-run
 Apple Watch Edition ramps up production to 1 million Apple Watch units monthly [or more] as demand dictates
 Apple Watch Edition requires 37.5gm of pure 24k Gold for each iWatch, guesstimated
 Apple Watch Edition utilized 1.2058 Troy ounces of Gold per Apple Watch Edition, extrapolation of a guesstimate
 Apple Watch Edition will consume 14,469,453 troy ounces of Gold in its First fiscal Year of production, equating to 450 Metric Tons of 24k Gold/Yr, which equates to over 5x Rolex’s current Gold consumption
 Apple will Buy $18.086 Billion per Year for 24k Gold Bullion to built its Gold Edition Watches, base on current assumptions and spot-gold prices
 Apple Edition Watch Gold will place a New Demand for 20% of the total annual global Gold production
 Reference #1. Rolex sells $4.7 billion in gold watches yearly, from an estimated 600,000 Rolex watch sales. Rolex watches average 150gm or 4.82 troy ounces of Gold per watch, equating to 2.894 million troy ounces, or 90 Metric Tons Gold/annually
 Reference #2. Federal Reserve Bank of New York stores on average 7,000 metric tons of Gold Bullion in its Manhattan vault.

 By Mid-April, 2015, we are expecting over 50,000 Apple Watch Apps on the AppStore. Currently, for an average iPhone user there are 65 Apps per iPhone. We currently have 418 Apps on my iPhone 6 Plus and 300 Apps on Marilyn’s iPhone 6 Plus. We are estimating that an average Apple Watch may have 75 Apps per Apple Watch. There may likely be no single killer app for Apple Watch when the iWatch is released (other than the iWatch Configuration App) as each user will have their “own set of Killer Apps.” One way to look at this new “Wearable” is that the consumer is getting 75 different devices housed in one Apple Watch. Several Analysts are projecting that Apple may sell over 40 million Apple Watches in 1st the year, which is a very high estimate but not totally out of line with other estimates we’ve heard.

Many of the Apple Watch details are still unconfirmed, typical for Apple product releases, most notably the three-tired segment pricing, Apple Watch may be the revenue growth driver Apple needs for this April-Quarter, typically a relatively modest earnings period.

Apple’s Sports Watch is configured with an satin Aluminum case with a variety of elastomer sports water resistant bands. The Apple Watch is housed in highly polished hardened Stainless Steel with two colors, with a number of elegant bracelets. For the fashion minded, the Apple Watch Edition is encased in a highly polished and hardened Gold case accompanied with appealing bracelets. If our guesstimates are correct, this new Wearable product-line may have significant implications for year-over-year revenue growth at the company.

If the last eight quarterly financial reports are an indication, Apple may benefit handsomely with this mid-year revenue accelerator. The first fiscal-quarter (Apple’s fourth calendar quarter) is where Apple has really outperformed, growing revenue nearly 30% year-over-year.

Led by the newest iterations of its iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, most notably Apple smashed all expectations and accordingly propelled the $AAPL stock to all-time highs, with no end in sight. Not to mention that many of the largest Investment Banking firms’ analysts increasing the Target Pricing to $150/share and seemingly other analysts concurring with increased share target pricing.

Apple’s mid-year quarterly performance are generally less impressive then Apple’s first quarter results. And while it is important to note that 5% to 6% year-over-year growth is still amazing for a huge company pushing nearly $200 billion in revenues, with an Apple Watch earnings injection during the seasonally slower quarters should be an additional catalyst for Apple’s stock trading prices.

As you may know, one of the Apple “low” growth quarters is the third fiscal quarter, that typically starts April 1st. With an iWatch April release date expected, the Apple Watch may be most felt during this quarter. Assuming forecasts are close to reality, Apple generally errs on the conservative side with their projections. The Apple Watch may add roughly 16.8% growth to the quarter year-over-year, considering all other product sales factors constant. However, being rather bullish on the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, these “slower” seasonal quarters may be “not so slow” as usually expected by the “talking heads.”

The Big Question: Which Watch is for You? With the start of the New Year the specialty Watch Makers like Montblanc, Longines, Baume & Mercier, and others announce and display their new creations to the public.

Watches – Which is Best for You Comparing a robust “mans” chronograph with a modern gold iWatch with a red-band is eye catching, the primary purpose. However, when one acquires Mechanical-Chronographs with Complications in its Face, other than the watch-band, your use and visuals are Fixed. With iWatch other than your choice of the Gold, Stainless, or Aluminum alloy case, all else may be changed including the bands.

With the iWatch, Fixed only applies to your choice of how tall the watch body is, either 38mm or 42mm, and your choice of metal, Gold, Stainless, or Aluminum… all else you may change. The Watch Face may look anyway you desire, with Complications or not, thousands of possibilities, that you may change anytime. Directly under iWatch’s highly polished scratch-proof Sapphire Crystal, is a brilliant OLEM retina touch-display.

iWatch Face may display whatever information you desire, Day, Date, Graphics, Animations, iMessages, eMail, Weather, your next Calendar event, an incoming Call or Text, the position of Planet Earth in its solar system, your Heart rate, your Friend’s Heart Rate, anything or everything you desire, including the local Time. Want the Second-Hand on an analog face, turn it on or off. Want Digital or Analog time display, Want the Day/Date, turn these on or off, as you desire. Bands and Materials may be easily changed, choose from Leather bands, Stainless, Links, Sports elastomer Bands, however your use and venue dictates. Have a sports band for daily use, and have a elegant band for evening wear. You may easily change the iWatch Band, with no tools whatsoever.

iWatch Graphics. These two graphics shows the 42mm and 38mm iWatch faces and an overlay. The 38mm iWatch face graphic has an Overlay (the blue left and bottom edges) highlighting the 42mm iWatch face to show the size comparisons.

iWatch’s Introduction and Demo. Apple announced September 9, 2014 the highly anticipated iPhone 6 at its Major press conference at the Flint Center, Cupertino, California. After completing the iPhone 6 announcement, Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook mentioned just “One more thing…” a famous Steve Jobs saying, and went on to Announce the Apple Watch. This Video Link takes you directly to the iWatch segment of the Program, which announces the iWatch and gives a demonstration of its use and settings. The video is inspirational, as it shows how Apple, the Nation’s Largest Company develops and announces a new innovative reinvention of the Watch, a device that has been with civilization since the year 1530 AD.

▶️ http://youtu.be/bdyVH5LqneU.

Apple Watch certainly is not intended for everyone, neither is the Montblanc, a more limited audience for sure. Lets face it, “old fashioned electro-mechanical” wrist watches have an appeal to more mature affluent audiences, while possess “retro attraction” to the yuppie millennials. However, these classic mechanicals may be 42mm in diameter by 12mm, fragile, relatively expensive, and many amazingly keep terrible time. The iWatch has a 42mm face that rests 12mm on your wrist, and a second iWatch model of 38mm.

Apple Watch embodies many interesting aspects, as under its highly polished Sapphire Crystal is a brilliant OLED very high resolution “retina” touch-screen, that may Display hundreds of possible iWatch Faces. I’m imagining that the iWatch face is a rounded-rectangular shape so that the four-corners may house miniature Informative-Icons, or other Graphic Signals, or not.

Apple Watch’s Display is Strategic, meaning that with careful software graphics capabilities, one may design a “Perpetual Calendar Chronograph” digital iWatch face with unlimited complications, being mindful not to make it too confusing. On the other hand, one may choose an uncluttered iWatch face, or something in between, all user selectable.

🍎⌚️ Apple Engineers Completing iWatch Software. Apple has ceded the 4th beta of its iOS8.2 software today, largely dealing with the iWatch interface and its connectivity with iPhones. Apple is finishing up work on the Apple Watch’s complex iOS operating system software.

🍎⌚️ Sources familiar with iWatch development say the Apple Watch is currently ahead of schedule and on track to ship in the United States in March according to 9to5MAC, who has a very good track record and sources, in predicting product releases. Apple previously stated that the wearable product will ship in “early 2015” certainly not a very precise phrase.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch engineers have been “polishing up” the iWatch iOS operating system and putting the device’s Battery through very extensive testing. Apple engineers have also been “working overtime to improve the inductive charging system necessary for “contact-less” charging-up the device’s internal Lithium Polymer, LiON battery each night.” Tim Cook stated during an October 2014 press event that: “We think you’re going to end up charging the Apple Watch daily. Overnight, that’s what we think.”

iWatch Show-Floor DemoThis link shows an on-floor Apple-Show 5 minute raw employee-demo of the use and settings of the iWatch: http://youtu.be/rwv-3wZocK4.

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey. Notice the Graph above drawn from the statistics from a recent extensive survey (conducted by finance company Credit Suisse) of current iPhone owners approximately
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners will Definitely Buy iWatch
⌚️ 10% of iPhone Owners will Probably Buy iWatch
⌚️ 27% of iPhone Owners will May Buy iWatch
⌚️ 27% of iPhone Owners will Probably Not Buy iWatch
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners will Definitely Not Buy iWatch
⌚️ 100% of iPhone Owners that are Considering the Purchase of the iWatch

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey Extrapolation Assumptions . Lets extrapolate these statistics further. For the 10% of those stating they will Probably Buy, what portion of this group will actually buy, lets estimate that if 1000 people in the Apple Store stated they Probably will buy, lets say 500 of the 1000, about 1/2 of this group, will actually buy the iWatch; Similarly, For the 27% of those stating they will May Buy, what portion of this group will actually buy; lets estimate that if 2700 people in the Apple Store stated they are Maybe Buyers, lets say 700 of the 2700, about 1/4th of this group will actually buy the iWatch.

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey Extrapolation. Using the logic and assumptions above, lets restate three of the above groups of Likely Buyers, Probable Buyers, and Maybe Buyers, into a Single grouping of what we’ll call “Very Likely” Buyers
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners that stated they’d Definitely Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 5% of iPhone Owners that stated they’d Probably Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 7% of iPhone Owners that stated they May Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 30% of iPhone Owners therefore are “Very Likely” Buyers of the iWatch

🍎⌚️ Your Wait for Apple Watch may be over… sooner than you may have thought. According to news reports, Apple Watch iOS version software has been finalized. Apple is preparing a massive training session for Apple Store employees. The Apple Watch wearable device is on track for a March 2015 release timeframe, although no specific date is available. These news reports trim the previous timeline quite a bit. Fairly soon you may see long lines forming outside at an Apple Store in your neighborhood. I witnessed the unruly lines at 2am outside Apple’s Boca Raton store for the iPhone 6 Friday morning release, September 19, 2014.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch wearable device is on track for March, 2015 release, although no more detail on a specific release date is currently known. These news reports trim the timeline, and provide more precision on the iWatch release, then you’ll see the long lines forming at an Apple Store in your neighborhood. Prior to this News, Apple stated an imprecise phrase “Early 2015” as the iWatch release schedule. Another Senior Corporate spokesperson was even more vague stating a “Spring 2015” iWatch release schedule. Take a moment to view these beautifully produced Apple Watch videos.

▶️ http://www.apple.com/watch/films/

▶️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Production will begin this month, January, 2015, whereas the iWatch was once scheduled to be rolling off Apple contracted lines in February.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Production Orders. Apple has reportedly ordered 24 million iWatches from their contracted supplier, Quanta. In response to this relatively strong initial production order, Quanta has increased its workforce five-fold, increasing it from 2,000 workers to 10,000 workers. It’s expected that Quanta will then double again its workforce to 20,000 as the Apple Watch develops its sales momentum as 2015 progresses.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch 24 million unit Initial Production Order. One may consider a 24 million initial order seemingly aggressive; However, if recent polling is correct, 24 million iWatches may be on the mark or somewhat conservative. Current polling indicates that about 10% of iPhone users are actually “Very Likely” to buy the Apple Watch; Combine this 10% in the “Very Likely” Group, with an even larger group of iWatch iFolks, that say they are “Somewhat Likely” may increase the total “Likely Buyers Group” by another 5%. If predictive of actual demand, this trend will stress the supply-line for the 24 million iWatch initial production order.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Time will Tell, this high level of predictive demand may give the impression of production constraints, although, having the effect of keeping iWatch stocks flowing out of Apple retail stores, as fast as inventory arrives. Our guess, for the initial 12 months that iWatch is available, there may be some 30 million to 38 million iWatches sold.

🍎⌚️ Think about it. IMHO, Apple “pre Announced” the Apple Watch in September last year for multiple purposes
(🍎) Apple Defines this new product’s concepts early, rather than the rumor-mills and leaks
(🍎🍎) Provides sufficient time for the market-place, the iPhone folks to digest this entirely new product concepts
(🍎🍎🍎) Six months of assimilation, the iWatch pre-announcement to its formal release, gives everyone time to imagine having this unique Wearable, a marketing marvel by Apple.

🍎⌚️ History of 2007 iPhone. Recall Eight years ago, on Jan. 9, 2007, Steve Jobs on stage during Apple’s annual Macworld conference, announced Apple’s very first iPhone. Starting off with the words “We’re gonna make some history today” Apple’s cofounder Steve Jobs tricked the audience by claiming he was going to introduce three new products: an iPod with touch controls, a mobile phone and an Internet communications device, knowing that all three components were built into Apple’s newly Announced iPhone.

🍎⌚️ First iPhone Announcement. Similarly, when the Original iPhone was Announced January 9, 2007, 6 months later its was Release on June 29, 2007. This 6 months duration gave the World, the Market, the Apple Analysts, and Clients an “assimilation” period to digest The New iPhone Concept.

🎬 http://tiny.cc/qe68rx The iWatch presentation given September, 2014 is presently being “assimilated” just as the iPhone was exactly 8 years Ago, January 9, 2007 at its announcement. Presently, Apple has sold more than 530,000,000 iPhones, and is expected to sell some 220,000,000 iPhones this year.

🎬 http://tiny.cc/cd48rx The First iPhone, 8 years ago (21m:15s into the Macworld Keynote speech delivered by Steve Jobs the iPhone is Reinvented).

🎬 http://tiny.cc/zx48rx. The First iPad was Reinvented on April 3, 2010. In sum there are over 750,000,000 iPhones and iPads in circulation, by year-end 1,000,000,000 iDevices enhancing peoples lives.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch 24 million Production Schedule. The News Reports do not specifically outline the reasons for Apple moving iWatch production up; However, there were vague references that “production yield issues” have been resolved. This could be referring to either the LiON Battery, Sapphire Crystal, the Touch Display, or a mix of the three. If the iWatch is as popular as we think it will be, Apple will need as much of a production head-start as they can.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Display. The centerpiece of the Apple Watch is an bright AMOLED display (newly designed for Apple) that is estimated to be more costly than traditional LCD screens Apple uses in its iPhones and iPads, which are not AMOLED displays. According to Taiwan’s Apple Daily, the alleged terms of the Quanta deal limit Quanta from partnering with any competing device makers building wearable electronics. This News Report aligns with earlier rumors suggesting that Quanta had secured “exclusive manufacturing rights” for the Apple Watch, although some reporters are suggesting that Foxconn and Inventec may “muscle their way” into the iWatches’ supply chain.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Associate Training. iWatch training courses will commence February 9th through February 16th. The core training will take place at Apple’s Cupertino headquarters and a satellite office in Austin, Texas. Direct training will be given to one or two representatives from each of the 263 USA Apple Stores. At the completion of the iWatch Training, the Store Associates are then tasked to return to their Apple store, to train the Store sales staff. Apple has currently 444 retail stores operating in 16 countries, including 263 in the USA, plus an online store available in 39 countries.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Training is said to commence in early February; however, the Apple Watch release date is set for March. According to news reports, those who completed Direct Corporate Headquarters training will thereafter be training their Home-Based Apple store staff. This follow-up training will occur in the days just before the Apple Watch release Event. Apparently since Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook, told the pre-release iWatch story at the announcement of the iPhone 6 in September, 2014, Apple is not concerned with pre-release leaks from its 30,000 retail store associates.

🍎⌚️ iWatch, Apple Watch is the most personal iDevice ever. Apple’s goal has always been to make powerful technology more accessible, more relevant and ultimately more personal.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch represents a new chapter in the relationship people have with technology. It’s the most personal product Apple has ever made, because it’s the first Apple product to be worn.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple took a very unusual step in pre-announcing an entirely new Product Category BEFORE it was ready for release. Granted, Apple announces its iPhones, iPads, MacBooks before actual product release; however, for these MAC and iDevices, there was a 7 to 11 day period one waited for delivery of the New product released. In contrast Apple “Announced” the AppleWatch in late September, 2014 concurrently with its iPhone 6 announcement; however, Apple indicated then, that the iWatch would be Available in “early 2015.”

🍎⌚️ Apple will release iWatch in Early 2015. I can imagine Five vocabulary words for defining “when” in 2015 other than mentioning a chosen Calendar Quarter or a particular Month. Apple could have used these Four phrases: Beginning, Early, Middle, Late 2015. Late 2015 could mean November-December 2015, Middle could indicate May-June-July 2015.

🍎⌚️ What does “Early 2015” tell us? Since Apple chose not to use a particular Month like January 2015, January likely not what Apple had in mind. However, “Early, 2015” could mean either February, March, or April. Lets Add one more factor. Apple’s reports its financial results on a fiscal basis, where its 1st fiscal Quarter is defined as December 1st through February 28. Since the iPhone 6 is selling strongly, perhaps Apple desires the AppleWatch to make its Sales-Splash beginning in March of 2015 the start of Apple’s 2nd fiscal quarter.

🍎⌚️ Apple – One thing I have learned about Apple… “Apple does everything on purpose, with all aspects thoroughly thought out.”

🍎⌚️ Apple is Driven culturally to deliver. Apple is proud and patient with all product releases by “getting it right” technology-wise, market-wise, and timing-wise, getting most of the bugs out before the public see it, and before its critics see it. Apple may also desire to give its stable of independent developers, some time for iWatch Application (App) Development. Apple may desire the “kick off” the iWatch in its 2nd fiscal quarter of 2015.

🍎⌚️ Apple prefers to release new products on Friday for a Three-Day, Friday-Saturday-Sunday “weekend” sales splash. Looking at our Calendar, February 27, 28, March 1st, is the first weekend containing a March date; however, March 6, 7 and 8 is the first all March Weekend.

🍎⌚️ Apple Factoid to Consider. Apple is somewhat constrained in the fabrication of the Sapphire Crystals used on the WATCH and its WATCH EDITION product lines (the Sports models have hardened glass crystals not sapphire), Apple may be scheduling the Apple Watch in March giving sufficient time to build up a reasonable inventory of all the iWatch models. Its illogical for Apple to create huge anticipation, and not have a reasonable inventory of iWatch models to satisfy its Loyal Following.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Release Date: March 6, 7, 8, 2015, total conjecture though, as we have NO internal sources whatsoever.

🍎⌚️ Mobile Phones. The iPhone is mentioned in this article, as the adoption of the iWatch may follow the adoption-history of the iPhone. Apple reinvented the mobile phone with their first iPhone in 2007, 30 years after Motorola literally “invented” their very popular, however, expensive Star•TAC 8500XL. I bought this Motorola “Brick” 30 years ago for $4200 in 1985, weighing in at 28oz. I retained it as a souvenir of the times, then the most portable cellular phone.

🍎⌚️ 30 Million to 38 Million iWatch customers may be “voting” with their Wallets in its first 12 months of availability. Lets see how we get to these numbers. Looking at Apple’s iPhone sales history, it showed an adoption rate of 11 million iPhones in its 1st fiscal year (21 million in the 2nd fiscal year, 39 million in year 3, 72 million in year 4, 125 million units sold in the 5th year of the iPhone). Our guess is the adoption rate of the AppleWatch may follow the growth rate history of the iPhone, as both devices (iPhone and iWatch) were totally new Apple products.

🍎⌚️ iPhones are currently selling at 72 million units per quarter, capturing 51.3% of all global smartphone activations, 3 Times that of Samsung’s. With about 469 million iPhones currently in circulation, if 6.5% iPhone users adopt the iWatch, this may yield about 30 million iWatch 1st year sales, then say 60 million 2nd year sales, 120 million 3rd year sales… this are our guesstimates.

🍎⌚️ AppleWatch Likely Buyers. A recent survey by Quartz (QZ.com) shows that about 14% of iPhone Owners who indicated that they are either Very Likely, Likely and Somewhat Likely to buy the new iWatch this year; however, some 86% are not interested in adopting for the iWatch in 2015. The Quartz Survey chart is displayed for your review. Lets use this 14% extrapolation.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s recent Annual Report, iPhone Sales represents about $101.9 Billion in iPhone Sales, for 169.2 Million iPhone unit sales, amounts to an average iPhone sales price of $602.72/unit. If in fact for the first 12 months of iWatch sales, 14% of iPhone owners buy the AppleWatch, then about 23 million iWatches may be purchased.

🍎⌚️ 469,000 iPhones reportedly are in Circulation, remove the 169 million iPhones sold last year, lets consider the remaining 300 million iPhone owners that purchased iPhones in years before 2014. Lets assume just 5% of those remaining iPhone owners buy the iWatch, this would add 15 million of possible iWatch buyers. Combine these two assumptions 23 million + 15 million = 38 million iWatch sales may occur in the first 12 months of AppleWatch sales.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s creation of the iPhone seven years ago, Apple literally reinvented the mobile cellular phone, into a very crowded market; However Apple literally changed the Mobile Phone into a “SmartPhone” weighing in at 6oz and sized at 0.46″x2.4″x4.5″ that continues to be improved and enhanced, today with their iPhone 6 sized at 0.27″x2.6″x5.4″ and 6 Plus sized at 0.28″x3.1″x6.2″.

🍎 Today, January 9th is the 8th Anniversary for the First iPhone. This was a great Day for Apple and an incredible Proud Day for Steve Jobs!

🍎 See the First Look at the iPhone, 8 years ago: <u http://tiny.cc/jsl7rx (21m:50s into the Keynote speech delivered by Steve Jobs as the very First iPhone is Announced).

🍎 iWatch 🍎 Apple Watch – Apple’s Entry into Electronic Wearables

🍎⌚️ Mobile Phones. 22 years after the Motorola 8500XL known as “the Brick”, Apple reinvented the mobile phone with their first iPhone in 2007, which was so much more than a mobile phone, literally a “smartphone” weighing in at 6oz and about 1/4″ thin, 2.5″x0.26″x4.0″ that Apple continues to enhanced with the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s critics reported that Apple has no business getting into the mature field of experienced mobile phone makers.

🍎⌚️ In 7 years Apple has delivered 500,000,000 premium priced iPhones, and are now selling iPhone 6 and 6+ at a pace well over 200,000,000 yearly. Not a typo, Apple is currently selling premium iPhones at a pace of 72 million units reportedly per calendar quarter with a profit margin over 30%. Its been also been reported that, based on actual cellular activations, iPhone 6 models were 51.3% of all global smartphone sales in December, 2014, outselling Samsung 3-to-1. Marilyn and I each own the iPhone 6 Plus and love them.

🍎⌚️ Tablets. Similarly, tablets were available several years before Apple reinvented it with the iPad in 2010. Apple carefully examined how Apple could develop such a device that folks would really want and use. Apple’s critics again reported that Apple was waisting their energies on tablets into such a mature tablet-marketplace, where Apple would be lucky of it could sell 5 million units in a good year.

🍎⌚️ The market place “voted” with their Wallets as iPads are selling at a clip 60 million units yearly with over 250 million in use today. Marilyn has the iPad mini, fits perfectly in here handbag, and I have the iPad Air 2, fits perfectly into my nifty DECODED black leather case.

🍎⌚️ 30,000,000 iWatch sales may “vote” their Wallets in 2015. Looking at Apple’s iPhone sales history, they show an adoption rate of 11 million units in its 1st fiscal year (21 million 2nd fiscal year, 39 million 3rd year, 72 million 4th year, 125 million 5th year) compared to current iPhone sales of 72 million units per quarter. With about 450 million iPhones currently in circulation, if 6.5% iPhone users adopt the iWatch, this may yield about 30 million iWatch 1st year sales, then 60 million 2nd year sales, 120 million 3rd year sales, your guess thereafter…

🍎⌚️ Watch. Some Watch history. The watch which was developed in the 16th century (circa 1530) was a mechanical device, powered by winding a mainspring which turned gears which moved the hands, and kept time with a rotating balance wheel. Most of the subsequent 500 year history of watches was devoted to refining the mechanical watch.

🍎⌚️ The Quartz Watch in the 1960s, which ran on electricity and kept time with a vibrating quartz crystal, proved a radical departure for the industry. During the 1980s quartz watches took over the market from mechanical watches, an event referred to as the “quartz crisis”. Although mechanical watches still sell at the high end of the market, the vast majority of watches now have quartz movements.

🍎⌚️ The origin of the word “Watch” is that it came from the Old English word woecce which meant “watchman”, because it was used by town watchmen to keep track of their shifts. Another says that the term came from 17th century sailors, who used the new mechanisms to time the length of their shipboard watches (duty shifts).

🍎⌚️ First watches were strictly mechanical, driven by spring-powered clockwork. As technology progressed, mechanical devices, used to control the speed of the watch, were largely superseded by vibrating quartz crystals, producing accurately timed electronic pulses. Some watches use radio-clock-technology to regularly correct the time. The first digital electronic watch was developed in 1970, the Pulsar LED.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple again, is reinventing the Watch, certainly entering a very mature field, dating back to the 16th century, 500 years ago and the “electronic” watch of 1970’s, some 50 years in the making. Apple’s entry into the “Watch” arena may be similar to its entry into Mobile Phones, when it made cell phones literally “Smart.” With the iWatch, Apple will be making the timekeeping wearable very “Smart” too.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple has created three venues for their Wearable: Apple Watch, Sports, and the Edition, each containing many designs, metals, and bands, generating thousands of possibilities to reach a huge audience, with no compromise with its core capability. Presently I am wearing a RADO for the past 10 years, loving it. However, with the release of the Apple Watch, I’m highly motivated towards the Apple Watch.

Pleased you’re reading, with about 100,000 readers world-wide, growing by 2000/month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

25,290,651

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,000,000 visits as of December, 2014: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad PRO, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s CREATE Keyboard Case, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

★★★ Happy New Year ★ Bullet Points to Help Make 2016 a Great New Year for You ★★★

1451323123.jpg

★ Want a Happy New Year, below is Your 2016 Every-Day Bullet Points.

Be Positive and Optimistic. The Choice is Yours
(a) Trust that Hard Work, Faith, and an Optimistic Attitude, all things are possible, or…
(b) Listen to the Cynics & Doubters, and think that success may be unlikely for you…

Invest all your Energy towards your Purpose and People, while building your Positive attitude. Don’t waste your precious energy on issues or events of the past, negative thoughts, or circumstances you cannot control.

Make your First meal of the Day the Best Meal of your Day, and your last meal in the evening the smallest. Eat Breakfast like a King, Lunch like a Prince, and Dinner like a Pauper, for better health and weight maintenance. Whether you eat 3, 4, or more meals per Day, your Early-Day meal should robust and have the most number of Calories, and the Late-Day meal should be minimal and contain the least number of Calories.

Talk to yourself EveryDay about Positive Thoughts. Reject complaints, fears, and doubts. Feed your mind with words of truth and positive encouragement, both ingredients needed to keep you moving forward.

Decide to make a difference in whatever you do, Plus build meaningful relationships… then success will find you.

Get adequate Sleep. You can’t replace adequate sleep with RedBull or Latte Grandes.

Look for opportunities to Love, Serve, and Care. You must Serve to be Great.

Have Purpose and Live your Purpose. Remember WHY you do what you do. One does not become “burned-out” because of what you do. One becomes “burned out” because You forgot why you’re doing it.

All things Worthwhile takes Time and Effort to build. Overnight success is the myth for fools.

Good things to come out of Working Challenging Experiences. Trust that “things happen for a reason.”

Implement a No Complain Zone around yourself. If you’re complaining or with complainers, you’re not doing, nor leading.

Post a sign that says “No Energy Vampires Allowed. Think, “…I will not let anyone walk through my mind with their dirty feet…”

Decide to live with Passion and Purpose, then Happiness will find You.

Smile and Laugh more, as they are natural anti-depressants.

We only have ONE shot at Today. So make the most of it and Enjoy it every Day.

A brief YouTube clip… http://youtu.be/CgGb_ZOMR7g



Pleased you’re reading, with about 100,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, gives motivation for new topics published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward this page, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

Jim Wilson, Public Biography (Commercial Finance & Imaging-Technology), Q4, 2015, Boca Raton, FL 33432 🔴🔴🔴

1451504206.jpg

🔴 Jim Wilson, Public Biography, 4th Quarter, 2015, Boca Raton, FL

🔴 1985 — Present – Bayshore Investments, serving, part-time, as operating partner and investor in various entities engaged in the management of income producing real estate, with an emphasis on commercial developments in south Florida. Principal activities included structuring and negotiating institutional joint ventures, institutional debt and equity financing transactions, construction and developer agreements, construction management agreements, land acquisition and site selection activities. During the period indicated projects totaled over 1 million square feet of income properties, with production costs totaling approximately $100 million. Also served, as an Chief Executive Officer for Southern Security Bank, engaged in traditional commercial banking activities in south Florida, served as chairman of the Director’s Loan and Credit Policy Committees.

🔴 2000 — Presently – Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton Campus Adjunct Faculty member, a 30,000+ student, Boca Raton Florida State University, Working at the Charles E Schmidt College of Science, engaged with providing comprehensive digital imaging solutions and product programs offered to a the student population, particularly non-registered continuing education students. The course work contains 24 units which follows the 24 chapters in the book authored, "Principles of Digital Photography and Post Image Processing." This textbook was written by Jim.Wilson, and is in it’s second edition, published by Pearson Education, Boston, Mass., 2003 and 2007. The course work also includes the Art of Image Capture, image Composition, the review and demonstration of current digital imaging Cameras, scanners, printers, computers, APPLE and Photoshop imaging software related components, and storage methodologies.

🔴 View Wilson’s Public Biography, the original PDF file is downloadable from DROPBOX with this LinK: https://goo.gl/qAjwsm

🔴 1995 — Presently – Product Training and Teaching Strengths: • Adjunct Faculty, College of Science, Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, FL, teaching “Principles of Digital Photography and Post Image Processing” a blend of the Art and Science of image capture, and image editing techniques. • Serving as a private instructor/mentor for students of Photography, APPLE, MAC, and iPad Apps, fine tuning the Art of image Capture, Digital Image Editing techniques. • Developed Digital Imaging Product Reviews for new Digital Editing Software, Cameras, Printers, Lens Systems, scanners, printers. • Developed strategies and methods, training modules for enhanced sales results for RITZ Camera Stores. • Served as mentor-instructor for the sales staff to enhance their techniques, selling strategies, and technical product knowledge. • Managed high volume, RITZ retail store, (digital cameras, scanning devices, printers) Boca Raton, Florida, as late-shift manager. • Achievements, Placed in top 10 of 7,000 associates, national sales contest, multiple years, RITZ Camera, a 1400 store chain. • Instructor, teaching High School Math, Algebra, Geometry and advanced math, for South Florida County Schools Systems. • Served as private instructor for students requiring one-on-one training for Mathematics, Chemistry, and Biological Sciences.

🔴 Education, Licenses: Florida Atlantic University, Charles E Schmidt College of Science, Adjunct Faculty; Bachelor of Arts and Sciences Degree granted by Union College. Florida Real Estate Broker Licensee; currently licensed through March, 2016. FREC BR-0530756.

🔴 Publications/Author: “Principles of Digital Photography and Post Image Processing,” required reading at FAU for the related course-work. Work published by Pearson Education, Boston, Mass, 1st edition, October, 2003; 2nd edition, March, 2007.

🔴 Biography published in multiple additions of Who’s Who in America, South & Southwest, and the World, since 1984. (https://cgi.marquiswhoswho.com/OnDemand/Default.aspx?last_name=Wilson&first_name=James&page=3)

🔴 Florida Real Estate Broker Licensee; currently licensed through March, 2014. FREC BR-0530756, requires continuing education biannually. (https://www.myfloridalicense.com/LicenseDetail.asp?SID=&id=7F7CED9A31418F6B612DD4B3460DA8F7)

🔴 Florida Atlantic University, College of Science, Adjunct Faculty: Authored “Principles of Digital Photography and Post Image Processing,” a technology book used at FAU, Published by Pearson Education, Inc., Boston, Mass, 1st edition Oct., 2003; 2nd edition, March, 2007. (http://www.fau.edu/mediarelations/Releases0907/090712.php)

🔴 Isagenix Indpendent North American Distributor. Isagenix develops Health Products for Athletes, folks needing help with Weight-Loss, Natural Cleansing, Youthful Aging, Skin-Care, and a variety of support products that are marketed world-wide through its Independent Distributors. (http://jim.wilson.isagenix.com/us/en/landing_telomeres.html#)


🍎 Apple iPad-PRO vs PC Laptop which is Best for YOU 🍎

1448907559.jpg

🍎 Macbook Pro vs iPad Pro. Apple’s iPad-PRO or the PC Laptop which is Best for You. Admittedly, when writing articles such as this, eMailing, Web-Browsing, taking in News using the FlipBoard App, Image Editing using Photoshop Express and Photogene Apps, Spreadsheets using Apple’s NUMBERS, the iPad Air and now with the iPad Pro, we are in “computing” heaven.

🍎 iPad is my venue for writing these 700 Articles on WordPress , Letters and Presentations using PAGES and KEYNOTE, Facebook, LinkedIn, Social Networking, and Twitter, editing Movie clips using Apple’s iMOVIE App. All the graphics and image editing are done on my iPad Pro, 99% of all my daily work is done with my iPad. The iPad Pro makes all of this even better with the following specs

1⃣ Large 13″ Brilliant Display, touch-screen High Resolution 5.6MP, note a 65″ HDTV is 2.2MP
2⃣ More Power than any Tablet, 4GB RAM, plus 128GB Storage
3⃣ 10 hour Battery Life for “all day” use. Built-in 38.5-watt-hour rechargeable Lithium-Polymer battery. 10 hrs WiFi web browsing, videos, music
4⃣ Full Sized Keyboard compatible Logitech’s CREATE Keyboard case, their Best Keyboard
5⃣ Cellular (AT&T) capable for “anywhere” connectivity, UMTS/​HSPA/​HSPA+/​DC‑HSDPA, GSM/EDGE (850, 900, 1800, 1900 MHz)
6⃣ WiFi bands, (802.11a/​b/​g/​n/​ac); 2.4GHz and 5GHz WiFi; HT80 with MIMO, Bluetooth 4.2 technology
7⃣ LTE 20 Bands, More Bands than other GTablets
8⃣ iSight Camera, 8MP imager, Autofocus, ƒ/2.4 aperture, Five-Element lens, Hybrid IR filter, Backside illumination, Face Detection, Exposure control, Panorama up to 43MP pictures, Burst mode, Tap to Focus, Photo Geotagging, 1080p HDTV video at 30fps recording, Slo-mo at 120fps, Time-Lapse Video, all with Video Image Stabilization
9⃣ Five Precision Sensors, Touch ID, Three-axis Precision Gyroscope, Accelerometer, Barometer, Ambient Light sensor

🍎 Briefly, I sold our 13″ Macbook Pro Laptop to defray the cost of the iPad Pro, [to the chagrin of my FAU4U2 readers], However, I’m glad I did it. The Macbook Pro was a beautiful device but I hardly ever used it, as I do almost everything on my iPad Air2, with Logitech Ultrathin Keyboard Cover.

🍎 With the arrival of the iPad Pro, we did some family iDevice reassignments. Marilyn received my relatively new “flawless” iPad Air2 with 128GB storage and AT&T capable; it was RESET & Restored with her Data & Apps from the iPad Mini iCloud backup; I RESET her iPad Mini2 which too has 128GB storage plus AT&T capable, restored it with my Data & Apps from my iPad Air2 iCloud Backup. we will use the iPad Mini2 when a highly portable iPad is needed, and a travel-navigator in our Autos; otherwise I use the iPad Pro for everything else. It made no sense to sell the iPad Mini2, and receive only 25% of what we paid for it.

🍎 iPad Pro represents a significant “cross-over” appeal (Cross-over, those folks that migrate to the larger iPad Pro from the traditional PC) or from a traditional iPad. We’ve divided these folks into these three user groups:

🍎 Amateur & Professional Creatives, for those that already have a desktop machine available for use, however prefer the speed and ease-of-use with the iPad… iPad Pro features the most display-canvas, graphic real estate, of any previous Apple iPad, plus the introduction of a stylus, the Apple Pencil, allowing creative folks a level of control over their work that wasn’t previously available on any tablet or desktop computer; Wacom’s Cintiq is a $1000 add on to a multi $Thousand Power PC, that is not as accurate nor as fast as the iPad Pro with the add-on $99 Apple Pencil.

🍎 University, College, and Grade School Students, especially those who have grown up with mobile devices, such as their iPhones and iPads, with their touch-screen interaction as their primary mode of input… The baggage that many of us who grew up with, a PC and a “mouse” we carried, will not apply to those who desire to maneuver a touchscreen. Note, once you’ve web-browsed with a touch-screen, you’ll never want to browse on a moused PC again, without some pain.

🍎 People already engaged in non-Commercial Personal and Business Computing. With the iPad Pro’s super-performance enhancements and its ability to multi-task… the iPad Pro makes sense for 95% of these people, self included, who use their PC and Laptops for browsing, media consumption, writing papers, letters, reports, spreadsheets, and other content creation using iOS Apps such as Microsoft Office, iWork, Pages, Numbers, Excel, the iPad Pro is a great choice.

🍎 MacBook or traditional PC may makes more sense for these three groups:

🍎 Every Day People Resisting Change. For folks who generally feel more comfortable with OSX (not us BTW) and traditional desktop operating systems like Windows (which we detest, as its Virus prone and Slow). Perhaps you were late to the iOS party of 750 million happy folks. However, if you’re still not comfortable with typing on a iPad keyboard attachment (heaven only knows why, as they are quite good) or a touchscreen, or you’re put-off by external keyboards. If adapting your current computing habits to iOS sounds like a painful endeavor [which it is not], that may require more time than you’re willing to invest, it may be best to stick with an entry level MacBook PC.

🍎 Personal Experience Changing from Windows PC to Macbook Pro PC with OSX. Eleven years ago my son Daniel encouraged me to try a Macbook and abandon Windows. Admittedly, with over 20 experience with Windows, the migration to MAC was somewhat “painful” but worth it. OSX is very intuitive and Virus Free; the Apple “System” is quite different than Windows, but the MAC is very fast, and Apple’s iOS on the iPad Pro is super fast. Start the iPad Pro from Totally-OFF, is ready to use in 30 seconds; Shut it down in less than 10 seconds. This morning I started my one remaining HP Windows PC… it took over 5 minutes before I could use it, and sadly it took 3 minutes to shut down.

🍎 Professional Creatives. Despite some early challenges, we’re bullish on the prospects of professional-grade imaging software making its way to iOS. (However these three imaging Apps: Photoshop Express, Photogene and SKWRT Apps do the imaging trick for us with incredible speed and utility). But if you have a limited budget or if you’re an enterprise manager, deciding which of the two devices to buy for your team, they may prefer the MacBook (and OSX) for now until the second iteration of iPad Photoshop Apps and other image editing applications, make their way to the iPad Pro.

🍎 Software Developers using IDEs, or Architects & Engineers using AutoCad . As of now, there are no IDEs available for iOS, be it Xcode or anything else. While requests for such Apps have been percolating in developer circles over the years, nothing yet has materialized. If your are an Engineer or Architect that uses robust programs like AutoCad requiring a 16GB RAM, 3+Ghz PC desktop, may be your best bet at $4000. In light of these uses, if you’re looking for a replacement for your machine, you should probably stick with a Macbook or other PC desktops.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro
Apple 12.9″ iPad-PRO truly Challenges Traditional PCs & LapTops. I Received the iPad Pro last month and totally LOVE it. I am one of the folks that is totally pleased with the iPad Pro. No negative issues whatsoever.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro. I restored all of my settings, Apps, Data, and Photos into the new iPad Pro from my recent backup of the iPad Air-2 (18.5GB of data) which was effortless and surprisingly fast. The Restore from Backup included 513 Apps, 502 Songs, 18,806 Photos, plus lots of documents in Pages, Books, App Images within Photogenie and Photoshop Express.

🍎 iPad Pro, its a Laptop [in terms of size and utility] with the iPad’s new version iOS9.1 and viola, a touch-screen laptop. Its Fast, Big beautiful high resolution display, and has the familiarity of using the traditional iPad Air and.

🍎 iPad Pro has been coupled with Logitech’s $150 CREATE keyboard which transforms the iPad Pro into an amazing Laptop with a brilliant high resolution touch-screen display. The Display is striking and so is the lighted Logitech keyboard, definitely their best keyboard-case combination. I perform lots of image editing, so the large display is a huge plus. Watching live HDTV using xfinity’s GO App and Netflix Movies is also delightful. The lighted Logitech Keyboard is terrific when writing in dimly lighted settings, like my library at midnight.

🍎 Apple has committed their Money, Time and Human Resources creating the iPad Pro, where in the months and years ahead, Apple will be finely focused on their iOS to make the iPad Pro (plus their installed base of over 600 million iPads, iPhones, and other iDevices, even more useful.

🍎 Accordingly, my Macbook Pro was gathering Dust on the bookshelf, and that’s using my iPad Air-2. The only exception is accessing features on several websites that require “FLASH” which iPads are not compatible, I’d have to use a traditional PC or the MAC. If these web-sites so not update to HTML5 which has video capabilities, I’ll have to fetch my 7 year old 11 pound HP “laptop.” Having been using [only] the iPad Pro coupled with Logitech’s CREATE Keyboard Case [their best lighted keyboard], I’m totally pleased and surprised with this combination. If you’re used to the Apple iPhone and iPad “ecosphere,” its use, the Apps, and the iOS 9.1 Operating System, its quite painful to migrate elsewhere for anything “computing and communication.”

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro 12.9″ High Resolution, High Power iPad is Ready for Prime Time to Challenge PCs, LapTops, focused on the Small Business, Bloggers, Enterprise & and Education Markets.

🍎 iPad PRO is available for Sale Friday, November 13, 2015 at Apple Stores in 40 Countries, plus Network Retailers such as AT&T, Sprint, and Verizon, their on-line pre-Orders began Wednesday, Nov 11th, Retailers are now accepting on-line orders. A current look at Apple.com’s on-line Store shows (as of Today 11/12):

Shipping Dates of Nov 24 through Nov 27 as the Fastest Delivery dates for an added $10 fee, or save the Fee to get Free Delivery of Nov 27 – Dec 1st.

🍎 iPad PRO Presentation Video: Apple produced a movie giving an impressive view of the Look & Feel of the new iPad PRO; a worthy minute view: http://goo.gl/x7DyIM

Have $1000 to spend on a PC?? The iPad PRO is Perfect as a Communication Tool, On-line web-Browsing is the best, (or any sized iPad to suit your portability needs). Surely, once you Browse the WEB with iPad’s touch-screen… You’ll Never go back to a “PC.” iPad PRO with its Brilliant 5.6MP Display, its Power and Speed, is everything you’ll need. But, if you’re an AutoCad Architect or a Commercial Video Editor, then a $5k Tower may be for you.

I think if you’re looking at buying a New PC, why would you buy a PC anymore? No really, why would you buy one?” “Yes, the iPad PRO is a replacement for a notebook or a desktop for many, many, many people. They will start using an iPad and conclude they no longer need to use anything else, other than their iPhones….” so says Tim Cook, CEO, Apple, Inc. With only a few days of iPad Pro use, I’m very pleased with the iPad Pro, and will likely never go back to the traditional Laptop.

Its the Software Stupid. The iPad is supported with Thousands of outstanding Apps, transforming your iPad into a high resolution Document Scanner, Automobile Co-Pilot, Point-to-Point Mapping, directions, real-time ETA to your Destination, a HDTV Movie Maker, Picture Taker, Image Editor… Remember, “computers” and particularly iPads are just packages of high-technology, but with the Apps (software) the iPad truly comes “alive.”

CUPERTINO, California — November 9, 2015 — Apple® today announced iPad Pro™ is available to order online on Wednesday, November 11, from Apple.com and will arrive at Apple’s retail stores, select carriers and Apple Authorized Resellers starting later this week. Apple Pencil™ and Apple’s new Smart Keyboard, also available to order on Wednesday, bring breakthrough levels of precision and utility to iPad Pro.

http://www.apple.com/pr/library/2015/11/09Epic-12-9-inch-iPad-Pro-Available-to-Order-Online-Wednesday-Arrives-in-Stores-Later-This-Week.html

🍎 Apple iPad-PRO designed as a 12.9″ iPad “Retina” high-resolution display offering a 5.6 million pixel display, with a pixel dimension of 2732 by 2040 pixels, (recall the traditional iPad 5 with its 9.7″ retina-display, and iPad-mini retina display with its 7.9″ screen) both using Apple’s iOS9 operating system, which is a very High-power, Compact-code, Stable, Anti-virus, Malware-rejecting, and User Friendly, easy to use operating system. http://www.apple.com/ipad-pro/

🍎 iPad PRO, Everything You Wanted to Know, but did not want to watch the 2½ hour Media event last week. We’ve got it summarized in this Article. However, directly below is the Link in case you missed Apple’s Keynote Address announcing the New iPad PRO, the New iPhone 6S, and the New Apple TV: http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2015/

🍎 There is Magic behind all of the iPads due to their “Ease of Use” + “Power” + “Stability” due to the iOS9 operating system contained therein. Couple iOS9 with the Apple’s huge array of Apps, (literally hundreds of thousands) these high resolution touch-screen iPads, are transformed into efficient Communications and Productivity tools.

🍎 iPad is and has been, My Go-To Tool for almost Everything. One thing that Marilyn and I have experienced, for Writing, Social Networking, eMails, Viewing Videos and Pictures, there is no better device than the iPad. I’m not a “Gamer” but I’m told the iPad is the best device for games of all types. Many folks have been buying a traditional PC, not realizing that for over 90% of all “computer” users, the iPad actually exceeds the requirements that they expected from a PC.

🍎 iPad PRO, takes the iPad to an advanced level of display fidelity and resolution, in addition to twice the onboard RAM memory, processing power, and graphics speed, Over 10 hours of Use between charges. Add to the iPad PRO, the Pencil, on-screen ultra high resolution drawing is Now.

🍎 Apple introduces a New Product every few years, that reinvents product[s], that redefines the industry standards of quality, functionality, and ease of use, for products we didn’t think we even needed. Apple did this in mid-2007 with the release of the first iPhone, even though there were a dozen smartphones available in an already crowded field of handhelds. In April of 2010 with Apple’s release of their first iPad, into a crowded field of existing “tablets.”

🍎 Apple has done it again with iPad Pro, with its announcement of the long-rumored and hotly anticipated iPad Pro… Yes, for a Huge percentage of the market-place, the iPad Pro represents a true PC Replacement, likely a reason that that global PC sales have yearly fallen by double-digits ever since the iPad was released in mid-2010.

🍎 Folks may say… “It’s just a Bigger iPad, so what’s the big deal…” In a few ways these folks are right, iPad PRO is surely a bigger iPad. However, as you’re about to learn, those folks are missing the point in many other ways.

🍎 iPad PRO is a Behemoth of a Device. With iPad PRO’s whopping 12.9″ Retina touch-screen display consisting of 2,048 pixels by 2,732 pixels, an ultra-high definition resolution… think about this resolution with this TV comparison. Being familiar with the readily available 50″, 60″ and 65″ High definition Flat Screen TVs for example, in many homes these days, represents an amazing level of clarity and fidelity while watching Live Sports broadcasts, its like being there…

🍎 iPad Pro Compared to a HDTV. One’s Flat Screen 50″, 60″, 65″, and now 70″ HDTV resolution is 1080 pixels by 2048 pixels, which equates to 2.2 million pixels for each HDTV video frame, shown at 30 to 60 frames per second, on your HDTV screen. The iPad Pro with its 5.6 million pixel resolution is more than Double HDTV resolution of 2.2 million pixels TV video frame. Imagine 5.6 million pixels compressed into a 12.9″ display, quite amazing, making the iPad Pro arguably the most pixel-dense, Cinematic Tablet display on planet earth.

🍎 iPad PRO, it’s not only the Pixel Count that makes the iPad Pro so special, it’s also the touch-screen’s display-size. Once you browse the internet with a touch-screen display, going back to a traditional PC is depressing. The iPad PRO provides roughly a 78% Screen-Size increase over the existing iPad Air’s 9.7″ Screen, thus exceeding all Netbook resolutions by far, and most if not all Laptop computers presently available.

🍎 iPad PRO represents a Package of Technological feats of unprecedented proportion, which provides to iPad PRO users, a very generous geography within which to conduct one’s Work, ultimately facilitating enhanced creativity, and productivity potentials to new heights. Couple the iPad Pro to Apple’s new $99 Pencil for incredible drawing and notation capabilities.

🍎 iPad PRO houses an array of impressive hardware components as well. At its core, is Apple’s custom designed 3rd generation A9X processor with its M9 motion coprocessor, coupled with 4GB of LPDDR3 ultra-high-speed RAM. This represents Two to Four times the RAM of all previous iPad iterations. iPad PRO’s infrastructure makes it comparable to, and in many cases, a more efficient and powerful specification than many desktop computers that are currently available.

🍎 iPad PRO features a unique 4 speaker-driver array, positioned at each corner of the iPad Pro, that “intelligently adapts” to the orientation of the iPad Pro is being held in your hands. This sound-system ensures that you’d be getting an immersive, premium audio experience at any orientation, when gaming, movie watching, video viewing, and tele-conferencing.

🍎 Apple iPad-PRO, the PRO-sized 12.9″ iPad, has true Multi-Tasking capabilities with the iOS9.1 to be released in November. Among things this means with the iPad PRO, folks may have Two separate Apps operating side-by-side simultaneously on the iPad PRO, a feature particularly important to Document Writers, Authors, Researchers, Enterprise users, and for a vast number of Educational purposes. Many Public Schools and Universities globally are providing for their Students pre-packaged iPads with Text Books.

🍎 Know this, I’ve been writing all my Articles (currently 693 articles have been published globally) using my trusty 128 GB, AT&T, Space Gray, traditionally sized 9.7″ display, iPad Air 2, coupled to Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, a $1000 package. To be sure, I will be upgrading to the iPad PRO coupled to either Apple’s new $169 Keyboard cover, or Logitech’s premium “CREATE” iPad PRO keyboard cover.

🍎 Apple iPad PRO engineers have been working with Logitech’s engineers months ago, apparently in effort to have Logitech’s Keyboard Cover available concurrently with the release of the iPad Pro this November. Other than one promotional image, Logitech has yet to fully disclose the full description and look to their new CREATE keyboard Product.

🍎 Logitech’s CREATE line for iPad PRO. Beautifully productive. Uniquely connected, and will be available the same [release] day as iPad PRO, sometime in NOVEMBER, 2015. Smart is beautiful, and with the new iPad Pro Smart Connector, it is also powerful. Logitech has been working closely with their friends at Apple to design the CREATE Keyboard, the perfect companion for Apple’s biggest, boldest iPad Pro.

🍎 CREATE is being branded as Logitech’s best iPad keyboard, which is [literally] powered by the iPad Pro via the iPad Pro’s Smart Connector. The keyboard never needs charging, as it draws power from the iPad Pro’s high capacity LiON battery. With a direct magnetic connection, the smart connector, the keyboard does not needs the traditional bluetooth pairing. Logitech’s CREATE will provide the world-class typing experience Marilyn and I have come to expect from Logitech.

🍎 When Writing a Paper or an Article on the Left-Side, for example, while simultaneously using Google Search on the Internet for research on the Right-Side, side-by-sde, or when writing an Academic Paper that requires mathematical calculations with Pages App on the Left-Side and simultaneously having the RLM’s 19BII Calculator App (operates and looks exactly like a hand-held HP-19B-II calculator) on the Right-Side to make the calculations… With Apple having their huge array of productivity Apps, being able to run Two APPS simultaneously will truly challenge one choosing traditional PC computers.

🍎 Pencil is a new iPad PRO accessory, for the iPad PRO Only, as the display is uniquely capable of “reading” the Pencil. This $99 item is capable of drawing, shading, fine lines, broad lines, with a sampling rate of 240 cycles per second for super-smooth drawing at the pixel-level. This is a revolutionary product, a reinvention of the electronic pencil, in that “systems” costing several thousand dollars have trouble competing with this wireless miracle wright and drawing instrument.

🍎 Apple delivering larger 12.9″ display is a perfect size to compete with the tasks generally performed on 13″ to 15″ laptops and many desktop computers, yet maintain the minimalistic footprint, light weight of 1.6 pounds, with a 10 hour all-day battery power. Combine the iPad Pro with a Logitech’s “Create” Keyboard Cover, transforms the iPad Pro into an UltraThin, lightweight, high power, high speed, touch-screen laptop with 4GB of RAM, 128 GB Storage, and LTE mobile and WiFi connectivity. So sad we have to wait until NOVEMBER for the Release.

🍎 LOGITECH UltraThin Bluetooth Keyboard. Presently I have the iPad Air 2 coupled to Logitech UltraThin Keyboard Cover, creates a perfect PC replacement, plus the added benefit of Touch-Screen which is a real plus for document editing… just touch the place on the document to edit, rather than “lousing” around with a mouse, a simple Tap onto a word for “spell-checking” and replacement.

🍎 iPad’s Touch Screen, there is no comparison when Internet Browsing with touch-screen capability… tap onto a link, and the display travels to the new web-site. When I use my 13″ Macbook Pro Laptop, I feel like my hands are tied, having to use the mouse-like touch-pad navigation below the key-board. IMHO, the Macbook will eventually incorporate touch-screens, or else MacBooks will eventually cease to grow sales.

🍎 Think about it, a large display iPad with an amazingly fast full featured iOS9, relatively inexpensive touch-screen design, coupled with a voluminous inventory of Application Software Apps, all optimized for Apple’s dynamic display that is Touch-Screen. Apple’s history has delivered Laptops in various sizes to meet the “Portability vs Utility Equation” requirements of their users of the 11″, 13″, 15″ and 17″ MacBooks. So it makes common sense that iPads will come in three flavors: 7.9″, 9.7″ and 12.9″ iPads.

Admittedly, as part of the rumor-mill; however, I must say that yours truly has been writing about the iPad Pro topic several years ago. Folks that know me are aware that I do 98.6 degrees of everything I write on my iPad Air2. However, with Apple delivering a super-charged 12.9″ iPad retina, I’ll be acquiring the iPad Pro, and will be in great shape come NOVEMBER to do my research, write articles for FAU4U2, and do my Photo-Editing and Video-Editing.

🍎 APPLE Please take Note: A few things that I miss migrating to the World of iOS8 and iOS9 is the lack of a MAC styled file-system, where one can find, search, retrieve a particular FILE or JPEG Image by name, date, type, or location. Presently in looking for a File or Document in the iOS World, I have to recall which APP was used to create or edit that file, then I have to go to that particular APP and open it to find the File or Image. The other missing file element, is the File Name. There is no apparent method to name a Picture-file and later search for the Image by name.

🍎 The Link below will take you to an article written by Linda Dong that compares Apple Pencil with Wacom’s Cintiq writing instrument systems: http://www.lindadong.com/blog//apple-pencil-vs-wacom-cintiq

🍎 Another target for the 12.9” iPad, is the educational market, enabling a beautifully display of digital-textbooks. This bigger display is better suited to replace traditional textbooks, just from a size stand point, and Apple with its supply-line partners, are also developing a new display technologies with less weight and less glare, more suited for use in classrooms.

🍎 This new iPad Pro, is a portable or desktop computing “game changer” as it employs the Apple iOS9 amazingly efficient operating system; that’s right… NOT an OSX laptop, but an iOS9 operating system platform, housed in a “super-charged” iPad-Pro with a huge 12.9″ Retina-display.

🍎 Using an exterior similar to the iPad Air’s foot-print scaled up to a 12.9″ display, the iPad Pro would be “supercharged iPad” with:

🍎 Touch-Screen Retina-Display, designed to challenge the Post PC traditional 13″ and 14″ LapTop computers

🍎 Apple 12.9″; iPad optionally housed within the clam-shell lid, by the After Market.

🍎 Apple will leave the ClamShell feature to the AfterMarketeers like LOGITECH and CLAMCASE.

🍎 The iPad Pro will redefine the PC Laptop-transition, just as the Apple iPad redefined the Tablet

🍎 In my humble opinion, Apple gets the message that Computing these days is more to do with Communications than Calculations, knowing the present-day PC laptop sales are eroding by about 15%/year, with tablet and phablet sales. Folks love iPad’s Communications capabilities, its Visuals, Web Browsing, Pictures & Video Viewing, combined with a highly compact, all-day powered, light weight design.

🍎 As the transition from the PC to the iPad becomes more profound, and assuming the iPad Pro is a super-charged robust iPad, many more Windows PC’ers would migrate to Apple; Conversly, If you want a more compact device, the iPad Air footprint is perfect, as I presently have with the Logitech UltraThin Keyboard Cover, discussed in another Article. If you want more horsepower, then the iPad-Pro described herein would satisfy this need; want even more power then the new 12″ retina MAC Book is it… Want even more Power, then the MAC Book Pro answers this need…

🍎 Apple’s Macbook laptops are designed with 3 Display sizes: 12″, 13″ and 15″. It is surely reasonable to have the iPad in 3 Display sizes, to serve eveyone’s needs. Apple in April, 2010 Apple released the initial iPad with what Apple believed to be the “Optimal 9.7” Display; Within 24 months the iPad grew to sales of about 50 million iPads/year, which is the iPad’s current sales rate.

🍎 November, 2012 Apple met the demand for a more-compact iPad Display, when it released the iPad mini; The iPad-mini’s is having incredible success; The iPad Air and the iPad-mini combined sales are about 65 million iPads/year.

🍎 Apple in October, 2015 is offering a One-Size-Up to a 12.9″ Display from the original iPad’s 9.7″ Display. After all, once the design of the iPad’s “Internal Electronic Package” is a complete package; however, an evolving package, configuring into 3-iPad footprints is a “relatively easy” task: 3-Enclosures, 3-Displays, 3-LiON Batteries, all housing the relatively consistent “Internal Electronic Package” although the iPad Pro will have a more robust electronics package, like 4GB of RAM. Leave it to the “After Market” enterprises to fill in the balance of Covers, Cases, Keyboard Cases…

🍎 Not sure which size iPad or alternative to get for yourself, here is a simple decision-tree to help you along the way.


Lets have a “Super-Charged” iPad…. the iPad-Pro:

🔷 more Hardware Connectivity, Lightning plus a Standard SD Picture Card slot (not happening)

🔷 more Memory say 4GB, (a Big Yes)

🔷 more Storage say 64GB and 128GB (thats a Big Yes).

🔷 more Connectivity say LTEx, LTE, 4G and 3G Cellular, optional $130 radio package to the WiFi a/b/g/n/ac bands, (This too a Big Yes)

🔷 faster Processor say 2GHz, coupled to (??)

🔷 more Real Estate: 12.9″ Touch-Screen Retina Display. (a Big Yes)

🔷 Improved Mathematics & Calculating capacity and VIDEO processing engine to the traditional iPad. (??)

🔷 Pricing for the Base model $599 which includes 64GB storage, 2GB RAM, A8 Processor at 3GHz, and priced up to $999 for the fully loaded 128GB, LTE/Cellular version.

🔷 I will be saving my dollars for the $999 iPad Pro for sure.

🔷 My plan, may be selling my iPad Air2 Retina, with 128GB to Gazelle, to help defray the cost of the iPad Pro. OR, I may retain my iPad Air to have the portable iPad retina, and the much larger iPad Pro for those more intense Desk-Top Image Editing, Video jobs, Spreadsheets, or simply a table-top iPad Pro, adding Logitech’s CREATE keyboard.


🔷 http://www.slashgear.com/iphone-5s-retina-2-and-ipad-maxi-the-latest-apple-rumor-grist-28283897/#disqus_thread


🔷 http://www.etnews.com/news/device/device/2774001_1479.html#ystfuv



Pleased you’re reading, as our readers 📚 thousands world-wide, gives motivation 📢 new topics published every day. Spread the Word 📬 to your friends, family, and associates; simply forward 📮 the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time 📅 I publish a story 📝 the WordPress system {not I} sends 📬 a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse readership of over 94,000 and growing by 2500/month, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 26 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named “Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing” as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a “Health Nut” for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release mid-year 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, I will be changing to it soon with 128GB of Storage and Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover; however, the WiFi only model. My thought is there are so many WiFi zones available these days, investing in the $130 LTE Cellular chipset upgrade is mitigated by my iPhone 5S with its “HOT SPOT” capability. Therefore, if I have migrated into non-WiFi area, or I desire a more Secure Internet Connection, its very easy to Activate my iPhone’s Hot Spot, which serves as a mini-router, accepting up to 5 WiFi enabled devices, for internet connectivity.

 

🍎 Apple 12.9″ iPad-PRO truly Challenges PCs & LapTops 🍎 Received my iPad Pro and LOVE it 🍎🍎🍎

1448398778.jpg

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro
Apple 12.9″ iPad-PRO truly Challenges Traditional PCs & LapTops. I Received the iPad Pro several days ago and totally LOVE it. I am one of the folks that is totally pleased with the iPad Pro. No negative issues whatsoever.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro. I restored all of my settings, Apps, Data, and Photos into the new iPad Pro from my recent backup of the iPad Air-2 (18.5GB of data) which was effortless and surprisingly fast. The Restore from Backup included 513 Apps, 502 Songs, 18,806 Photos, plus lots of documents in Pages, Books, App Images within Photogenie and Photoshop Express.

🍎 iPad Pro, bottom line, its a Laptop [in terms of utility] utilizing the iPad version of iOS9.1 and viola touch-screen laptop. Its Fast, Big beautiful display, and has the familiarity of using the traditional iPad Air. BTW, the iPad Pro’s LiON battery charges perfectly, over night, while using, or whenever. I usually leave it plugged-in when I’m at my desk, otherwise its on battery, a 10 hour battery. I’ve read a few complaints about iPad Pro charging issues.

🍎 iPad Pro has been coupled with Logitech’s $150 CREATE keyboard which transforms the iPad Pro into an amazing Laptop with a brilliant high resolution touch-screen display. The Display is striking and so is the lighted Logitech keyboard, definitely their best keyboard-case combination. I perform lots of image editing, so the large display is a huge plus. Watching live HDTV using xfinity’s GO App and Netflix Movies is also delightful. The lighted Logitech Keyboard is terrific when writing in dimly lighted settings, like my library at midnight.

🍎 Macbook Pro vs iPad Pro. Admittedly, when writing articles such as this, eMailing, Web-Browsing, taking in News using the ZITE App, Image Editing using Photoshop Express and Photogene Apps, Spreadsheets using Apple’s NUMBERS, Letters and Presentations using PAGES and KEYNOTE, Facebook, LinkedIn, Social Networking, and Twitter using Twittelator App [my favorite twitter App], editing Movie clips using Apple’s MOVIE App, these functions represents 99% of my daily activities.

🍎 Apple has committed their Money, Time and Human Resources creating the iPad Pro, where in the months and years ahead, Apple will be finely focused on their iOS to make the iPad Pro (plus their installed base of over 600 million iPads, iPhones, and other iDevices, even more useful.

🍎 Accordingly, my Macbook Pro was gathering Dust on the bookshelf, and that’s using my iPad Air-2. The only exception is accessing features on several websites that require “FLASH” which iPads are not compatible, I’d have to use a traditional PC or the MAC. If these web-sites so not update to HTML5 which has video capabilities, I’ll have to fetch my 7 year old 11 pound HP “laptop.” Having been using [only] the iPad Pro coupled with Logitech’s CREATE Keyboard Case [their best lighted keyboard], I’m totally pleased and surprised with this combination. If you’re used to the Apple iPhone and iPad “ecosphere,” its use, the Apps, and the iOS 9.1 Operating System, its quite painful to migrate elsewhere for anything “computing and communication.”

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro 12.9″ High Resolution, High Power iPad is Ready for Prime Time to Challenge PCs, LapTops, focused on the Small Business, Bloggers, Enterprise & and Education Markets.

🍎 iPad PRO is available for Sale Friday, November 13, 2015 at Apple Stores in 40 Countries, plus Network Retailers such as AT&T, Sprint, and Verizon, their on-line pre-Orders began Wednesday, Nov 11th, Retailers are now accepting on-line orders. A current look at Apple.com’s on-line Store shows (as of Today 11/12):

Shipping Dates of Nov 24 through Nov 27 as the Fastest Delivery dates for an added $10 fee, or save the Fee to get Free Delivery of Nov 27 – Dec 1st.

🍎 iPad PRO Presentation Video: Apple produced a movie giving an impressive view of the Look & Feel of the new iPad PRO; a worthy minute view: http://goo.gl/x7DyIM

Have $1000 to spend on a PC?? The iPad PRO is Perfect as a Communication Tool, On-line web-Browsing is the best, (or any sized iPad to suit your portability needs). Surely, once you Browse the WEB with iPad’s touch-screen… You’ll Never go back to a “PC.” iPad PRO with its Brilliant 5.6MP Display, its Power and Speed, is everything you’ll need. But, if you’re an AutoCad Architect or a Commercial Video Editor, then a $5k Tower may be for you.

I think if you’re looking at buying a New PC, why would you buy a PC anymore? No really, why would you buy one?” “Yes, the iPad PRO is a replacement for a notebook or a desktop for many, many, many people. They will start using an iPad and conclude they no longer need to use anything else, other than their iPhones….” so says Tim Cook, CEO, Apple, Inc. With only a few days of iPad Pro use, I’m very pleased with the iPad Pro, and will likely never go back to the traditional Laptop.

Its the Software Stupid. The iPad is supported with Thousands of outstanding Apps, transforming your iPad into a high resolution Document Scanner, Automobile Co-Pilot, Point-to-Point Mapping, directions, real-time ETA to your Destination, a HDTV Movie Maker, Picture Taker, Image Editor… Remember, “computers” and particularly iPads are just packages of high-technology, but with the Apps (software) the iPad truly comes “alive.”

CUPERTINO, California — November 9, 2015 — Apple® today announced iPad Pro™ is available to order online on Wednesday, November 11, from Apple.com and will arrive at Apple’s retail stores, select carriers and Apple Authorized Resellers starting later this week. Apple Pencil™ and Apple’s new Smart Keyboard, also available to order on Wednesday, bring breakthrough levels of precision and utility to iPad Pro.

http://www.apple.com/pr/library/2015/11/09Epic-12-9-inch-iPad-Pro-Available-to-Order-Online-Wednesday-Arrives-in-Stores-Later-This-Week.html

🍎 Apple iPad-PRO designed as a 12.9″ iPad “Retina” high-resolution display offering a 5.6 million pixel display, with a pixel dimension of 2732 by 2040 pixels, (recall the traditional iPad 5 with its 9.7″ retina-display, and iPad-mini retina display with its 7.9″ screen) both using Apple’s iOS9 operating system, which is a very High-power, Compact-code, Stable, Anti-virus, Malware-rejecting, and User Friendly, easy to use operating system. http://www.apple.com/ipad-pro/

🍎 iPad PRO, Everything You Wanted to Know, but did not want to watch the 2½ hour Media event last week. We’ve got it summarized in this Article. However, directly below is the Link in case you missed Apple’s Keynote Address announcing the New iPad PRO, the New iPhone 6S, and the New Apple TV: http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2015/

🍎 There is Magic behind all of the iPads due to their “Ease of Use” + “Power” + “Stability” due to the iOS9 operating system contained therein. Couple iOS9 with the Apple’s huge array of Apps, (literally hundreds of thousands) these high resolution touch-screen iPads, are transformed into efficient Communications and Productivity tools.

🍎 iPad is and has been, My Go-To Tool for almost Everything. One thing that Marilyn and I have experienced, for Writing, Social Networking, eMails, Viewing Videos and Pictures, there is no better device than the iPad. I’m not a “Gamer” but I’m told the iPad is the best device for games of all types. Many folks have been buying a traditional PC, not realizing that for over 90% of all “computer” users, the iPad actually exceeds the requirements that they expected from a PC.

🍎 iPad PRO, takes the iPad to an advanced level of display fidelity and resolution, in addition to twice the onboard RAM memory, processing power, and graphics speed, Over 10 hours of Use between charges. Add to the iPad PRO, the Pencil, on-screen ultra high resolution drawing is Now.

🍎 Apple introduces a New Product every few years, that reinvents product[s], that redefines the industry standards of quality, functionality, and ease of use, for products we didn’t think we even needed. Apple did this in mid-2007 with the release of the first iPhone, even though there were a dozen smartphones available in an already crowded field of handhelds. In April of 2010 with Apple’s release of their first iPad, into a crowded field of existing “tablets.”

🍎 Apple has done it again with iPad Pro, with its announcement of the long-rumored and hotly anticipated iPad Pro… Yes, for a Huge percentage of the market-place, the iPad Pro represents a true PC Replacement, likely a reason that that global PC sales have yearly fallen by double-digits ever since the iPad was released in mid-2010.

🍎 Folks may say… “It’s just a Bigger iPad, so what’s the big deal…” In a few ways these folks are right, iPad PRO is surely a bigger iPad. However, as you’re about to learn, those folks are missing the point in many other ways.

🍎 iPad PRO is a Behemoth of a Device. With iPad PRO’s whopping 12.9″ Retina touch-screen display consisting of 2,048 pixels by 2,732 pixels, an ultra-high definition resolution… think about this resolution with this TV comparison. Being familiar with the readily available 50″, 60″ and 65″ High definition Flat Screen TVs for example, in many homes these days, represents an amazing level of clarity and fidelity while watching Live Sports broadcasts, its like being there…

🍎 iPad Pro Compared to a HDTV. One’s Flat Screen 50″, 60″, 65″, and now 70″ HDTV resolution is 1080 pixels by 2048 pixels, which equates to 2.2 million pixels for each HDTV video frame, shown at 30 to 60 frames per second, on your HDTV screen. The iPad Pro with its 5.6 million pixel resolution is more than Double HDTV resolution of 2.2 million pixels TV video frame. Imagine 5.6 million pixels compressed into a 12.9″ display, quite amazing, making the iPad Pro arguably the most pixel-dense, Cinematic Tablet display on planet earth.

🍎 iPad PRO, it’s not only the Pixel Count that makes the iPad Pro so special, it’s also the touch-screen’s display-size. Once you browse the internet with a touch-screen display, going back to a traditional PC is depressing. The iPad PRO provides roughly a 78% Screen-Size increase over the existing iPad Air’s 9.7″ Screen, thus exceeding all Netbook resolutions by far, and most if not all Laptop computers presently available.

🍎 iPad PRO represents a Package of Technological feats of unprecedented proportion, which provides to iPad PRO users, a very generous geography within which to conduct one’s Work, ultimately facilitating enhanced creativity, and productivity potentials to new heights. Couple the iPad Pro to Apple’s new $99 Pencil for incredible drawing and notation capabilities.

🍎 iPad PRO houses an array of impressive hardware components as well. At its core, is Apple’s custom designed 3rd generation A9X processor with its M9 motion coprocessor, coupled with 4GB of LPDDR3 ultra-high-speed RAM. This represents Two to Four times the RAM of all previous iPad iterations. iPad PRO’s infrastructure makes it comparable to, and in many cases, a more efficient and powerful specification than many desktop computers that are currently available.

🍎 iPad PRO features a unique 4 speaker-driver array, positioned at each corner of the iPad Pro, that “intelligently adapts” to the orientation of the iPad Pro is being held in your hands. This sound-system ensures that you’d be getting an immersive, premium audio experience at any orientation, when gaming, movie watching, video viewing, and tele-conferencing.

🍎 Apple iPad-PRO, the PRO-sized 12.9″ iPad, has true Multi-Tasking capabilities with the iOS9.1 to be released in November. Among things this means with the iPad PRO, folks may have Two separate Apps operating side-by-side simultaneously on the iPad PRO, a feature particularly important to Document Writers, Authors, Researchers, Enterprise users, and for a vast number of Educational purposes. Many Public Schools and Universities globally are providing for their Students pre-packaged iPads with Text Books.

🍎 Know this, I’ve been writing all my Articles (currently 693 articles have been published globally) using my trusty 128 GB, AT&T, Space Gray, traditionally sized 9.7″ display, iPad Air 2, coupled to Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, a $1000 package. To be sure, I will be upgrading to the iPad PRO coupled to either Apple’s new $169 Keyboard cover, or Logitech’s premium “CREATE” iPad PRO keyboard cover.

🍎 Apple iPad PRO engineers have been working with Logitech’s engineers months ago, apparently in effort to have Logitech’s Keyboard Cover available concurrently with the release of the iPad Pro this November. Other than one promotional image, Logitech has yet to fully disclose the full description and look to their new CREATE keyboard Product.

🍎 Logitech’s CREATE line for iPad PRO. Beautifully productive. Uniquely connected, and will be available the same [release] day as iPad PRO, sometime in NOVEMBER, 2015. Smart is beautiful, and with the new iPad Pro Smart Connector, it is also powerful. Logitech has been working closely with their friends at Apple to design the CREATE Keyboard, the perfect companion for Apple’s biggest, boldest iPad Pro.

🍎 CREATE is being branded as Logitech’s best iPad keyboard, which is [literally] powered by the iPad Pro via the iPad Pro’s Smart Connector. The keyboard never needs charging, as it draws power from the iPad Pro’s high capacity LiON battery. With a direct magnetic connection, the smart connector, the keyboard does not needs the traditional bluetooth pairing. Logitech’s CREATE will provide the world-class typing experience Marilyn and I have come to expect from Logitech.

🍎 When Writing a Paper or an Article on the Left-Side, for example, while simultaneously using Google Search on the Internet for research on the Right-Side, side-by-sde, or when writing an Academic Paper that requires mathematical calculations with Pages App on the Left-Side and simultaneously having the RLM’s 19BII Calculator App (operates and looks exactly like a hand-held HP-19B-II calculator) on the Right-Side to make the calculations… With Apple having their huge array of productivity Apps, being able to run Two APPS simultaneously will truly challenge one choosing traditional PC computers.

🍎 Pencil is a new iPad PRO accessory, for the iPad PRO Only, as the display is uniquely capable of “reading” the Pencil. This $99 item is capable of drawing, shading, fine lines, broad lines, with a sampling rate of 240 cycles per second for super-smooth drawing at the pixel-level. This is a revolutionary product, a reinvention of the electronic pencil, in that “systems” costing several thousand dollars have trouble competing with this wireless miracle wright and drawing instrument.

🍎 Apple delivering larger 12.9″ display is a perfect size to compete with the tasks generally performed on 13″ to 15″ laptops and many desktop computers, yet maintain the minimalistic footprint, light weight of 1.6 pounds, with a 10 hour all-day battery power. Combine the iPad Pro with a Logitech’s “Create” Keyboard Cover, transforms the iPad Pro into an UltraThin, lightweight, high power, high speed, touch-screen laptop with 4GB of RAM, 128 GB Storage, and LTE mobile and WiFi connectivity. So sad we have to wait until NOVEMBER for the Release.

🍎 LOGITECH UltraThin Bluetooth Keyboard. Presently I have the iPad Air 2 coupled to Logitech UltraThin Keyboard Cover, creates a perfect PC replacement, plus the added benefit of Touch-Screen which is a real plus for document editing… just touch the place on the document to edit, rather than “lousing” around with a mouse, a simple Tap onto a word for “spell-checking” and replacement.

🍎 iPad’s Touch Screen, there is no comparison when Internet Browsing with touch-screen capability… tap onto a link, and the display travels to the new web-site. When I use my 13″ Macbook Pro Laptop, I feel like my hands are tied, having to use the mouse-like touch-pad navigation below the key-board. IMHO, the Macbook will eventually incorporate touch-screens, or else MacBooks will eventually cease to grow sales.

🍎 Think about it, a large display iPad with an amazingly fast full featured iOS9, relatively inexpensive touch-screen design, coupled with a voluminous inventory of Application Software Apps, all optimized for Apple’s dynamic display that is Touch-Screen. Apple’s history has delivered Laptops in various sizes to meet the “Portability vs Utility Equation” requirements of their users of the 11″, 13″, 15″ and 17″ MacBooks. So it makes common sense that iPads will come in three flavors: 7.9″, 9.7″ and 12.9″ iPads.

Admittedly, as part of the rumor-mill; however, I must say that yours truly has been writing about the iPad Pro topic several years ago. Folks that know me are aware that I do 98.6 degrees of everything I write on my iPad Air2. However, with Apple delivering a super-charged 12.9″ iPad retina, I’ll be acquiring the iPad Pro, and will be in great shape come NOVEMBER to do my research, write articles for FAU4U2, and do my Photo-Editing and Video-Editing.

🍎 APPLE Please take Note: A few things that I miss migrating to the World of iOS8 and iOS9 is the lack of a MAC styled file-system, where one can find, search, retrieve a particular FILE or JPEG Image by name, date, type, or location. Presently in looking for a File or Document in the iOS World, I have to recall which APP was used to create or edit that file, then I have to go to that particular APP and open it to find the File or Image. The other missing file element, is the File Name. There is no apparent method to name a Picture-file and later search for the Image by name.

🍎 The Link below will take you to an article written by Linda Dong that compares Apple Pencil with Wacom’s Cintiq writing instrument systems: http://www.lindadong.com/blog//apple-pencil-vs-wacom-cintiq

🍎 Another target for the 12.9” iPad, is the educational market, enabling a beautifully display of digital-textbooks. This bigger display is better suited to replace traditional textbooks, just from a size stand point, and Apple with its supply-line partners, are also developing a new display technologies with less weight and less glare, more suited for use in classrooms.

🍎 This new iPad Pro, is a portable or desktop computing “game changer” as it employs the Apple iOS9 amazingly efficient operating system; that’s right… NOT an OSX laptop, but an iOS9 operating system platform, housed in a “super-charged” iPad-Pro with a huge 12.9″ Retina-display.

🍎 Using an exterior similar to the iPad Air’s foot-print scaled up to a 12.9″ display, the iPad Pro would be “supercharged iPad” with:

🍎 Touch-Screen Retina-Display, designed to challenge the Post PC traditional 13″ and 14″ LapTop computers

🍎 Apple 12.9″; iPad optionally housed within the clam-shell lid, by the After Market.

🍎 Apple will leave the ClamShell feature to the AfterMarketeers like LOGITECH and CLAMCASE.

🍎 The iPad Pro will redefine the PC Laptop-transition, just as the Apple iPad redefined the Tablet

🍎 In my humble opinion, Apple gets the message that Computing these days is more to do with Communications than Calculations, knowing the present-day PC laptop sales are eroding by about 15%/year, with tablet and phablet sales. Folks love iPad’s Communications capabilities, its Visuals, Web Browsing, Pictures & Video Viewing, combined with a highly compact, all-day powered, light weight design.

🍎 As the transition from the PC to the iPad becomes more profound, and assuming the iPad Pro is a super-charged robust iPad, many more Windows PC’ers would migrate to Apple; Conversly, If you want a more compact device, the iPad Air footprint is perfect, as I presently have with the Logitech UltraThin Keyboard Cover, discussed in another Article. If you want more horsepower, then the iPad-Pro described herein would satisfy this need; want even more power then the new 12″ retina MAC Book is it… Want even more Power, then the MAC Book Pro answers this need…

🍎 Apple’s Macbook laptops are designed with 3 Display sizes: 12″, 13″ and 15″. It is surely reasonable to have the iPad in 3 Display sizes, to serve eveyone’s needs. Apple in April, 2010 Apple released the initial iPad with what Apple believed to be the “Optimal 9.7” Display; Within 24 months the iPad grew to sales of about 50 million iPads/year, which is the iPad’s current sales rate.

🍎 November, 2012 Apple met the demand for a more-compact iPad Display, when it released the iPad mini; The iPad-mini’s is having incredible success; The iPad Air and the iPad-mini combined sales are about 65 million iPads/year.

🍎 Apple in October, 2015 is offering a One-Size-Up to a 12.9″ Display from the original iPad’s 9.7″ Display. After all, once the design of the iPad’s “Internal Electronic Package” is a complete package; however, an evolving package, configuring into 3-iPad footprints is a “relatively easy” task: 3-Enclosures, 3-Displays, 3-LiON Batteries, all housing the relatively consistent “Internal Electronic Package” although the iPad Pro will have a more robust electronics package, like 4GB of RAM. Leave it to the “After Market” enterprises to fill in the balance of Covers, Cases, Keyboard Cases…

🍎 Not sure which size iPad or alternative to get for yourself, here is a simple decision-tree to help you along the way.


Lets have a “Super-Charged” iPad…. the iPad-Pro:

🔷 more Hardware Connectivity, Lightning plus a Standard SD Picture Card slot (not happening)

🔷 more Memory say 4GB, (a Big Yes)

🔷 more Storage say 64GB and 128GB (thats a Big Yes).

🔷 more Connectivity say LTEx, LTE, 4G and 3G Cellular, optional $130 radio package to the WiFi a/b/g/n/ac bands, (This too a Big Yes)

🔷 faster Processor say 2GHz, coupled to (??)

🔷 more Real Estate: 12.9″ Touch-Screen Retina Display. (a Big Yes)

🔷 Improved Mathematics & Calculating capacity and VIDEO processing engine to the traditional iPad. (??)

🔷 Pricing for the Base model $599 which includes 64GB storage, 2GB RAM, A8 Processor at 3GHz, and priced up to $999 for the fully loaded 128GB, LTE/Cellular version.

🔷 I will be saving my dollars for the $999 iPad Pro for sure.

🔷 My plan, may be selling my iPad Air2 Retina, with 128GB to Gazelle, to help defray the cost of the iPad Pro. OR, I may retain my iPad Air to have the portable iPad retina, and the much larger iPad Pro for those more intense Desk-Top Image Editing, Video jobs, Spreadsheets, or simply a table-top iPad Pro, adding Logitech’s CREATE keyboard.


🔷 http://www.slashgear.com/iphone-5s-retina-2-and-ipad-maxi-the-latest-apple-rumor-grist-28283897/#disqus_thread


🔷 http://www.etnews.com/news/device/device/2774001_1479.html#ystfuv



Pleased you’re reading, as our readers 📚 thousands world-wide, gives motivation 📢 new topics published every day. Spread the Word 📬 to your friends, family, and associates; simply forward 📮 the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time 📅 I publish a story 📝 the WordPress system {not I} sends 📬 a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse readership of over 94,000 and growing by 2500/month, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 26 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named “Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing” as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a “Health Nut” for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release mid-year 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, I will be changing to it soon with 128GB of Storage and Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover; however, the WiFi only model. My thought is there are so many WiFi zones available these days, investing in the $130 LTE Cellular chipset upgrade is mitigated by my iPhone 5S with its “HOT SPOT” capability. Therefore, if I have migrated into non-WiFi area, or I desire a more Secure Internet Connection, its very easy to Activate my iPhone’s Hot Spot, which serves as a mini-router, accepting up to 5 WiFi enabled devices, for internet connectivity.

 

🔴 Rubio Moves to TOP of GOP Power Rankings Survey Again • RUBIO Moves UP in National Polls with Excellent Debate Performances UPDATE 🔴

1447780520.jpg

🔴⚪️🔵 RUBIO Moves to the TOP of the important weekly GOP Power Rankings Survey. Plus Rubio is moving up in a number of National Polls with Excellent Debate Performances. RUBIO had another good night, this time on the CNBC debate stage which has put Marco Rubio on top of the GOP Power Rankings for the first time in their November 3rd GOP Power Rankings.

🔴⚪️🔵 Marco RUBIO benefits from the Media’s concern about the current Radical Islamic Extremists {ISIS} crisis in Paris, France and Brussels, Belgium. Rubio serving on the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee gives him a distinct advantage when discussing Islamic Threats and strategies for the USA. Currently the FOX Poll of Nov 19th shows Rubio climbing +3% in the last 3 weeks. In FOX’s Honesty & Trustworthy Poll, Rubio scores the Best with a +20%, beating out Carson, with Trump at the Bottom of the Republican Candidates at -14%.

🔴⚪️🔵 Marco RUBIO gives an inspiring speech to thousands of Florida Republicans gathered in Orlando toward the end of last week for the state party’s annual Sunshine Summit, and Marco got an awesome welcome from supporters in his home state. “This election is a generational choice,” Rubio said in leading off a parade of presidential candidates at the Florida Sunshine Summit, a convention-like meeting of Republican activists from around the state.

🔴⚪️🔵 RUBIO avoided intra-party feuds in his public remarks, Rubio kept his focus on President Obama, telling the supportive crowd that his administration has been “a disaster for real people in the real world,” in terms of both the economy and national defense. He also blasted Democratic candidates Hillary Clinton and Bernie Sanders for seeking to extend the Obama administration.

🔴⚪️🔵 RUBIO’s National Speeches and Presidential Debate responses, and subsequent Media Coverage. Watch the following videos of candidate Marco Rubio
1⃣ RUBIO’s recent Sunshine Summit speech, click below the first Link
2⃣ The second link is a summary of RUBIO clips of FOX’s Presidential Debate responses
3⃣ The third link is a summary of RuBIO clips of the CNBC Presidential Debate responses
4⃣ The fourth link is a summary of RUBIO clips of the CNN Presidential Debate
5⃣ The fifth link is CNN’s post debate critique of RUBIO’s prtesidential debate performance
6⃣ The sixth link is FOX&Friends Q&A coverage interviewing Marco Rubio about his Income Tax Plan
7⃣ The seventh link is FOX NEWS SUNDAY’s interview with Marco Rubio aired Nov 22nd

1⃣ https://youtu.be/_jq6XsrPqc8
2⃣ http://youtu.be/koupAiisSgg
3⃣ http://youtu.be/FfoIcgNa3y4
4⃣ http://youtu.be/zljUJpf2x1Q
5⃣ http://youtu.be/9N3oednq_14
6⃣ http://youtu.be/YGfL1uye1U0
7⃣ http://youtu.be/1UT3D53VLLI

🔴⚪️🔵 RUBIO Beats Hillary 46% to 41% among Registered Voters, in their current Head-to-Head Quinnipiac University Poll. These results are well outside the Margin of Error, • Rubio also Moves to the TOP of the 2015 GOP Power Rankings Survey again.

🔴⚪️🔵 RUBIO is also Moving UP steadily in the National Polls, due to RUBIO’s Excellent Debate Performances, and command of strategic Policy matters. Although the Media continues to claim that this Year’s Candidate Narrative is The Year of the Outsider, many months previously, the Media inspired presidential candidate Narrative was deemed to be The Year of the Governors. However, as time moves forward, it appears that a Republican Candidate Narrative may be “The Year of the Foreign Policy Insider” experience may be a prevailing characteristic. The early State Primaries [IOWA, NH, SC, NV] begin to cast their votes only 76 Days from Today [11/17].

🔴⚪️🔵 Understanding Early Polling • Polls Up • Polls Down. When looking at all the Polls from the Candidate’s perspective, surely UP is better than DOWN. Gaining popularity is better than loosing same. However, most of the professional political analysts maintain, early polls are only a snapshot in time, coupled to the media attention that Candidates receive or not. Looking back 4 years and 8 years, to the two previous National Election cycles, at this point in time Herman Cain was leading at over 30%; likewise for Rudy Giuliani who was steadily in First place for months. This week, Ben Carson’s NH polling dropped from the mod-20% to 9% in one poll. This could be a poll-outliner, or the beginning of a trend.

🔴⚪️🔵 10 days before the IOWA and New Hampshire State primaries, Polls experienced major shifts as the primary voters more carefully focused their attention to their Presidential choices, knocking Cain and Giuliani totally out of contention. The Media is looking for a clear winner way too early in the primary campaign process, giving editorials based on these early poll results. Those Candidates that are polling in the single digits are maintaining their composure, because they are hopeful the Primary Voters will eventually come to their senses in their favor.

Caveat emptor, buyer beware of early poll results.

🔴⚪️🔵 Debate performance also gave Chris Christie a continued taste in the top-tier. “Rubio is clearly on the rise after a strong debate performance,” said Kristen Soltis Anderson, one of the 30 participating political experts on the GOP Power Ranking’s survey each week for their view of who is the strongest Republican candidate. “Cruz and Christie also did themselves favors in the debates,” she said, but it’s “still unclear how much the Polls move as a result.” Rubio jumped to First Place from third in the GOP survey, and Christie moved up from eighth place to fifth. Below are the GOP Power Rankings for the recent few weeks for comparison purposes. Recall the GOP Power Rankings are the results of their Voting for the Candidates; these Voters are 30 “political professional” very knowledgable of the primary process.

🔴⚪️🔵 “Rubio is widely regarded the ‘winner’ of the recent 3 Republican Presidential Debates followed by Carson, Cruz and Christie also scored media attention for their debate performances.” The headline story though is RUBIO’s steady rise in the National Polls and the 4 Primary State Polls, albeit very early in these primary campaigns. Currently Rubio’s R-C-P Polling Average has climbed up to 12.3% which average appears to be increasing about 1% every week or two.

TRUMP was the only Republican “top-tier” candidate that Losses to Hillary Clinton, 43% to 46%, in Quinnipiac’s Head-to-Head (National Polling) competition, well outside the margin of error. Trump has been pounding Rubio, with no adverse results to Rubio, nor to Carson. One would think that if Trump really believes he’s the Stronger candidate, why would he take the “low road” by criticizing his competitors, diminishing himself, rather than using his “media time” to promote policy positions. Its easier to criticize than to think policy.

TRUMP is a Republican “top-tier” candidate that may have Peaked. Peaking early is not where a candidate wants to be. Weeks ago Trump was polling at 34%. Today Trump is polling with a R-C-P average of 24%. This represents a 30% drop in Trump support, Nationally. IMHO, because Trump has been able to attract most of his attention with “bombastic blustering,” Primary Voters and the Media are getting tired of the “bomb throwing.” Accordingly, the mid-20%’s may be Trump’s ceiling of support, trending downward with time.

CARSON is a Republican “top-tier” candidate that may have also Peaked. Peaking early is not where a candidate wants to be. Weeks ago Carson was polling at in the low-mid 20%’s. Today Carson is polling with a R-C-P average of 23%. This represents a level support, Nationally. IMHO, because Carson has been able to attract most of his attention with compelling personal Biography, Primary Voters and the Media are looking for more policy positions. Accordingly, the mid-20%’s may be Carson’s ceiling of support, trending steady, with a likely downward bias with time.

Trump’s recent rant is about Rubio’s Credit Cards, a fully vetted 5 year old Non-Story. During Rubio’s successful US Senate campaign 5 years ago, Rubio was cleared by all ethics concerns, cleared of any wrongdoing, rendering this topic fully vetted. Knowing that Trump has caused several $Hundred Millions of Losses to his bond-holders with 4 Bankrupt Trump “deals,” one would think this topic quite ironic, and ill advised to bring “credit” into his Campaign.

🔴⚪️🔵 Donald Trump is no longer the center of every political conversation thankfully. Rubio received 16 First-Place votes from the GOP Power Rankings panelists last week and 13 this week, while Trump got only eight last week and 10 this week. Rubio, the Florida Senator had never received more than eight first-place votes in the prior nine weeks of the GOP Power Rankings survey. Ben Carson remains near the top with four first-place votes, and Ted Cruz received two.

🔴⚪️🔵 Jeb Bush continues his fade in the National Polls with a declining 5.3% R-C-P Average. It seems that the Nation is tired of BUSH, too many Bushes, time for a change to someone other than a Bush. Rubio is out-polling Bush 2:1 in the current Florida Polls, not good news for Bush, the former Florida Governor. “Bush may technically have time and money, but he needs to do something NOW to prove to his Donors and Supporters that Jeb Bush is still a top-tier contender in this race,” said non-partisan political analyst Nathan Gonzales. Bush’s “last name and correlated war-chest may keep him within or near the top-tier, especially since no other mid-pack candidate, like Kasich, Fiorina, or Paul, can consistently attract positive attention,” said Democratic pollster Margie Omero.

🔴⚪️🔵 The GOP Power Rankings picks Weekly the current Republican Front Runner and Top Tier candidates by their 30 participants made up of very interested and engaged Political Analysts, University Professors, Media specialists, Polling Analysts, etc. Accordingly, we are very interested in their weekly GOP Power Rankings survey, published each Tuesday before 11am.

🔴⚪️🔵 National Polls may be “Scientific Polls” measuring public opinion from registered republicans from a representative sampling across the Nation for example, or polls may be “Random Polls” which may not even qualify if the person polled is a registered “R”, “D”, or an Independent, whether or not they voted in the last election. Random Polls are less expensive, however the results are also less predictive.

🔴⚪️🔵 Random National Polls tend to deliver Name Recognition and Media Attention, rather than actual Presidential Preference, particularly when the Poller rolls out 15 names to choose from. Therefore IMHO, the GOP Power Rankings Surveys give a more informed view of the Current Trends of how each Candidate is delivering their Message and Policy positions.

🔴⚪️🔵 The 3rd Republican Presidential Debate held October 18 was a spirited exchange with the CNBC moderators and the Candidates, with a striking differences, this debate “was Not all about Trump.” Another stand-out feature was the “snarky” questioning by the moderators, boarding on demeaning and disrespect.

🔴⚪️🔵 Republican Candidates had a number of 30-to-60 second segments, to answer questions or to respond, totaling on average 8 minutes of talk-time plus or minus a minute or two. The TV audience garnered valuable information, well worth the three hour investment, including the FOX Post-Debate coverage.

Airtime CNBC cameras focused on each Republican Candidate during the prime-time debate: • Fiorina: 10:32 • Rubio: 10:10 • Kasich: 9:42 • Trump: 9:26 • Christie: 8:31 • Huckabee: 7:39 • Cruz: 7:34 • Carson: 7:02 • Bush: 6:39 • Paul: 6:15

🔴⚪️🔵 Its the Sound-Bites Stupid. One of the Hottest News Bites of this Debate was BUSH’s self-inflicted-wound, when Bush attacked RUBIO’s Senate Attendance record. I literally jumped out of my seat. Bush’s scripted stunt totally back-fired against Bush, as RUBIO rapidly verbalized back, why would Bush’s staff think it was a good idea to Criticize Rubio on stage. (Likely because Rubio is polling twice Bush). Then RUBIO rapidly turned and Looked directly into the TV Cameras, took the high-road by explaining that he will not Criticize his fellow candidates, as “I’m not running against them, I’m running for President Rubio” said… then compared his record to Obama’s, McCain’s, and John Kerry’s 65% missed senate votes, almost doubling Rubio’s…

🔴⚪️🔵 Watch this clip of the best moments of the CNBC Presidential Debate: http://flip.it/xb30l

🔴⚪️🔵 RUBIO was fast in Addressing the TV Camera totally cutting-off any further Bush remarks… (I still have that stunning image of RUBIO making his TV response, with Bush in the background totally out of focus with a blank grin). Rubio stated many times in recent weeks: “I have not missed a Senate vote, where my Vote would have made a difference in the Outcome…” Recall the Senate has a significant republican majority. For issues where the Senate Vote was close, RUBIO made his Vote count, otherwise, he worked his Senate duties remotely with his Presidential Campaign schedule.

🔴⚪️🔵 Bad Sound Bites are Really Bad. CNBC’s Debate was Wednesday, where every day and evening RUBIO’s reply to Bush’s ridiculous attack, is being played over and over, giving RUBIO tens of $Millions of free MEDIA attention, the kind Trump has been getting weeks ago. To make matters worse, a number of nervous Bush supporters are “Jumping Ship” or “Freezing Contributions” as they fear that the Bush Candidacy may be imploding; Many already think it already has.

🔴⚪️🔵 Bad Sound Bites are Really, Really Bad. Bush’s campaign financing problems are also attracting more Media attention, benefiting Rubio, like a perfect political storm. And of course, the RUBIO campaign announced that $Million of new Contributions are coming in, as a result of RUBIO’s third excellent Debate Performance, not to mention the Bush’s backfire against Rubio. Again, a positive RUBIO press release, again taking the high road, rather than taking a shot at Bush. Rubio doesn’t have to take any direct shots at Bush, as the Media is doing a good job of it.

🔴⚪️🔵 Bad Sound Bites are Really, Really, Really Bad. There is More… Don’t be surprised when RUBIO climbs even higher in the National Polls as the 10 minutes of Rubio debate Sound-Bite circulates through the Media News Rooms. (The Media is getting tired of Trump stories, so the RUBIO/Bush-bash timing was perfect).

🔴⚪️🔵 Fast Reaction Sound Bites Can be Really, Really GOOD too. The RUBIO/Bush-bash, with a rapid response by RUBIO translated to More MEDIA attention and again More $Millions of new energetic Campaign Contributors for RUBIO… its like a Hurricane that keeps Growing as it moves forward in time, (with Bush’s 20 second blunder, followed by Rubio’s 60 second rapid response), as the sound-bites continue to circulate through the press rooms…

This is a Political-Science Classroom example of how a few stupid, poorly scripted remarks can make a Huge difference with MEDIA Attention, PUBLIC Opinion, and Campaign Finance.

🔴⚪️🔵 There’s more… we’re hearing that insiders within Bush’s campaign finance team are encouraging Bush to consider getting out, sooner than later, before he totally implodes. Why? Many significant financing sources (we’re speaking of $Billionaires) are either Canceling further contributions or Freezing the funds they have pledged. Since the CNN and CNBC Debates BUSH has been totally off-message, answering MEDIA questions, about his “Imploding Campaign.” It seems like when your heading down-hill with bad-breaks, everything seems to GO down faster and faster.

🔴⚪️🔵 CNBC’s Presidential Debates are fact filled, as the moderators pounded and probed the candidates. Many have commented that the moderators were disrespectful. Aside from this, viewers (self included) were able to visualize the candidates as they respond to unfriendly questioners about important topics, and some absurd issues. We are about 100 days before Voters focus on their Presidential Preference.

🔴⚪️🔵 The First 4 State Primaries, IOWA, New Hampshire, South Carolina, Nevada occur during February (full primary calendar below), there are 3 Months remaining for all the primary volatility to solidify (or not). There remains plenty of time for new Front Runners to emerge, more Drop Outs, as Candidate Messaging and Fund Raising become even more competitive. Rumors are swirling around the BUSH candidacy, as major benefactors are questioning just where is Bush heading, some say he may be head home sooner than later.

🔴⚪️🔵 Who’s Winning, Who’s Questionable, Who’s Out: On the Graphic below, we’ve “X” out the Candidates that currently do not look like they may survive the primary eliminations due to poor polling results or campaign negative cash-flow. Those marked with a “?” are questionable at this time. These are our personal impressions, not the result of any science.

🔴⚪️🔵 Presidential Debates Matter. A presidential debate gives the TV audience a look at all the Candidates together, on average about 20+ million viewers, to hear how each responds to Moderator Questioning and Candidate Interaction. Perhaps more importantly, once the Debate has ended, the Media then focuses on the exciting Sound-Bites of the evening. The Electronic, Print, and Social Media will capture their sound-bites of choice to play over and over for several news cycles. This can be a Huge benefit or detriment, depending on what’s said and by whom. With this recent CNBC is was the RUBIO knock-out punch, following Bush’s weak upper-cut.

🔴⚪️🔵 The Presidential Debate was held Wednesday night at 8:25pm • Republican Primary Races Continue • Carson is Surging Over Trump • If Trump’s support continues to falter, even marginally, its said he may jump-ship and get out of the race. Big bullies, have to Win Everything, or they will pick up their toys and go home…

🔴⚪️🔵 Lets Make YOUR Pick of the candidates, as your impressions as of Today. If that is too difficult, which is the case for myself, Place a Big X Mark over the Candidate you currently Don’t Like. Sometimes, playing the Game of Elimination is easier than picking just ONE candidate that’s compatible, with most of your views. If you are Not Sure mark with a “?” Thereafter, as time passes Compare your Choices with the Public Opinion weeks and months from now. Since in the USA we have a “Two Party Primary System“, its important that we all express our divergent views now, State by State. The objective for all of us, is to eventually Come Together behind ONE Viable, Electable, Candidate. http://onpolitics.usatoday.com/2015/10/27/usa-today-gop-power-rankings-carson-trump/

🔴⚪️🔵 Play the Game of Elimination. Lets play this game of politics. I have my “eliminations” as of October 28, 2015. The Game I’m playing is “X” Out the candidates that I don’t believe will become the Republican Nominee. Its just my opinion, with no scientific basis, strictly based on personal impressions. Displayed below are my current selections.

🔴⚪️🔵 Ben CARSON has Overtaken Donald Trump for the first time in USA TODAY’s GOP Power Rankings, that deemed CARSON the strongest candidate in the Republican field this week, by its panel of political 30 experts. Carson’s rise in the GOP Power Rankings rankings reflects the 4 recent Iowa Polls and 1 National Poll, showing Carson passing Trump in the critical first-in-the-nation Hawkeye State.

🔴⚪️🔵 Carson’s surge over Trump in Iowa polling is “a huge shift and may mark the end of the Donald,” said HeadCount’s Aaron Ghitelman, perhaps too soon to know. But Ghitelman warns: “People in this Poll have considered every flap of a bird’s wing in Iowa or New Hampshire, to signify the end of Trump, and we’ve been wrong every time.”

🔴⚪️🔵 Trump’s popularity and polling may be forming a Poll-Ceiling, as we’ve mentioned for the last 3 weeks. This week’s polling data is showing a possible polling-peak. Plus, knowing that Trump is very uncomfortable being 2nd at anything, he may effectively self-destruct, and eventually exit the campaign. Recall that several weeks ago Trump was polling at 34%, however now currently in the Low 20 percentile.

🔴⚪️🔵 Trump’s blustering that “I’m ahead in all the polls may have to be stricken from his talking points, having scored 2nd place in the last 5 polls, as he turns his attacks to Carson. This strong negativity may further erode his support.

🔴⚪️🔵 “Carson emerges as the candidate to beat in Iowa” are views widely shared by GOP POWER RANKING’s 32 experts. If he wins there, he gets his ticket stamped for the final round,” said University of New Hampshire professor Dante Scala. And he is clearly looking strong there. “Carson’s strong campaign team continued to pull in more support for him especially in Iowa.

🔴⚪️🔵 Trump continues to have a love/hate relationship with People, Women, Latinos, Media, and Republican Rivals” says many shocked observers including Kansas activist Deb Lucia.

🔴⚪️🔵 Dr. Carson goes on a Book Tour and moves into first place in 3 recent Iowa polls,” said Podesta Group’s Paul Brathwaite. Meanwhile, “Gov. Bush recalibrates to save his campaign.” Despite Jeb Bush’s troubles, he announced last week that BUSH is downsizing his campaign staff to conserve funds. BUSH did not drop in GOP Rankings, in part because he remains bunched in a second tier where nobody has made any significant upward movement.

🔴⚪️🔵 GOP POWER RANKING experts show the GOP race is still very Volatile. Last week, Trump received 21 first-place GOP Ranking votes and appeared to be in command of the race. This week, there is a totally different story as Trump only received eight 1st place votes, his lowest total 1st place rankings since it began the Power Rankings in early September.

🔴⚪️🔵 Carson jumped this week to 13 First-Place votes, from only 3 last week. This may signal a break in Trump’s national rankings, solidifying the notion of a Trump Poll-Ceiling. The remainder of the first-place votes went to Senators Marco Rubio and Ted Cruz, who continue to hover in the top tier of the GOP Rankings.

🔴⚪️🔵 USA TODAY’s GOP Power Rankings is published Tuesday mornings generally before 11am weekly. There are some 32 professional political analysts, academics, and pollsters that meet meet each week and cast their Votes for 1st, 2nd, 3rd… place holders for the GOP Republican Candidates. This is very dis-similar to Real Clear Politics’ summary of the Poll Results for all the actual Major Polling organizations. The thirty two GOP Power Ranking participants review the polling data, assess the press events of the week, and consider the major Media coverage for the candidates. To view the current GOP Power Rankings go to this Link: http://onpolitics.usatoday.com

🔴⚪️🔵 This is the Link to Real Clear Politics publication of the current polling data: http://www.realclearpolitics.com/epolls/2016/president/us/2016_republican_presidential_nomination-3823.html

🔴⚪️🔵 USA TODAY’s GOP Power Rankings is published Tuesday mornings. There are some 32 professional political analysts, University Professors, former Republican candidates, former Republican National Committee executives and Pollsters as listed below:

🔴⚪️🔵 Address for Monmouth University’s Current Poll: http://goo.gl/QzWEi2 Address for all Monmouth University’s Poll Reportshttp://www.monmouth.edu/university/monmouth-university-poll-reports.aspx

🔴⚪️🔵 Lets Play the Game of Elimination. Lets play the Game of Candidate Politics. I have my “eliminations” as of October 28, 2015. See the Graphic Image ABOVE. The Game I’m playing is to “X” Out the candidates that I don’t believe will either (A) become the Republican Nominee, or (B) the Candidates that I am not pleased with for a variety of reasons. Its just my opinion… No scientific basis… strictly based on personal impressions, observing all the Media broadcasts and Poll results. Displayed ABOVE are my current eliminations. Every Week or so, I will update the graphic either by Erasing an “X” or by X’ing Out one or more Candidates. YOU should do the same to stay focused on this important election-cycle

🔴⚪️🔵 🔴⚪️🔵 🔴⚪️🔵 🔴⚪️🔵 🔴⚪️🔵 🔴⚪️🔵 🔴⚪️🔵 🔴⚪️🔵 🔴⚪️🔵 🔴⚪️🔵

Rudy Giuliani was the Leader in all Polls every week for many months in 2008, then crashed as the first State Primaries began. This bit of history is brought into focus, as the MEDIA is desperate to declare a winner with TRUMP. Unfortunately, with this weeks polls CARSON is leading in three Polls for the IOWA straw poll.

Ben Carson has surpassed Donald Trump, as Carson now Leads the Republican field in a National Poll for the race for the nomination in the latest CBS News/New York Times National Poll with 26% of Republican primary voters back Carson, giving him a 4% edge over Trump (22%). Support for Carson has quadrupled since August.

Name Recognition likely supersedes Policy considerations, due to the huge number of candidates that are on the ballot, when the pollsters read all the names in their preference polling. Several Weeks ago (see below) we reported that in a Heat-To-Head Poll, RUBIO beats TRUMP by a wide margin, as did CARSON, not so for BUSH, who lost to Trump. We believe that the excitement about Trump is tarnishing as he continues to criticize his opponents; this blustering may be entertaining for a while, but wears thin by many. We believe, this trend represents the beginning of a Poll-Ceiling for Trump. With two more Republican Debates coming this week and next week, CNN followed by FOX’s debate, by mid-November the Polling numbers will surely change.

Rudy Giuliani’s 2008 presidential campaign began following the formation of the Draft Giuliani movement in October 2005. The next year, Giuliani opened an exploratory committee and formally announced in February 2007 that he was actively seeking the presidential nomination of the Republican Party. At the onset of the campaign, Giuliani had held a significant lead in the nationwide polls by January 2007. His runner up in the polls, Senator John McCain, had his candidacy falter, and throughout 2007, Giuliani maintained his lead in both national polls and fundraising.

Rudy Giuliani was the Leader in all Polls, every week for many months in 2008, then his poll results crashed as the first State Primaries began. This bit of history is brought into focus, as the MEDIA is desperate to declare a winner presently with TRUMP or CARSON. Unfortunately the trend has broken, with this weeks polls, as CARSON is leading in three Polls for the IOWA straw poll. my personal opinion, neither Trump nor Carson will be the republican Nominee, as the primary voters will regain their senses and pick a more traditional candidate.

Political observers predicted that Giuliani’s position would fall, either due to Republican base voters discovering his liberal positions on certain social issues, his personality, management style or the entrance of former Senator Fred Thompson into the race. Giuliani did not campaign actively in the early voting states, hoping to simply survive in these states, and focused instead on the later, larger states. He campaigned in Florida throughout the primary season, hoping a win in the state’s primary on January 29, 2008, would give him enough momentum to win the primaries on Super Duper Tuesday (February 5), where he had also campaigned heavily. After finishing third in the Florida primary, Giuliani’s campaign indicated he would withdraw from the race. On January 29, 2008, Giuliani exited the race and endorsed the eventual Republican nominee John McCain.

Rudy Giuliani: said: “We learn how to be leaders,” he said, explaining how lessons learned during his life helped him run New York City, especially dealing with the personal experience of having prostate cancer. “You try to relate how to run a business, government or organization with how to deal with a crisis in life,” he said, engaging the audience as he walked around the large stage and emphasized his points with hand gestures. The first of his principles of good leadership was to have a set of beliefs. “Too many politicians make decisions based on opinion polls,” said the popular politician. “They do that to reflect what you think.” He said that was the opposite of leadership. “That’s not a leader,” he said. “That’s an actor.”

Primary Politics and Polls: these articles “cut through the hype” and give to you a “Cliffs Notes” styled fast-facts-display with succinct analysis of the Candidates’ Polling Performance, including our editorial remarks. At the end of the current article is a divider labeled “Previously Reported,” thereunder is the content of last week’s article for easy reference and convenience.

🔴 Real Clear Politics publishes a listing of poll results on their website that lists all recent, respectable National and State Polls. The graphics below display the polls and computes an average of the 5 most recent Polls through October 18th, 2015.

🔴 National Polls vs. State Polling. It is believed at this mid-point in the Primary Campaigns, Local Polling may be less reliable by delivering sporadic results. Accordingly, we are focusing our attention onto the National Polling results. By mid-December, with less than 8 weeks until the first State Primaries in February: IOWA followed by NEW HAMPSHIRE, SOUTH CAROLINA and NEVADA, we will turn our focus onto Head-to-Head Polling results by State geography, and Nationally. Displayed below is a table showing each State’s Primary through June, 2016.

🔴 Republican Presidential Nomination Process. During February there will be 4 GOP State Primaries: Iowa, New Hampshire, Nevada, and South Carolina. During March, 2016 “Super Tuesday” is THE day, held on March 1st, where 13 States hold their Primaries, followed four days later with another 13 State Primaries from March 5th through March 25. Therefore by April 1st, some 30 states, more than half the Country will have counted their Republican Delegates “pledged” to the 2016 Republican Convention held in Cleveland, Ohio.

🔴 A Republican Presidential Nominee becomes the Nominee once a candidate receives 1,144 delegate votes, at the Convention held on July 18 through 21st; Otherwise there will be a 2nd ballot, a 3rd ballot… This multiple-balloting is termed a “Brokered Convention” where the Nominee is “brokered.” The most recent brokered convention occurred in 1948 in effort to select one of three candidates, Thomas Dewey, Robert Taft or Harold Stassen. There were 3 separate ballots at the Republican National Convention to pick their nominee. Dewey finally won the Republican nomination; however, Dewey lost to Harry S Truman in the subsequent national election.

🔴 Real Clear Politics (RCP) displays and tabulates Polling Results periodically reported by the leading polling organizations, locally and nationally. Some of the most asked questions, when reviewing polling data are as follows. As Trump is the current Front-Runner, the comparisons are anchored to Trump’s performance.

(A) How is TRUMP performing in recent weeks
(B) How is TRUMP performing now in comparison several weeks ago
(C) How will TRUMP perform in the Polls in future weeks
(D) How will Candidates emerge as Trump’s Poll trend continues.

🔴 (A) How is TRUMP performing in recent weeks? Examining the polls during the past month, and in particular the recent two weeks, TRUMP’s polling results appear to be trending downward. Looking at the first 18 days of October polling, TRUMP’s Poll-data for the current 5 national polls conducted from 10/1 through 10/18 are 27%, 27%, 25%, 24%, and 17%, for an average of 24%. TRUMP’s polling results trend is trending downward. However, an 18 Day snapshot does not make a breakaway candidacy.

🔴 (B) How is TRUMP performing now in comparison several weeks ago? September 10th the ABC/Washington Post poll had TRUMP at 33% leading Carson by 13%. Apparently polling at or near 33% represents Trumps’ apparent polling Ceiling. It may be that Trump’s blustering attacks and insults are “taking a toll” on his popularity. Within 14 days, on September 24th Trump’s polling results came down to 21% according to the highly respected Bloomberg Poll. Note, a benefit of Real Clear Politic’s polling data presentation, they report each Poll’s results with a Link to the detail of each Poll, and RCP presents an AVERAGE of recent Polls. Looking at these averages from time to time gives a more “accurate” view of Trends.

🔴 (C) How will TRUMP perform in the Polls in future weeks? Trump is leading the next best Candidate by only 2.6% [average of current polls]. Just 10 days before, Trump was up 6% on average, as compared to the next best candidate, and for three weeks ago Trump was leading by over 13% on average. Trumps polling results in sum are: 13% to 6% to 2.6%, the polling trend is down during a 5 week period. One may predict that by the end of October, the Republican “Field” may be Polling more evenly balanced, with the other Candidates receiving some of Trump’s followers, as Trump continues to alienate primary voters with his blustering insults.

🔴 Trump blamed Bush 43 for the 9/11/01 Attack this week, [now he’s walking his gaff back] yet offers nothing on how Trump would have made the USA safer to that attack. Its amazing how easy it is to be a “Monday Morning Quarterback” when one looks back 14 years. Trump is Not a Genius, but he is a “Bomb Thrower.”

🔴 Trump makes periodic ABSURD remarks to gain attention, then the MEDIA takes the BAIT, puts him on the AIR to explain himself, thus giving Trump another several DAYS of Headlines, and the MEDIA gets a Ratings boost, a tactic that is totally unfair to the legitimate Candidates. Even FOX is intimidated with Trump as they “pussy foot” around with their questioning, followed by weak followup questioning, as Trump side-steps the Issue.

🔴 FOX Business Channel’s Charlie Gasparino (Twitter: @CGasparino) is the only FOX commentator that has “TRUMP’s Number.” In sum, Gasparino says [paraphrasing] that the Trump Candidacy a huge publicity stunt, advancing the Trump brand, where if Trump Wins… Fine. However, if Trump slips in the polls, he’ll quickly Run for the Hills, with lots of publicity.

🔴 (D) How will Candidates emerge as Trump’s Polling trend continues? There are two factors for Viable Candies to emerge. Firstly, as Trump continues to drop in the Polls, some of his followers will move to other candidates. Also, as some of the Candidates that are Polling under 2% for the 4 to 6 weeks drop out. Its amazing that these 5 candidates continue to remain in the “Race” with an extremely low likelihood of becoming the Republican Nominee.

🔴 The Six “Low-Tier” Candidates cannot currently raise MONEY to make a meaningful run, really should get out of the Race so that attention is more finely focused on the remaining 7 candidates. Apparently these “Political Egos” are interfering with their intellect. It is unbelievable that the 6 Low-Tier Candidates remain in the Race, against all reasonable odds, considering that they are now having extreme difficulty raising campaign contributions, not to mention that their Polling Results are terrible.

1⃣ Graham @ 0.2%
2⃣ Pataki @ 0.4%
3⃣ Jindan @ 0.6%
4⃣ Santorum @ 0.6%
5⃣ Christie @ 1.8%
6⃣ Paul @ 2.8%

🔴 Another Point to Contemplate. Weeks ago dating back to August, the Major Networks were covering Trump in an unprecedented fashion, likely because of his “celebrity” status, and ratings. There were occasions that the Networks would interrupt prime-time programming to cover Trump campaign events, with no commercial breaks for an hour or so, as if his campaign-event was a Presidential Press Conference… Recently, Trump’s “wall to wall” free coverage has settled down. Apparently, Trump’s “shine” is beginning to “tarnish” as folks no longer find his blustering insults interesting nor entertaining, and are turning to another Channel when Trump appears. Recently Trump has blamed George Bush 43, for the 9.11 Attack, how absurd is that, a Crazy statement for sure, but a very smart MEDIA Trap.

🔴 Examine Real Clear Politics summary of Polling Averages for the period of October 1st through October 18th. Firstly, Trump and Carson lead the group capturing 45% of the vote combined, both are outside the polls 3.5% typical margin-of-error.

🔴 ABC/Washington Post Poll. When examining this poll it surveyed 1001 individuals; however, the sampling was a “random national survey.” This means that there were no qualifications applied to those surveyed, as to whether the respondents were registered Republicans, Democrats, or Independents, Voted in the 2012 election, whether or not they intend to vote this election cycle.

🔴 Random Sample polling tends to reflect “name recognition” and current Media coverage, rather than “candidate policy views and preferences.” Therefore, random poll data is not as reliable in predicting actual primary voter trends. The Media oftentimes Reports the Headlines stats, but do not dig into the details and footnotes of the polling data. Scientific Polling takes into account this criteria, rendering a better snap-shot of voter preferences.

🔴 The Next 6 Viable Republican Candidates shows movement between each. RUBIO is showing a slow but steady climb in the polls, a few candidates are loosing support, and the bottom two, Kasich and Christie remain below 3% for too many weeks..

🔴 Rubio has steadily moved Up to 10.3% now in 3rd Place
🔴 Cruz is now polling at 8.0%, support down 20% from a peak of 10%
🔴 Bush is now polling at 8.0%, support is down 55% from a peak of 22%
🔴 Fiorina is now polling at 6.5%, support is down 60% from a peak of 15%
🔴 Kasich is now polling at 2.8% down from a peak of 6%
🔴 Christie is now polling at 2.0% down from a peak of 6%

🔴 Money Talks in Presidential Politics. Once Candidates have Difficulties raising Money, they Fade, its that Simple. The current 14-Candidate Republican Presidential Field, is destined to shrink SOON, as six Republican candidates are spending More Money than they Raised in the 3rd quarter of 2015. A Half-Dozen candidates had burn-rates of Over 100%, including Four of the initial Presidential Debaters, as well as Kentucky Senator Rand Paul and former Arkansas Governor Mike Huckabee. The nearly invisible former New York Governor George Pataki had the worst burn-rate at 226%, which means for every $1.00 raised, Pataki spent $2.26. South Carolina Senator Lindsey Graham and Rand Paul were not far behind, with burn rates of 188% and 181% respectively. Louisiana Governor Bobby Jindal, Mike Huckabee and former Pennsylvania Senator Rick Santorum also had burn rates over 100%, which means that they too will soon run out of Money, particularly with their current poor-polling results.

🔴 These 6 Republican candidates are finding that they do not have enough Supporters to fund the basic Operating Costs of their Campaigns. These cash-starved candidates are struggling just to cover their

(A) Travel Expenses
(B) Staff Salaries, and the
(C) Costs of keeping Campaign Offices open.

Jeb BUSH has been drastically cutting staff salaries, it was reported recently. Even this former front-runner, is also experiencing near negative cash-flows. The Governors of Texas and Wisconsin both exited the Presidential Primary race due to sudden and significant Negative Cash-Flows.

🔴 Negative Cash-Flow Candidacy have but Two Choices. Either Experience massive personal-debt, which mounts very fast, or drop-out Fast – Rick Perry and Scott Walker, exited the race FAST several weeks ago. At Scott Walker’s exit address to the Public, his loyal Staffers & Supporters, Walker encouraged the low-tier Candidates to “step aside and get out of the race” so that the primary voter’s attention may focus on the Viable Candidates.

🔴 Unfortunately Political Egos run Deep, as they hear only what they want to hear… oftentimes appearing to follow the pack with “Blind Ambition.” Apparently, its depressing for politicians to face sudden failure, as their messaging is not resonating with voters. When the messaging fails, the polls drop, and financing evaporates quickly.

🔴 Santorum Polled at 1% in the National Polls in 2012, however Won the IOWA Caucuses three months later. Santorum lagged in the polls for all of 2011 until he surged in the week before the Iowa caucuses, propelling him to a very narrow victory over Mitt Romney in the first State contest of the presidential primaries. Santorum’s presidential hopes received another boost when he surprisingly swept all three Primaries held on February 7, 2012, in Minnesota, Missouri, and Colorado. On April 10, 2012, Santorum announced the suspension of his campaign. However the Bottom Line, although winning 11 State Primaries, he had no chance of becoming the 2012 Republican Nominee. Its not likely that he will gain much traction in this election cycle.

🔴 Political Elite Analysts are searching for a Narrative. Recall in the early weeks of the Republican Presidential Primary Campaigns, this election-cycle, 2016 is The Year of the Governors, those candidates that ran State governments. Well that narrative went down in Flames, as all the Republican governors are Polling into Single Digits, with many under 3%.

🔴 What’s the Media’s Next Political NARRATIVE… The Media said that 2016 is the “The Year of the Governors,” well this didn’t fit. Then the Media said its “The Year of the Outsiders” this too doesn’t appear to be working, as their polling numbers are faltering, except for Carson. However, even Carson peaked at 24% and now settling at 17%, and Trump peaked at 33% and now has settled to 23%. If these two front-runners polling drops further, other candidates will pick up support. We will be watching for this possibility.

Regardless, of how the Media and their Talking Heads attempt to label the Political Narrative, the Public is a lot smarter than they are given credit for… as new Top-Tier Candidates will emerge and come into fine focus in the next 6 weeks. Recently, Karl Rove reported, in the last two “Presidential Primary Cycles, 2012, and 2008,” front-runner status changed 5 times or more, before the February State primaries. If 2016 functions similarly to prior campaigns we may have 2 or 3 new “Front Runners.”

🔴 The Political Elite Talking Heads and the Networks have changed their Narrative to this is The Year of the Outsiders, in attempt to explain the recent change of the polling results. It seems that this “outsider narrative” is facing some erosion too, as Carlie Fiorina, Ted Cruz, and Jeb Bush, Huckabee’s polling are cratering too. The only remaining “Outsider” who is only a 5 year Senator from Florida, Marco RUBIO is steadily climbing in the Polls.

🔴 CARSON and TRUMP, what’s in their Future, with their Polling Results. IMHO, spoken as a non-political scientist, Carson and Trump’s polling is likely to settle into the mid-teen percentages in the next few weeks, as their “sparkle and celebrity” wears-off. During these next 4 weeks all the candidates will be faced with answering questions about Policy and Solutions, which requires a change in focus from Problem Blustering to Viable Solutions.

🔴 The Question Remains… In the quiet of the day, Firstly, who do you really think can be the next Republican President, and Secondly, who will be the most Viable Candidate to run against the Democratic Party’s candidate. It has been reported by insiders of the Hilary Campaign, that they fear RUBIO the most, if he emerges as THE candidate, for her to face. A Trump vs Hiliary debate could garner sympathy as he attacks her… Imagine a Rubio vs Hiliary Debate, with his surgical slicing and dicing of her rhetoric, spoken from a conservative perspective.

🔴 Four weeks ago, many were predicting the demise of Donald Trump. Today, his grip on the GOP nominating contest seems as strong as ever. However, with an apparent ceiling of about 25%. Twenty-One of the USA TODAY 30 Political Experts that are surveyed each week, gave first-place marks to Trump this week, his highest total since Week 3 of the Power Rankings survey. Trump’s candidacy appears to be making the transition from an upstart spectacle to a real presidential campaign. Part of Trump’s return to dominance is that his challengers keep losing traction. Carly Fiorina took over first place in the GOP Power Rankings after the second Republican debate, but she has quickly faded. “Fiorina failed to build on debate success,” said Carl Leubsdorf of The Dallas Morning News. She had 13 first-place votes from our panel in Week 4. This week, she had none.

🔴 Marco Rubio received 4 first-place votes and Ben Carson received 3 first-place votes, as both remain in the hunt. Rubio was not helped by questions by the media about exactly how much money he raised in this third quarter Election’s Commission Filing. This is a ridiculous issue as all Candidate’s Fund Raising activities and expenditures are in the Public Record. Candidates at the bottom of the GOP rankings have largely remained in place for two months, raising questions about how long they can last. “The race is settling into a top tier, and the rest are struggling for campaign dollars,” said Henry Barbour. “The field could thin after the Oct 28 and Nov. 10 debates. Cash flow is becoming a Huge issue for many campaigns.” The immediately below will take you directly to USA TODAY’s GOP Power Ranking. Each Week USA TODAY updates their rankings, therefore for Next Week ‘s GOP Power Ranking go to: http://onpolitics.usatoday.com and click onto the Power Ranking tab for the current week’s results and dialog.

http://onpolitics.usatoday.com/2015/10/20/republican-power-rankings-trump/

🔴 RUBIO vs TRUMP • Rubio Wins in Two Man Race: 50% to 43% • Presidential Primary Race • 2015 • October 6th 🔴

🔵 Head-to-Head Match-ups • TWO Candidate match-ups • This is the Polling statistic that has meaning. With 15 currently in the Republican primary “Race,” trying to make any sense of the Polling Percentages of each is a “Fools Errand.” However, lets limit the Polling Question in this way, “Vote for One of these Two Candidates.”

🔵 Public Policy Polling (PPP), conducts very comprehensive polls. In their current polling data, PPP asked about preferences for all the candidates in the group, AND a separate section comparing TWO man races, to see how various candidates matchup against the “Front Runner” in the polls, to see how Trump performs against several Republican competitors.

🔵 It would not be practical for PPP to ask how each of the Top 6 candidates would matchup against each other as there would be over 200 possible combinations. The Poller and the Voter would be on the Polling Questionnaire for hours.

🔵 PPP has chosen to matchup the current Front-Runner against 3 or 4 of the other “viable” Candidates. By matching up several primary candidates that have been showing recent strength, or that have been in the Media with newsworthy events, will give the public and the campaign strategists signals if the Candidate’s “Messaging” is effective or not. Below are some interesting results.

🔵 RUBIO vs TRUMP, Rubio Wins in a Two Man Race: 50% to 43%
🔵 TRUMP vs BUSH, Trump Wins in a Two Man Race: 56% to 36

🔵 Public Policy Polling, the PPP Polls, below is the LINK to see their comprehensive 96 page report dated October 6, 2015. A Graphic is displayed below, which represents a single-page showing some interesting unreported data, that the Network NEWS has not Reported. The RUBIO head-to-head results is likely why Trump has been recently “pounding Rubio” every time Trump gets On Camera. PPP discovered that for the TWO Man races polled, Trump only wins against BUSH. However, Trump also looses against the other top three Republican contenders, Rubio, Carson and Fiorina. To view the full report go to this link: (PPP Link: http://goo.gl/0bA3ue)

🔴 Polling Results are assembled and evaluated, periodically (every 7 to 10 days) and editorialized from our “non-pollster” perspective. These reports show the most current Polling Results. Each Poll’s percentages are totaled and presented as an average corresponding to each candidate, displayed at the pop of the table.

🔴 TRUMP scores the highest percentage with 22% preference for his candidacy, using at the 3 most current Polls conducted. An interesting point, Trump’s polling results appear to be contracting or wobbling from 17% to the mid-twenties. Several weeks ago Trump was polling over 32%, where his current average polling stats average 22%. There is much debate from paid Political Analysts regarding Trump’s polling results. Many say, Trump’s “bullying, blustering, and insulting” remarks coupled with little Policy-speak, Trump’s “polling popularity” may have reached a ceiling. Trump may have difficulty in garnering polling results over current levels. Since we seem to be entering the “Policy Phase” of this primary season, Trump will have to deliver substantive responses for his positions; if not, his Polling results may drop further.

🔴 http://onpolitics.usatoday.com/2015/10/06/republican-power-rankings-week-6-trump-fiorina-rubio-carson/

🔴 RUBIO has been slowly but steadily Climbing to 11% in the Polling average. Of course the higher a candidate climbs in the Polls, the MEDIA attention becomes more focused onto the Candidate. In our opinion, this focus will benefit Rubio, as he has an excellent command of the important topics discussed, and delivers sincere, unscripted, energetic responses. Rubio’s robust and competent responses should garner confidence in his candidacy and delivery higher polling results.

🔴 There are 8 candidates polling over 3%, plus 7 candidates polling under 3%. For the 7 candidates polling under 3%, 4 candidates are polling under 1%; Accordingly, there remains too many candidates for the statistics to be meaningful. Until the number of candidates drops to 4 or 5 viable candidates, the pool non-Trump polling remains split into too many buckets. Simple math: Let’s take the non-Trump POOL of candidates (100% less Trump’s 22% = 78%), then divide 78% equally by 11 (all the other candidates over 1%) equates to 7.8% each.

🔴 Polling Results • Another Perspective View. Polling Organizations like PPP, ask many questions to qualify each potential Voter for the poll. For example, if the Poll assignment is an opinion-poll for Registered Republicans, the Poller will disqualify, non-registered voters and those leaning democratic. They also ask questions such as “If you were Voting Today which Candidate is your First Pick.”

🔴 Pollers may also ask “If you were Voting Today which Candidate is your Second Pick.” When looking at the 2nd Choice Picks by those being Polled, TRUMP does not perform to the level of his 1st Pick polling. RUBIO, Fiorina, Carson, Cruz all Poll better for 2nd Choice than does TRUMP. One may deduce, Trump has a “firm following” of 22%, but Trump is not polling well for the other 78% of the folks, that didn’t pick Trump as their 1st Pick.

🔴 CARSON and FIORINA are grouped together as their Polling results appear to have peaked with results wavering or showing signs of “steady” decline. Notice that with each new Poll Fiorina’s results are declining several points. Carson’s polling results are fluctuating up and down. After four subsequent weeks of polling results, these trends will develop further.

🔴 JEB BUSH is displaying steady Declines, with most of the Polling. Apparently, there are a number of Candidates in this political cycle that are out-performing Bush. These campaigns are lengthly, where early results are not necessarily definitive. However, as the saying goes…

🔵 You don’t get a Second chance at a First impression.

🔴 National Polls || State Polling. It is believed at this early point in the Campaigns, the Local Polling is less reliable delivering sporadic results. Therefore we will be focusing our attention onto the National Polling. Mid-December, with less than 8 weeks until the first State Primary, IOWA then NEW HAMPSHIRE, we will focus on Head-to-Head Polling results by State geography.

🔴 Real Clear Politics publishes comprehensive polling results onto their website that lists all recent National and State Polling results. The graphic below displays the polls through October 4th, 2015.

🔴 Real Clear Politics graphical presentation of the recent National Polls is displayed below. Notice that this chart has been trimmed to show only the TOP 3 Presidential Candidates. However, to see their entire panel of candidates click onto this Link: http://goo.gl/0OWZge

🔴 IBD/TIPP Poll has an established proven track-record for Best Polling Accuracy, based on its performance in the past three presidential elections. In a comparison of the final results of various pollsters for the 2004 and 2008 elections, IBD/TIPP was the most accurate.New York Times has also concluded that IBD/TIPP was the most accurate among 23 Polling Organizations for the three weeks immediately preceding the 2012 elections.

🔵 Voting Matters, Primary Voting Matters, Primary Campaigns Matter

🔵 Public Policy Polling, the PPP Polls, below is the LINK to see the entire report. A Graphic is also displayed below, which represents a single-page showing some interesting unreported data, that the Networks have not mentioned.

🔵 Head-to-Head Match-ups, TWO Candidate match-ups, namely Vote for One of these Two Candidates: TRUMP vs BUSH, Trump Wins 56% to 36%; for TRUMP vs RUBIO, Rubio wins 50% to 43%. Take a look at the Page Below, Questions Q18, Q19, Q20, Q21.

🔵 To view the entire report go to this link
PPP Report’s Link to the 10/6/2015 Poll: http://goo.gl/0bA3ue
• PPP Link to main Polling site: http://www.PublicPolicyPolling.com/main/polls/

Please note that we will begin commenting on the Democratic Primary Campaigns, commencing mid-October with their 1st Democratic Primary Presidential Debate.

★★ Primary Campaigns ★ The 3 Phase Plan ★★

🔴 Primary Campaign Phases, 3-Phases, the 3P’s of Primary Campaigns. Professional Political Consultants say that primary campaigns have three basic phases, the PPP of primary politics.

🔴 Personality Phase, Policy Phase, Presidential Phase; Each Phase has a duration of roughly 10 weeks, and transitions to the next phase are based on Campaign Strategies, Presidential Debates, Current Events, and Media demands.

🔴 Personality Phase, the Policy Phase and the Presidential Phase. As a very Politically Interested citizen, I’m certainly not an expert in political science. However, here’s my take on what’s going on this political season. As polling results are published we will attempt to give our “man on the street” interpretation and possible reasoning for the outcomes, leading for the next series of polls.

🔴 Professionals in the Political arena say that the lead for the Candidates will change 5 or 6 times before we get into the first State Primaries starting in February, 2016.

🔴 Personality Phase. The 1st Phase of Political Campaigns, the first time-traunch, is considered the “Personality Phase.” In this 1st Phase the candidates are introducing themselves (or re-introducing themselves) to the political primary audience of the respective political parties, even though the candidates may already be generally known; however, these Presidential hopefuls have now launched their candidacy, and the folks are beginning to take notice. In this 1st Phase, the candidates are focusing on having the public get to know each other, as presidential candidates, in effort to increase their “likability” and decrease their “negatives.” With this current 2015 Primary season, the “Personality Phase” has been running strong for about 10-12 weeks.

🔴 Policy Phase. The 2nd Phase of Primary Campaigns. Now that the Personality Phase is coming to an end (hopefully), the Candidates eventually (now) have to turn their attention to Policy Issues that face the Nation domestically (Economy, Jobs, Boarder Security, Health Care, plus other domestic issues) and externally (World affairs, National Security, Mid-East, National Defense, and other global concerns).

🔴 CNN hosted 2nd Presidential Debate. You may have noticed during the 2nd Presidential Debate hosted by CNN, the moderators focused the second-half of the debate to National Security issues, War, Peace, Iraq, Iran, Syria, Israel, Libya, North Africa… It was interesting that TRUMP was very quiet (surprisingly, 30+ minutes of silence) during the National Security questioning. Trump apparently has not taken the time to become adequately briefed in world affairs. Donald admits “… I get most of my information about World Affairs from News Reports.”

🔴 RUBIO was Actively Participating with the National Security questioning in the CNN Debate, as he is very knowledgable about matters relating to our National Security and the threats that face the Nation. In stark contrast to Trump, RUBIO is currently a Sitting Member of two very important Senate Select Committees, the Foreign Relations Committee and the Intelligence Committee. This Issues-based 2nd Phase will likely take the Campaigns through the end of November, 2015. Link to the Senate Select Committees: http://goo.gl/bVqjyT. It will be interesting to hear the Candidates articulate their Policy views during this 2nd Phase of the Campaigns. The 2nd Phase separates the Confident Policy Leaders from the Blusters and the Clueless, and the Talkers from the Doers.

🔴 The Presidential Phase, the 3rd Phase of the Political Campaign. Can the Voters actually visualize this Candidate as The President of the United States. This 3rd Phase of Primary Campaigns is an extremely important period of time. This is the time that Primary Voters are digesting the impressions obtained from their “favorite presidential candidates” assimilated from the previous two phases of the campaigns. Accordingly, the Candidates are drawing together their Personality and Policy strengths using succinct messaging at News Interviews and as displayed by there Paid Advertising. Hopefully, the number of viable candidates will reduce from 16 to 6 or less. Voters are competent as a Group.

Voters can Pick the Best from the Rest.

🔴 Polling Results delivers Important Indicators for Campaigns, as it provides signals to the Campaigns whether or not their “messaging” is effective. Polling also provides signals to the political Contributors, as to whether (or not) to (continue) support their candidate. It is not believable that all or most Contributors require some form a “quid pro quo” from their Candidate in exchange for their financial support. In making political contributions with Money (and/or Effort) to Campaigns, whether for Democrats or Republicans, from JF Kennedy, Reagan, Bush, to Obama, most expected nothing in return. Contributions are made because it is believed the Candidate most closely paralleled our beliefs for the important matters. TRUMP touts his political canard, that he is beholden to no one, as he’s self financing his campaign. Baloney.

🔴 IBD/TIPP latest October 1st, 2015 POLL shows TRUMP in 2nd, which is 7% behind Ben Carson, outside the ±5% MOE, margin of error. Donald Trump has continuously boasted that he’s “leading every poll and in most cases with BIG margins. “Not the case anymore, Donald!

🔴 Nationwide IBD/TIPP October 1st survey found that 24% of Republican Primary Voters are backing Carson, compared with 17% who say they support Trump. Marco Rubio came in 3rd with 11%. RUBIO’s polling results are particularly good news, as he has been steadily climbing in recent polling, with reported excellent performances in the last 2 Presidential Debates, the 1st Debate moderated by FOX, and the 2nd moderated by CNN.

🔴 Real Clear Politics publishes comprehensive polling results onto their website (http://goo.gl/0OWZge) that lists all recent National and State Polling results. The graphic below displays the polls through October 5th, 2015.

🔴 Real Clear Politics graphical presentation of the recent National Polls is displayed below. Notice that this chart has been trimmed to show only the TOP 7 Presidential Candidates. However, to see their entire panel of candidates click onto this Link: http://goo.gl/0OWZge

🔴 Rubio is Polling Nationally in 3rd place at 11%, and Carly Fiorina 4th place at 9%. Jeb Bush, months ago was considered a prohibitive favorite, ranked in 5th place with only 8% support. Those who say they remain “Undecided” rests at 9%. As time progresses, the Undecideds will decrease, and the Leaders will be more defined as the unpopular Candidates drop out of contention.

🔴 With the current Crowded Field of Republican Presidential hopefuls, it is difficult for candidates to mount large statistical leads. However, Trump apparently has accumulated true supporters plus the “anti-establishment” crowd which is currently Shrinking with Time.

🔴 IBD/TIPP Poll has an established proven track-record for Best Polling Accuracy, based on its performance in the past three presidential elections. In a comparison of the final results of various pollsters for the 2004 and 2008 elections, IBD/TIPP was the most accurate.New York Times has also concluded that IBD/TIPP was the most accurate among 23 Polling Organizations for the three weeks immediately preceding the 2012 elections.

🔴 Rubio is among the Highest Group for the Combination of 1st Choice plus 2nd Choice. An interesting Read of the Polling Results. One measure of the polling data is to look deeper into the polling results, to see which Candidates have been selected 1st Choice Pick, and which candidate is their 2nd Choice. If you Add the Candidate’s 1st choice picks with their 2nd Choice picks, TRUMP falls to deeply into the Crowd, as few select Trump as their 2nd choice candidate.

🔴 IBD/TIPP’s current scientific poll of October 1st, 2015 POLL, conducted for the period from Sept. 26 to Oct. 1, included 377 registered voters who are Republican or Registered Independents, who lean toward the Republican Party, with a margin of error of ±5% points, also referred to as a MOE of ±5%.

🔴 Understanding Polling Results, and using a MOE of ±5%. Since Carly Fiorina is currently at 9% and Jeb Bush is polling at 8%, they are within the ±5% MOE and are considered to be “Statistically Tied” although the Networks hardly ever mention who are statistically tied. Further since, Carson is 7% higher than Trump, Carson is clearly higher in the Polls because their polling results differ by an amount greater than the Poll’s declared MOE of ±5%.

🔴 Polling Organizations declare their poll’s margin of error, along with the Polling Data. Generally speaking, the greater the number of participants in the polling data, the lower the margin of error. The scrutiny applied to selecting the participants, their geography, and previous voting trends, help to reduce the margin of error.

🔴 Understanding and Interpreting Polling Data is a very complex topic. True scientific polling requires careful selection of the participants, their voting experience, age grouping, geography, political preferences, etc. This Link provides to you the methodology and other matters regarding PEW Research Polling. http://goo.gl/AMR2yz

🔴 Has TRUMP Peaked? Other polls show Trump’s support slipping in recent weeks. The Real Clear Politics average of six national polls shows him falling 7.2% from 30.5% to 23.3% during the last half of September. That average does not include the IBD/TIPP findings, which would bring the figures down a bit further.

🔴 “Things appear to be catching up with Trump on multiple fronts,” said Raghavan Mayur, president of TechnoMetrica Market Intelligence, which conducts IBD’s monthly poll. “In addition to facing increasing attacks from other candidates, Trump’s boycott of Fox News may have set him back,” Mayur said, noting that the poll was being conducted during Trump’s self-imposed hiatus. Think about all the Free-Press FOX News was unfairly giving TRUMP.

🔴 TRUMP was asked on CNBC recently about Donald’s slipping poll numbers… Trump said that “if I fell behind badly, and the media stopped inviting me to appear… I would certainly get out.” Carson’s gain comes after his controversial remarks on “Meet the Press” that he couldn’t support a Muslim for president. Rubio’s third-place standing shows he has gained considerable ground since the second GOP debate. But Fiorina, who was widely seen as having won the CNN debate, has been unable to capitalize on the media’s view of the Debate with Republican Primary Voters.

🔴 Marco Rubio has overtaken Donald Trump and secured second place for the first time in USA TODAY’s weekly GOP Power Rankings. Each week ask about 30 political experts from around the country who they think is the strongest candidate in the Republican field. Trump dominated in the first weeks of our survey. But last week, after a strong debate performance, Carly Fiorina knocked Trump from first place,

🔴 USA TODAY’s weekly GOP Power Rankings. Each week USA TODAY GOP Power Rankings asks 30 Political Experts from around the Country who these 30 Experts think is the strongest candidate in the Republican field. Trump dominated First Place for the first 3 weeks of their surveys.

🔴 This week RUBIO knocked out TRUMP out of Donald’s second place seat, based in part on RUBIO’s good post-debate performances with the Media and his Campaigning, and the fading of several other candidates. However, in the previous week (week 4) after a strong CNN debate performance, Carly Fiorina knocked Trump from first place held (Week 3). Click onto this Link to see the Current Week’s Results, as each Week this USA TODAY’s weekly GOP Power Rankings is updated. http://goo.gl/DHl1n6

🔴 USA TODAY GOP Power Rankings • Updated Weekly http://goo.gl/DHl1n6



Pleased you’re reading, with some 95,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

Apple 12.9″ iPad-PRO Challenges Traditional PCs & LapTops on Friday November 13th • PreSales begin November 11th 🍎🍎🍎

1447084658.jpg

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro 12.9″ High Resolution, High Power iPad is now Ready for Prime Time to Challenge PCs, LapTops, focused on the Enterprise & Education Markets.

🍎 iPad PRO is available for Sale Friday, November 13, 2015 at Apple Stores in 40 Countries, plus Network Retailers such as AT&T, Sprint, and Verizon, their on-line pre-Orders began Wednesday, Nov 11th, Retailers are now accepting on-line orders. A current look at Apple.com’s on-line Store shows (as of Today 11/12):

Shipping Dates of Nov 24 through Nov 27 as the Fastest Delivery dates for an added $10 fee, or save the Fee to get Free Delivery of Nov 27 – Dec 1st.

🍎 iPad PRO Presentation Video: Apple produced a movie giving an impressive view of the Look & Feel of the new iPad PRO; a worthy minute view: http://goo.gl/x7DyIM

Have $1000 to spend on a PC?? The iPad PRO is Perfect as a Communication Tool, On-line web-Browsing is the best, (or any sized iPad to suit your portability needs). Surely, once you Browse the WEB with iPad’s touch-screen… You’ll Never go back to a “PC.” iPad PRO with its Brilliant 5.6MP Display, its Power and Speed, is everything you’ll need. But, if you’re an AutoCad Architect or a Commercial Video Editor, then a $5k Tower may be for you.

I think if you’re looking at a PC, why would you buy a PC anymore? No really, why would you buy one?” “Yes, the iPad PRO is a replacement for a notebook or a desktop for many, many, many people. They will start using an iPad and conclude they no longer need to use anything else, other than their iPhones….” so says Tim Cook, CEO, Apple, Inc.

Its the Software Stupid. The iPad is supported with Thousands of outstanding Apps, transforming your iPad into a high resolution Document Scanner, Automobile Co-Pilot, Point-to-Point Mapping, directions, real-time ETA to your Destination, a HDTV Movie Maker, Picture Taker, Image Editor… Remember, “computers” and particularly iPads are just packages of high-technology, but with the Apps (software) the iPad truly comes “alive.”

CUPERTINO, California — November 9, 2015 — Apple® today announced iPad Pro™ is available to order online on Wednesday, November 11, from Apple.com and will arrive at Apple’s retail stores, select carriers and Apple Authorized Resellers starting later this week. Apple Pencil™ and Apple’s new Smart Keyboard, also available to order on Wednesday, bring breakthrough levels of precision and utility to iPad Pro.

http://www.apple.com/pr/library/2015/11/09Epic-12-9-inch-iPad-Pro-Available-to-Order-Online-Wednesday-Arrives-in-Stores-Later-This-Week.html

🍎 Apple iPad-PRO designed as a 12.9″ iPad “Retina” high-resolution display offering a 5.6 million pixel display, with a pixel dimension of 2732 by 2040 pixels, (recall the traditional iPad 5 with its 9.7″ retina-display, and iPad-mini retina display with its 7.9″ screen) both using Apple’s iOS9 operating system, which is a very High-power, Compact-code, Stable, Anti-virus, Malware-rejecting, and User Friendly, easy to use operating system. http://www.apple.com/ipad-pro/

🍎 iPad PRO, Everything You Wanted to Know, but did not want to watch the 2½ hour Media event last week. We’ve got it summarized in this Article. However, directly below is the Link in case you missed Apple’s Keynote Address announcing the New iPad PRO, the New iPhone 6S, and the New Apple TV: http://www.apple.com/apple-events/september-2015/

🍎 There is Magic behind all of the iPads due to their “Ease of Use” + “Power” + “Stability” due to the iOS9 operating system contained therein. Couple iOS9 with the Apple’s huge array of Apps, (literally hundreds of thousands) these high resolution touch-screen iPads, are transformed into efficient Communications and Productivity tools.

🍎 iPad is My Go-To Tool for almost Everything. One thing that Marilyn and I have experienced, for Writing, Social Networking, eMails, Viewing Videos and Pictures, there is no better device than the iPad. I’m not a “Gamer” but I’m told the iPad is the best device for games of all types. Many folks have been buying a traditional PC, not realizing that for over 90% of all “computer” users, the iPad actually exceeds the requirements that they expected from a PC.

🍎 iPad PRO, takes the iPad to an advanced level of display fidelity and resolution, in addition to twice the onboard RAM memory, processing power, and graphics speed, Over 10 hours of Use between charges. Add to the iPad PRO, the Pencil, on-screen ultra high resolution drawing is Now.

🍎 Apple introduces a New Product every few years, that reinvents product[s], that redefines the industry standards of quality, functionality, and ease of use, for products we didn’t think we even needed. Apple did this in mid-2007 with the release of the first iPhone, even though there were a dozen smartphones available in an already crowded field of handhelds. In April of 2010 with Apple’s release of their first iPad, into a crowded field of existing “tablets.”

🍎 Apple has done it again with iPad Pro, with its announcement of the long-rumored and hotly anticipated iPad Pro… Yes, for a Huge percentage of the market-place, the iPad Pro represents a true PC Replacement, likely a reason that that global PC sales have yearly fallen by double-digits ever since the iPad was released in mid-2010.

🍎 Folks may say… “It’s just a Bigger iPad, so what’s the big deal…” In a few ways these folks are right, iPad PRO is surely a bigger iPad. However, as you’re about to learn, those folks are missing the point in many other ways.

🍎 iPad PRO is a Behemoth of a Device. With iPad PRO’s whopping 12.9″ Retina touch-screen display consisting of 2,048 pixels by 2,732 pixels, an ultra-high definition resolution… think about this resolution with this TV comparison. Being familiar with the readily available 50″, 60″ and 65″ High definition Flat Screen TVs for example, in many homes these days, represents an amazing level of clarity and fidelity while watching Live Sports broadcasts, its like being there…

🍎 iPad Pro Compared to a HDTV. One’s Flat Screen 50″, 60″, 65″, and now 70″ HDTV resolution is 1080 pixels by 2048 pixels, which equates to 2.2 million pixels for each HDTV video frame, shown at 30 to 60 frames per second, on your HDTV screen. The iPad Pro with its 5.6 million pixel resolution is more than Double HDTV resolution of 2.2 million pixels TV video frame. Imagine 5.6 million pixels compressed into a 12.9″ display, quite amazing, making the iPad Pro arguably the most pixel-dense, Cinematic Tablet display on planet earth.

🍎 iPad PRO, it’s not only the Pixel Count that makes the iPad Pro so special, it’s also the touch-screen’s display-size. Once you browse the internet with a touch-screen display, going back to a traditional PC is depressing. The iPad PRO provides roughly a 78% Screen-Size increase over the existing iPad Air’s 9.7″ Screen, thus exceeding all Netbook resolutions by far, and most if not all Laptop computers presently available.

🍎 iPad PRO represents a Package of Technological feats of unprecedented proportion, which provides to iPad PRO users, a very generous geography within which to conduct one’s Work, ultimately facilitating enhanced creativity, and productivity potentials to new heights. Couple the iPad Pro to Apple’s new $99 Pencil for incredible drawing and notation capabilities.

🍎 iPad PRO houses an array of impressive hardware components as well. At its core, is Apple’s custom designed 3rd generation A9X processor with its M9 motion coprocessor, coupled with 4GB of LPDDR3 ultra-high-speed RAM. This represents Two to Four times the RAM of all previous iPad iterations. iPad PRO’s infrastructure makes it comparable to, and in many cases, a more efficient and powerful specification than many desktop computers that are currently available.

🍎 iPad PRO features a unique 4 speaker-driver array, positioned at each corner of the iPad Pro, that “intelligently adapts” to the orientation of the iPad Pro is being held in your hands. This sound-system ensures that you’d be getting an immersive, premium audio experience at any orientation, when gaming, movie watching, video viewing, and tele-conferencing.

🍎 Apple iPad-PRO, the PRO-sized 12.9″ iPad, has true Multi-Tasking capabilities with the iOS9.1 to be released in November. Among things this means with the iPad PRO, folks may have Two separate Apps operating side-by-side simultaneously on the iPad PRO, a feature particularly important to Document Writers, Authors, Researchers, Enterprise users, and for a vast number of Educational purposes. Many Public Schools and Universities globally are providing for their Students pre-packaged iPads with Text Books.

🍎 Know this, I’ve been writing all my Articles (currently 693 articles have been published globally) using my trusty 128 GB, AT&T, Space Gray, traditionally sized 9.7″ display, iPad Air 2, coupled to Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, a $1000 package. To be sure, I will be upgrading to the iPad PRO coupled to either Apple’s new $169 Keyboard cover, or Logitech’s premium “CREATE” iPad PRO keyboard cover.

🍎 Apple iPad PRO engineers have been working with Logitech’s engineers months ago, apparently in effort to have Logitech’s Keyboard Cover available concurrently with the release of the iPad Pro this November. Other than one promotional image, Logitech has yet to fully disclose the full description and look to their new CREATE keyboard Product.

🍎 Logitech’s CREATE line for iPad PRO. Beautifully productive. Uniquely connected, and will be available the same [release] day as iPad PRO, sometime in NOVEMBER, 2015. Smart is beautiful, and with the new iPad Pro Smart Connector, it is also powerful. Logitech has been working closely with their friends at Apple to design the CREATE Keyboard, the perfect companion for Apple’s biggest, boldest iPad Pro.

🍎 CREATE is being branded as Logitech’s best iPad keyboard, which is [literally] powered by the iPad Pro via the iPad Pro’s Smart Connector. The keyboard never needs charging, as it draws power from the iPad Pro’s high capacity LiON battery. With a direct magnetic connection, the smart connector, the keyboard does not needs the traditional bluetooth pairing. Logitech’s CREATE will provide the world-class typing experience Marilyn and I have come to expect from Logitech.

🍎 When Writing a Paper or an Article on the Left-Side, for example, while simultaneously using Google Search on the Internet for research on the Right-Side, side-by-sde, or when writing an Academic Paper that requires mathematical calculations with Pages App on the Left-Side and simultaneously having the RLM’s 19BII Calculator App (operates and looks exactly like a hand-held HP-19B-II calculator) on the Right-Side to make the calculations… With Apple having their huge array of productivity Apps, being able to run Two APPS simultaneously will truly challenge one choosing traditional PC computers.

🍎 Pencil is a new iPad PRO accessory, for the iPad PRO Only, as the display is uniquely capable of “reading” the Pencil. This $99 item is capable of drawing, shading, fine lines, broad lines, with a sampling rate of 240 cycles per second for super-smooth drawing at the pixel-level. This is a revolutionary product, a reinvention of the electronic pencil, in that “systems” costing several thousand dollars have trouble competing with this wireless miracle wright and drawing instrument.

🍎 Apple delivering larger 12.9″ display is a perfect size to compete with the tasks generally performed on 13″ to 15″ laptops and many desktop computers, yet maintain the minimalistic footprint, light weight of 1.6 pounds, with a 10 hour all-day battery power. Combine the iPad Pro with a Logitech’s “Create” Keyboard Cover, transforms the iPad Pro into an UltraThin, lightweight, high power, high speed, touch-screen laptop with 4GB of RAM, 128 GB Storage, and LTE mobile and WiFi connectivity. So sad we have to wait until NOVEMBER for the Release.

🍎 LOGITECH UltraThin Bluetooth Keyboard. Presently I have the iPad Air 2 coupled to Logitech UltraThin Keyboard Cover, creates a perfect PC replacement, plus the added benefit of Touch-Screen which is a real plus for document editing… just touch the place on the document to edit, rather than “lousing” around with a mouse, a simple Tap onto a word for “spell-checking” and replacement.

🍎 iPad’s Touch Screen, there is no comparison when Internet Browsing with touch-screen capability… tap onto a link, and the display travels to the new web-site. When I use my 13″ Macbook Pro Laptop, I feel like my hands are tied, having to use the mouse-like touch-pad navigation below the key-board. IMHO, the Macbook will eventually incorporate touch-screens, or else MacBooks will eventually cease to grow sales.

🍎 Think about it, a large display iPad with an amazingly fast full featured iOS9, relatively inexpensive touch-screen design, coupled with a voluminous inventory of Application Software Apps, all optimized for Apple’s dynamic display that is Touch-Screen. Apple’s history has delivered Laptops in various sizes to meet the “Portability vs Utility Equation” requirements of their users of the 11″, 13″, 15″ and 17″ MacBooks. So it makes common sense that iPads will come in three flavors: 7.9″, 9.7″ and 12.9″ iPads.

Admittedly, as part of the rumor-mill; however, I must say that yours truly has been writing about the iPad Pro topic several years ago. Folks that know me are aware that I do 98.6 degrees of everything I write on my iPad Air2. However, with Apple delivering a super-charged 12.9″ iPad retina, I’ll be acquiring the iPad Pro, and will be in great shape come NOVEMBER to do my research, write articles for FAU4U2, and do my Photo-Editing and Video-Editing.

🍎 APPLE Please take Note: A few things that I miss migrating to the World of iOS8 and iOS9 is the lack of a MAC styled file-system, where one can find, search, retrieve a particular FILE or JPEG Image by name, date, type, or location. Presently in looking for a File or Document in the iOS World, I have to recall which APP was used to create or edit that file, then I have to go to that particular APP and open it to find the File or Image. The other missing file element, is the File Name. There is no apparent method to name a Picture-file and later search for the Image by name.

🍎 The Link below will take you to an article written by Linda Dong that compares Apple Pencil with Wacom’s Cintiq writing instrument systems: http://www.lindadong.com/blog//apple-pencil-vs-wacom-cintiq

🍎 Another target for the 12.9” iPad, is the educational market, enabling a beautifully display of digital-textbooks. This bigger display is better suited to replace traditional textbooks, just from a size stand point, and Apple with its supply-line partners, are also developing a new display technologies with less weight and less glare, more suited for use in classrooms.

🍎 This new iPad Pro, is a portable or desktop computing “game changer” as it employs the Apple iOS9 amazingly efficient operating system; that’s right… NOT an OSX laptop, but an iOS9 operating system platform, housed in a “super-charged” iPad-Pro with a huge 12.9″ Retina-display.

🍎 Using an exterior similar to the iPad Air’s foot-print scaled up to a 12.9″ display, the iPad Pro would be “supercharged iPad” with:

🍎 Touch-Screen Retina-Display, designed to challenge the Post PC traditional 13″ and 14″ LapTop computers

🍎 Apple 12.9″; iPad optionally housed within the clam-shell lid, by the After Market.

🍎 Apple will leave the ClamShell feature to the AfterMarketeers like LOGITECH and CLAMCASE.

🍎 The iPad Pro will redefine the PC Laptop-transition, just as the Apple iPad redefined the Tablet

🍎 In my humble opinion, Apple gets the message that Computing these days is more to do with Communications than Calculations, knowing the present-day PC laptop sales are eroding by about 15%/year, with tablet and phablet sales. Folks love iPad’s Communications capabilities, its Visuals, Web Browsing, Pictures & Video Viewing, combined with a highly compact, all-day powered, light weight design.

🍎 As the transition from the PC to the iPad becomes more profound, and assuming the iPad Pro is a super-charged robust iPad, many more Windows PC’ers would migrate to Apple; Conversly, If you want a more compact device, the iPad Air footprint is perfect, as I presently have with the Logitech UltraThin Keyboard Cover, discussed in another Article. If you want more horsepower, then the iPad-Pro described herein would satisfy this need; want even more power then the new 12″ retina MAC Book is it… Want even more Power, then the MAC Book Pro answers this need…

🍎 Apple’s Macbook laptops are designed with 3 Display sizes: 12″, 13″ and 15″. It is surely reasonable to have the iPad in 3 Display sizes, to serve eveyone’s needs. Apple in April, 2010 Apple released the initial iPad with what Apple believed to be the “Optimal 9.7” Display; Within 24 months the iPad grew to sales of about 50 million iPads/year, which is the iPad’s current sales rate.

🍎 November, 2012 Apple met the demand for a more-compact iPad Display, when it released the iPad mini; The iPad-mini’s is having incredible success; The iPad Air and the iPad-mini combined sales are about 65 million iPads/year.

🍎 Apple in October, 2015 is offering a One-Size-Up to a 12.9″ Display from the original iPad’s 9.7″ Display. After all, once the design of the iPad’s “Internal Electronic Package” is a complete package; however, an evolving package, configuring into 3-iPad footprints is a “relatively easy” task: 3-Enclosures, 3-Displays, 3-LiON Batteries, all housing the relatively consistent “Internal Electronic Package” although the iPad Pro will have a more robust electronics package, like 4GB of RAM. Leave it to the “After Market” enterprises to fill in the balance of Covers, Cases, Keyboard Cases…

🍎 Not sure which size iPad or alternative to get for yourself, here is a simple decision-tree to help you along the way.


Lets have a “Super-Charged” iPad…. the iPad-Pro:

🔷 more Hardware Connectivity, Lightning plus a Standard SD Picture Card slot (not happening)

🔷 more Memory say 4GB, (a Big Yes)

🔷 more Storage say 64GB and 128GB (thats a Big Yes).

🔷 more Connectivity say LTEx, LTE, 4G and 3G Cellular, optional $130 radio package to the WiFi a/b/g/n/ac bands, (This too a Big Yes)

🔷 faster Processor say 2GHz, coupled to (??)

🔷 more Real Estate: 12.9″ Touch-Screen Retina Display. (a Big Yes)

🔷 Improved Mathematics & Calculating capacity and VIDEO processing engine to the traditional iPad. (??)

🔷 Pricing for the Base model $599 which includes 64GB storage, 2GB RAM, A8 Processor at 3GHz, and priced up to $999 for the fully loaded 128GB, LTE/Cellular version.

🔷 I will be saving my dollars for the $999 iPad Pro for sure.

🔷 My plan, may be selling my iPad Air2 Retina, with 128GB to Gazelle, to help defray the cost of the iPad Pro. OR, I may retain my iPad Air to have the portable iPad retina, and the much larger iPad Pro for those more intense Desk-Top Image Editing, Video jobs, Spreadsheets, or simply a table-top iPad Pro, adding Logitech’s CREATE keyboard.


🔷 http://www.slashgear.com/iphone-5s-retina-2-and-ipad-maxi-the-latest-apple-rumor-grist-28283897/#disqus_thread


🔷 http://www.etnews.com/news/device/device/2774001_1479.html#ystfuv



Pleased you’re reading, as our readers 📚 thousands world-wide, gives motivation 📢 new topics published every day. Spread the Word 📬 to your friends, family, and associates; simply forward 📮 the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time 📅 I publish a story 📝 the WordPress system {not I} sends 📬 a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse readership of over 94,000 and growing by 2500/month, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 26 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named “Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing” as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a “Health Nut” for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release mid-year 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, I will be changing to it soon with 128GB of Storage and Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover; however, the WiFi only model. My thought is there are so many WiFi zones available these days, investing in the $130 LTE Cellular chipset upgrade is mitigated by my iPhone 5S with its “HOT SPOT” capability. Therefore, if I have migrated into non-WiFi area, or I desire a more Secure Internet Connection, its very easy to Activate my iPhone’s Hot Spot, which serves as a mini-router, accepting up to 5 WiFi enabled devices, for internet connectivity.

 

Watch2 Coming + Amazing 7 Million Watch Sold in First 6 Months • unSure about Watch • This Review May Tip the Scales in Your Favor ⌚️🍎⌚️🍎⌚️

1447011171.jpg

Watch achieves an amazing 7 Million units sold in its First 6 Months of availability. Marilyn and I have been using the Watch for 7 months. She paired it with the Milanese Band, and I choose the Stainless Steele Link Bracelet. We really like the style of the Watch, the choices of bands; we both chose the 38mm case size. However there is a larger 42mm version. Its been recently rumored that Watch2 may have a third larger 45mm version.

Watch2 Rumors. Watch completed its first 6 months of availability with over 7 million units sold. Many are looking forward to what the Watch2 may look like externally and internally. Since there is not much coming from the “supply-line” (the most accurate measure of rumor reliability) most of the internet chatter is likely wish-lists, rather than “reliable leaks.”

7 Million Watch Delivered in First 6 Months of Sales. This is quite a startling number, in light of the fact that the Watch was not in the retail stores for the first 2 months of the 6. Critics were saying that Watch was a “flop” in their reviews.

Consider this: Before Watch, 4 million smart-watches were sold in all of 2014; In 2015 Watch is selling over 300% more units on an annualized basis is startling, but not a surprise to us. Recall, 1 Million iPhones were sold (Apple’s 2007 new Product release) in its first 6 months of its release; 11 million iPhones were sold in 2008. That’s 18 million iPhones in its first 18 months of availability; Watch may sell over 36 million in its first 18 months.

Watch, Consider this: all Apple retail stores, all Target Stores, plus All Best Buy Stores, literally thousands of retail outlets, are selling Watch at a reported rapid pace. Knowing that North America and elsewhere is coming into its Holiday Season, its reasonable to forecast that more Watch sales will occur in its 2nd Six Month cycle as compared to its 1st Six month selling period. I’ll wager that 20 Million Watch will be sold in its First 12 months of availability, April 2015 through April 2016.

Watch Case Sizes The watch presently comes in two case sizes, 38mm and 42mm. Some folks like large watches, some prefer smaller designs, some wish there was an even larger model. Beauty is in the eye of the beholder. One thought on Case size. Watch display is very detailed and colorful. You do not need to select the larger 42mm for fear of not being able to see the 38mm display. Therefor, be free to pick either the 42mm or the 38mm Watch case size, because of the style you desire. We picked the 38mm case size because our traditional watches (now in retirement) have 32mm watch-cases, so we chose the smaller 38mm Watch design to more closely match decades of wearing smaller watches. Its been recently rumored that Watch2 may have a third larger 45mm version.

Watch2 Rumors. With the Watch completing its first 6 months of availability, many are looking forward to what the Watch2 may look like externally and internally. Since there is not much coming from the “supply-line” (the most accurate measure of rumor reliability) most of the internet chatter is likely wish-lists rather than actual rumored specifications.

Watch2 Enhanced with these New Features and Capabilities:

 Thinners, sleeker, lighter design, perhaps 7mm down from current 11mm
 Same Band-Connectivity, Strategic for Upgraders with multiple-bands
 Three sizes: 38mm, 42mm, plus a new 45mm version
 Display Bezel-Frame to be reduced for Larger effective Display Area
 The Internals, to contain its own resident GPS Chip
 Enhancements for Exercisers, full Tracking for Running, Jogging, Walking
 Full Exercise Biometric Computation without the need of your iPhone’s processor
 WiFi improved for better connectivity, with Find My Watch capability
 Enhanced internal circuitry for improved iPhone independence
 Additional Biometric Sensors for Blood Oxygen and other Medical Tracking
 Improved Water Resistance to 20 Meters Underwater from current 2 Meters
 Extended Battery Power, new LiON battery technology for 2 Days Use
 Processor Chip with 14-Micron Architecture for lower power consumption
 Additional Case materials such as Titanium, Platinum, tungsten, palladium

Watch delivers accurate Time to 50/1000’s of a second, with many provided Watch Faces giving us the “Look and Feel” depending on the occasion and mood. We also purchased the $50 Black sports band and a $50 Green sports band for very informal weekend days.

Watch design makes it effortless to change the watch bands in less then a minute, with no special tools or talent needed. If I want to add or remove a link or two from my RADO watch, a special trip to the Jewelry store is required; and if I want to change the band, forget it, I’d have to buy another watch.

Watch delivers a Comprehensive array of “Notifications,” the additional information on the Watch Face, are easily customizable. The Watch also delivers more information (through your paired iPhone) using Apple’s Watch OS built-in software, coupled to a special companion Apple Watch App, provided free when you download iOS 8.4

Watch for example, news alerts, email notifications, weather alerts, Stock prices, your Next Calendar Appointment, most anything that pops-up on your iPhone may be directed to your Watch Face. When notifications arrive, you receive a quite chime and a few thumps on your wrist, also customizable. Since these notifications are selectable, you can decide how often and the content of these notifications. Notifications is the feature that makes this wearable special.

Watch. Last month, Marilyn forgot her Watch, left our high-rise apartment, got to her Car in the garage, and had made the effort to come back to get her Watch. Just as either either of us would have done, if we noticed our iPhones were not with us, as we exited for the day.

Remember years ago with the advent of the Microwave oven… who needs to buy this $400 appliance to warm-up left-overs… Today almost everyone has a Microwave. Some day we all will look back, and wonder how we lived without an Watch.

Watch. Its clear that Apple’s engineers and designers created a seamless, attractive and functional wearable, that simplifies our lives, and keeps us connected, only to the extent we choose, and of course delivers very accurate time.

Watch. Suggestion, if you have not seen the Watch, go to http://www.APPLE.com to see the Watch on-line, then take 30 minutes out of your busy schedule to visit your local Apple retail store and try one on your wrist. Below are several previously reported articles about the Watch.

Watch Impressions – The Watch. Marilyn and I visited our local Apple retail store for their “Try-On Reservations” that we booked for noon Sunday on April 12. The Apple staff was well trained and very helpful, as they placed each Watch and Band that we were interested in, in our case: The Stainless Watch with the Black Sports Band, the Stainless Milanese Band, the Modern Leather Buckle, and the Stainless Link Bracelet.

Watch Try-On at the Apple Store is a 20 minute adventure. These try-ons were used to confirm the selections we made on-line, actually 2 Days before on April 10th. We then moved over to the stand-up counters on the store’s perimeter, where we played with the Watch models, to get used to the digital-crown, the side button, the settings, watch-face selections, and the ease to personalize the watch-faces with content and colors for the numerals, second hand, etc. A valuable experience.

Watch Impressions – Our Watches. Admittedly, after unpacking each Watch at home, “in the flesh” the Watch is even more impressive than we imagined at the Apple Store. Both watches arrived with their battery 90% charged, so we moved directly to the Set-up procedure, which is another Watch miracle.

Watch pairing process is simple and automated. Simply start the Watch, after a few Q&A’s then a circular display shows on the Watch-face, you then awaken your iPhone 5, 5C, 5S, 6 or 6 Plus, and use the iPhone Camera to focus onto the illuminated Watch-face (an automated caption signals you to image the Watch-face) and within a few seconds the devices are paired for bluetooth and your home WiFi. Then the Watch set-up enters an automated synchronization of your compatible iPhone-Watch Apps that you’d like on your Watch, you can choose which Apps you’d like. Don’t select all, be selective. The entire process takes about 10 minutes.

Watch – One more Set-Up thing. Once the automated setup is completed, return to your iPhone and launch the App named Apple Watch. At the menu Tap onto Notifications, and examine each line-item, like Activity, Calendar, Mail, Maps, Messages… and make selections that you want to appear on your Watch.

Watch eMail, if you use the iPhone’s VIP eMail, then only your VIP email messages will come to the Watch, rather than every email. I have 12 email accounts on my iPhone 6 Plus, and have carefully indicated which email-contacts are VIP. Of my 3,176 contacts, likely 200 have been chosen to be VIP, where only these very important Contact emails will Notify me on my Watch.

Apple eMail VIP feature. If you are not utilizing Apple’s email VIP capability, this is a terrific time to choose your VIP eMail Contacts. this is a simple process and does not change the email arrangements in your iPhone, the VIP method only limits the emails that are transferred to your Watch. Tinker with it, and if you have difficulties, call Apple Help or make a Genius-Bar appointment at your local Apple Store.

Watch – iPhone VIP eMail. With the Watch we only want the important “Notifications” showing on the Watch. Utilizing your iPhone and iPad VIP mail box is the perfect tool so that All your eMail does NOT show up on your Watch, just the VIP email. Notice on the APP screen-images, check “Custom” rather than “Mirror my iPhone.”

Watch Recommendation, Check ✔️mark only the eMail accounts that you desire notification onto your Watch, and ✔️mark the VIP line-item. We have heard from many Watch users, complaining that they receive too many notification on their Watch. eMail and SMS Text Messaging are usually the culprits; therefore, take a few moments to be more specific with your Watch notifications, rather than having all the Notifications “Mirroring your iPhone.”

Watch. At the Bottom of this article i’ve abstracted 13 links to Apple produced videos, that are worthy of your time to see.

Watch, with each Article that’s published, here is some additional information about the Watch, as this new Apple product is extraordinary. The Watch commercials tell the story in a minute or two… the Sounds, Animations, Colors, the Beat… Goose-Bumps for sure, {or nerd tears} take a look for yourself. If you don’t get at least ONE “Goosey” watching the first-clip, you may want to consider therapy. Have a great DAY

A) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/#film-welcome
B) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/?cid=rise&#film-rise
C) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/?cid=up&#film-up
D) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/?cid=us&#film-us
E) https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-siri
F) https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-music
G) https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-welcome
H) https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-phone-calls
J) https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-messages
K) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/?cid=steel&#film-steel
L) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/?cid=aluminum&#film-aluminum
M) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/?cid=gold&#film-gold
N) https://www.apple.com/watch/films/

Watch User Guide. The link below will take you directly to the Watch User Guide housed on Apple.com’s website.

https://manuals.info.apple.com/MANUALS/1000/MA1708/en_US/apple_watch_user_guide.pdf

Watch is Getting Better Soon. If you were unsure about the Watch, this News may very well Tip the Scales in Your favor.

In the world of Watch, iPhone, iPads, and Computers, its mostly about the Software. “Politically Speaking” is about the Software Stupid… As may recall James Carvill saying to candidate Bill Clinton, “…it the economy stupid.”

Watch Computing Power, from a single Watch is equivalent to the Processing Power of two Cray Super Computers, each drawing 200,000 Watts of power (200kW not a typo), requiring 2,200 Amps of current, generated by a 1,000 pound 480vAC three-phase motor-generator power supply. These Cray Super Computers created so much heat that the Super Computer required immersion into an Inert-Fluid Cooling tank.

AppleWatch OS 2 is the Magic. Just Six weeks after Apple Watches began arriving to millions of Apple on-line buyers in 9 countries around the world, Apple already has a major Watch update in the works. Watch OS 2 will debut this fall; Apple used its 2015 Worldwide Developers Conference, the WWDC Keynote Address on Monday, May 8th to show off what we all can expect from our upgraded Watch (operating system 2.0). There are many features that may turn Watch from a “nice-to-have” wearable into a “I really want it” every-day tool. Plus, there will be some speculation about some features that may arrive in time for the Watch.OS2 roll-out in September, this year.

Watch is currently shipping with Watch OS 1.0.1 which supports third-party Apps but these Apps (A) require a companion App on your iPhone, and (B) the App’s currently require sharing the processing power of your iPhone. Apps that don’t run natively (currently Apple’s built-in watch apps) are not permitted to use the Watch hardware directly, for example Watch’s Accelerometer, Taptic Engine, Microphone, and the Heart rate sensors, to name a few.

Watch OS 2 Apple is opening up these hardware-features to App Developers and letting them to expand the Watch’s capabilities. For example, instead of waiting for the watch’s native Activity App to relay your heart rate to the iPhone Health App using HealthKit, third-party Apps can run natively within the Watch to collect that information directly in the Watch. This is a really big deal for Watch uses.

Watch Currently has an appealing array of watch-faces, but similarly to your iPhone’s home-screen background “Wallpaper,” you may desire to personalize your Watch with your pictures in addition to Apple’s stock image. Watch OS 2 also permits you to choose from a menu of 5 stock time-lapsed skyline scenes (very cool animations indeed), or use a still photo from your own collection, or a created album of favorites that rotates through these pre-selected images, each time you raise your wrist. This is a simple change, but folks will really like this customization feature.

Watch Time Travel offers an interesting way to view your Day with the OS 2’s Time Travel feature. This feature displays to you an overview of your day (or yesterday, or tomorrow) by using the Watch’s Digital Crown to scroll through your schedule to view contextual information like the weather, will be like (viewing the future) during your Day or tomorrow, as the Watch will obtain current Weather data, and Future Forecasts as you scroll the Digital Crown. Similarly for emails, scrolling backwards for email you may have missed from yesterday. Press-in the Digital Crown returns your display to your watch face. Time Travel is capable of drawing information directly from third-party Watch Apps, and will be particularly useful on your watch-faces that allow third-party creation of complications. More on that in a moment.

Watch will soon have the ability to use your Retailer’s Loyalty Cards plus Store Credit and Debit Cards, a must-have for many Apple Pay users. This feature will roll-out to both iPhones with iOS9 launches in the Fall and with the Watch with AppleWatch OS 2. Simply double-press the Watch side-button, then select the Card you want to use in your Watch Wallet. Major retail partners in this initiative include Walgreens, Target, Home Depot, JCPenney, Dunkin Donuts, Starbucks, to name a few.

Watch Siri gets “Beefed Up”. Because your voice is very effective to communicate with your Watch, surely not text, Siri has become more useful than ever. Watch.OS 2 upgrades Siri to the a Higher Level of comprehension including new capabilities. The improved Siri can now “Start a Workout” for you, “Retrieve Public Transit Information” from Maps, open your Glances without any up-swiping, and communicate with your HomeKit accessories based on your Verbal Commands.

Watch, Hey Siri, When did you Arrive. We’ve been advocates for Siri when it appeared in iPhone iOS5. Siri was originally introduced as an iOS application available in the App Store by Siri, Inc. Apple loved Siri and bought Siri Inc on April 28, 2010. Siri has been an integral part of iOS since iOS5 and was introduced as a New Feature with the release of the iPhone 4S on October 14, 2011. Siri has been included on all iOS devices released as of October 2012.

Watch, Hey Siri, Use it You’ll Like it. With your Watch, to “activate siri” simply lift up and turn your wrist as if looking at the TIME, and say “Hey Siri…” That’s all it takes, no tapping nor buttons to push, just lift your wrist, when the Watch Display illuminates simply say “Hey Siri.” Your Watch will be listening for the “Hey Siri” command any time your Watch display is on. The images in this article include actual Watch displays when I asked Siri about the weather this afternoon. Notice the clean and easy to read graphical response from Siri.

Watch Suggestion, play with Siri, get comfortable in talking with your Watch. Siri is a very convenient method to obtain a world of information, just say “HEY SIRI…..” Everything that follows springs Siri into action for you.

Watch uses Plethysmography, a technology clinicians use to provide accurate estimates of your heart rate. More precise measurements about your body’s physiology, may come soon as Apple enables existing Watch hardware sensors and software algorithms, capable of measuring the 3 factors in real-time. If the FDA provides Apple Watch’s the “exemption Apple has been waiting for” meaning the Watch “…is Not intended to be a Medical Device….”

Presently, Watch provides accurate measurement of your Pulse Rate in real-time. Once the FDA permits Apple to use its technology Two additional circulatory system measurements may be taken by your Watch.

(A) Pulse Rate measured in Beats per Minute
(B) Blood-Oxygen Saturation percent {SpO2} of arterial blood flow, and
(C) Perfusion Index {PI} indicates arterial pulse strength.

Watch. There is lots more to talk about, but we’ll save it for our next article, stay tuned, and press “FOLLOW ME” button to receive reminders as I Publish articles…

Have a great Day !

🍎⌚️ Fantastical Calendar Integrates to Watch • Best Calendar Period ⌚️🍎

Fantastical’s developer Flexibits has been teasing everyone about the arrival of an Apple Watch application for its highly popular Fantastical 2 Calendar App (a better alternate to Apple’s calendar) for all iOS and Mac OS X users. That App update has Now Arrived.

Coming soon to a Wrist Near You. In a new Web page that the application developers posted up on last Friday, Flexibits, the APP Developer, says that Fantastical 2 is “coming soon to a wrist near you” and allows you to sign up with your e-mail when the application is ready and hit the public Today.

Fantastical 2 screenshots for the Apple Watch looks great. It takes what you would normally see on your iPhone and packs it down into a beautifully compact Apple Watch view without any clutter or extraneous information.

Download Fantastical 2 from the App Store right now for the Apple Watch release; you can head over to this App Store link to download it for $4.99. It will be a free upgrade if you already own the Fantastical 2 application for iOS. IMHO, its worth every penny of this modest price. As an Apple Watch user, the Fantastical display is quite Fantastic.

Fantastical is the Best Calendar App for Booking Appointments, Reminders, Day Ticker. We have this App on our iPhones, because it is very simple to use, and more intuitive when needing to book an appointment or a reminder quickly. However, fear not, this is a Full Featured App, with all the “Bells and Whistles.” I particularly like this App as it is User Friendly and the Display Design and the White Lettering on a Black Background.

Fantastical is the fastest and friendliest calendar App, Period! Just type in “Lunch with John in Cupertino on Friday” and Fantastical will schedule it.

Your iPhone 4, 5, or 6 supports dictation ✔️ you can also “speak the details” for your event and Fantastical will handle the rest. Best of all, the beautiful interface makes using your calendar really easy.

🍎Watch has Pulse Oximetry • Blood Oxygen Saturation • Plethysmographic Monitoring 🍎⌚️🍎⌚️🍎

Watch monitors the calories you burn and measures your heart rate readings obtained from the Watch sensors located in the ceramic underside of the Watch.

Watch is Capable of Monitoring your Blood Oxygen Saturation Levels, and Pulse Strength using Plethysmography, Pulse Oximerty.

Plethysmography is a technology clinicians use to provide accurate estimates of your heart rate. More precise measurements about your body’s physiology, may come soon as Apple enables existing Watch hardware sensors and software algorithms, capable of measuring the 3 factors in real-time.

Presently, Watch provides accurate measurement of your Pulse Rate in real-time. Once the FDA permits Apple to use its technology 2 additional circulatory system measurements may be taken by your Watch.

(A) Pulse Rate measured in Beats per Minute
(B) Blood-Oxygen Saturation percent {SpO2} of arterial blood flow, and
(C) Perfusion Index {PI} indicates arterial pulse strength.

We have identified that Watch presently contains all the onboard, internal sensors capable of detecting your heart-rate and your blood-oxygen saturation, plus your arterial pulse strength. Apple’s heart rate monitor actually employs a plethysmographic technique, which functions as a pulse oximeter. However, presently Watch (although capable of measuring SpO2, blood oxygen saturation level and PI, Perfusion Index which indicates arterial pulse strength) are not delivering this information, as Apple awaits FDA approval for this added capability.

Watch was launched on April 24. Apparently the FDA had not yet approved Blood-Oxygen Saturation measurement and Perfusion Index indicates arterial pulse strength capability. FDA reviews “medical devices” where Apple has made application some time ago. It is expected that the FDA should provide its approval in a relatively short time frame, because Apple is claiming that its Watch is not a medical device. That’s government-speak for “no one really knows when FDA approval may arrive.”

Assuming that FDA approval is eminent, these additional capabilities will provide Watch users a higher degree of measuring one’s biometric physiology, recording this data when the user is exercising, when out and about during one’s day, or when at rest. These added capabilities would be unique for any personal, everyday wearable smartwatch.

Imagine the usefulness of these expanded capabilities, delivering information to individuals wearing the Watch that are involved with jogging, track and field events, soccer, exercising in the gymnasium, marathon events and training. However, having continuous real-time blood oxygen saturation and arterial pulse strength monitoring would be very helpful also for individuals that, for example, are Cardiac or Surgery out-patients.

The last time you, a family member, or a friend were in a Hospital Emergency room due to an accident or medical condition, a nurse clipped a device called a pulse oximeter onto one of the patient’s fingers. This small wired electronic device detects both your pulse and blood-oxygen saturation level. This finger mounted device houses a pair of LEDs and photo-sensors; this information (and other biometrics are displayed on a Color LCD display used by the medical staff to monitor these factors.

Theory of the pulse oximeter. Pulse Oximetrics rely on the principle that hemoglobin (in your blood) absorbs Green and Infrared light differently, based on your blood oxygenation level and the flow of blood in your capillaries. By energizing the Green and Infrared light emitting diodes, the LEDs, onto one’s finger, the reflected Light is measured by the photo-sensors, making it possible to determine a person’s blood oxygen level and pulse rate using software algorithms to transform this data digitally in percent form.

Apple is mindful of the value of measuring and monitoring your Heart Rate and Blood-Oxygen Saturation, all the required sensors and software algorithms are already built into every Watch. Since the FDA has approved the pulse-rate capability the Watch OS software delivers this information to Watch users. However, as of the writing the FDA has not yet approved Blood-Oxygen monitor capability.

Until FDA approval is granted Apple has used a “software switch” to block the delivery of blood-oxygen monitoring. If and When the FDA provides its approval, then Apple can simply publish a Version Update of its Watch OS software, and viola, the Watch provides this added capability, with your existing Watch, and you don’t have to wait nor have to pay for a new Watch.

Blood Oxygen Saturation monitoring capability would be revolutionary for the Watch and for that matter the entire smartwatch industry. Only Apple would be so forward thinking, to have these hardware components and sensors already built into Watch’s initial release.

Apple is avidly interested in personal health and the use of Watch biometrics. Accordingly, Apple hired Michael O’Reilly, M.D. Dr. O’Reilly left his position in July 2013 to take on a significant role at Apple, apparently for its development of the Watch biometric monitoring.

Dr. O’Reilly was formerly the Chief Medical Officer and EVP of Medical Affairs at Masimo Corp. (www.masimo.com) Dr. O’Reilly and his team was responsible the company’s development of several pulse oximetry devices for the medical community. Dr. O’Reilly and his ream developed the iSpO2 Pulse Oximeter which device connects to the iPhone with a companion App. In addition to O’Reilly, Apple has hired a number of other professionals with expertise in pulse oximetry, vasculature visualization, vein location, non-invasive glucose monitoring, blood chemistry monitoring, heart rate and breath rate monitoring.

Watch needs to be paired, as most know with your Apple iPhone 5, 5S, 5C, 6 or 6 Plus, the compatible iPhones, currently over 400 million users of these models, and growing by over 20 million a month. Also don’t forget to update your iPhone’s iOS to 8.3 which installs the Apple Watch Configuration App onto your iPhone.

Watch has a built-in “Glance” that tells you about the state of charge of your Watch. Several of the built-in Watch Faces have a convenient icon that you can Tap which will show your heart-rate through Watch “Glances.”

Blood Oxygen Saturation and Pulse Rate provide important critical information regarding one’s circulatory system. Fingertip pulse oximeters are increasingly being purchased for personal use. This technology is available with Measure-through Motion and Low Perfusion pulse oximetry, the same technology used on over 100 million patients a year in leading hospitals worldwide.

Watch’s pulse oximeter is providing accurate measurements that out-patients can rely on this technology; However, the Watch does not claim to be a “Medical Device” according to FDA standards. The information is collected from one’s wrist in a similar way finger clip-on sensors measure pulse oximetry. Fingertip pulse oximetry provides accurate blood oxygen saturation and pulse rate measurements as will the Watch, soon to display three data-streams, providing (1) oxygen saturation (SpO2), (2) pulse rate (PR) measured in beats per minute, and (3) perfusion index (PI) which measures the arterial pulse intensity.

7

Paradox with this App is the Watch already has a Battery Glance installed on your Watch by default. To visualize the state-of-charge of your Watch, simply “swipe up” on your Watch-face and your first Glance appears on the watch face. If you’ve looked at a Glance perviously, when swiping up, the Watch will display the last Glance you viewed of the 20 available glances. To view another Glance simply swipe left or right to see another Glance. So what does this App do… it displays the state-of-charge of your paired iPhone.

Watch, once out and about, lets say you generally keep your iPhone in your pocket, purse, briefcase, on your credenza or desk at the office. The Watch is taking advantage of all of the unique capabilities of your iPhone’s processing power, GPS, Gyroscope, its sensors and the M8 motion chip. Accordingly, you may lose track of how long you have until the LiON battery in your iPhone runs Low, assuming its not plugged in.

Watch Battery Monitor is a unique App that will provide to you a remote look at the remaining battery-life of your iPhone, by looking at a new “Glance” displayed on your Watch. The App will show the iPhone’s state-of-charge, and if it is actually charging, or not. The Watch already has a Battery Glance which is pre-loaded into your new Watch which displays the battery level of the Watch. This App loads another Battery Monitor Glance, that displays the battery level of your paired iPhone.

 Battery Monitor is a new App for the Apple Watch created by Tom Etminan, who is a finance professional with experience trading and risk managing a broad range of derivatives products in an Investment Bank and Hedge Fund environment. This App is Tom’s first App Store available App, a really nice App for someone’s first App.

 Battery Monitor App will display your iPhone’s battery-life, once this Battery Monitor is enabled in the Watch Glances menu. To set this up, Firstly, install the Battery Monitor App onto your iPhone; then go to the Apple Watch App on your iPhone using the Apple Watch App, tap onto My Watch > Glances > add Battery Monitor, then, look down to the bottom part of the list of all the GREEN Glances, and you will find the “Battery Monitor” Glance.

 Remember, only 20 glances are permitted for display on your Watch; so if you already have chosen 20 Glances, the RED Glances at the top of the list, move one of the RED Glances by tapping onto the RED negative sign, choosing a Glance you do not use often. When you delete one of the RED Glances it auto-moves this Glance to the lower GREEN List of Glances for future use. Then Move {slide up} the Battery Monitor Glance UP into the top portion of the RED Glances. All of the RED Glances are those Glances that you will be able to visualize on your Watch. I placed this “Battery Monitor” Glance next to the existing Battery Glance, so they are close together. I made a screen-image of my iPhone showing how I have arranged some of my Glances.

 When we first got the Watch we were looking at the remaining battery life of the Watch frequently at first as Apple said the Watch will last 18 hours or so. After a few days you’ll not be so paranoid about battery-life. In my case, with fairly significant usage of the Watch notifications and other features of the Watch, I have yet to have any Watch battery-life concerns.

 Personally, I get up in the morning at 6am and put on my Watch by 6:30am, and am done with my day by about 11:30pm or so. Then I place the Watch onto my TwelveSouth charging stand, which is displayed below. When doing so, the Watch shows its state-of-charge and provides the Watch Green Ring showing generally about 30% remaining-battery-life plus a green lightning-bolt icon, confirming that the Watch is properly seated on the magnetic-disk, and is in fact Charging.

 For my 18+ hour day, I am using on average roughly 70% of the Watch’s battery; sometimes I’ll have a higher level of remaining battery-life, perhaps 40%. Therefore, when Apple stated that its Watch has sufficient battery-life for a full-days’s activities, I have confirmed this by my usage for the last 3 weeks of actual Watch usage. As an avid product-reviewer, I am taking full advantage of most of the Watch functions, its notification capabilities, exercising monitoring, etc.

 In sum, Marilyn and I are totally satisfied with our Watches, and its convenience for what’s going on communications-wise, and of course knowing the time of day… after all the Watch is a “watch” too.

 My guess, the Watch will be a huge success for Apple and for many iPhone users, likely many more iPhone users than the critics currently predict. I have discussed Apple iPhone 6 and Watch sales with Apple retail associates. They tell me that there are a large number of Switchers” from Android, so they can use the Watch. So these folks are buying a new iPhone 6 and an Watch. Tim Cook, Apple’s CEO predicted this months ago. Recall, the Critics said that Apple had no chance of success for the iPhone in 2007, nor the iPad in 2010, years later Apple has sold over 700,000,000 iPhones and iPads, with a Satisfaction Ratings of +99%, unheard of in the Consumer Technology-Products category. Once more with the Watch, Apple again has “re-invented” the traditional “Watch” which has been around since the 16th Century.

 Battery Monitor App. This App will display to you the State-of-Charge of your iPhone’s battery and provides an easy to read display of the iPhone’s Battery-Life {Percent} Remaining. The Battery Monitor will also display to you when the Battery is 100% charged, or other real-time battery-life-remaining percentage, and if the iPhone is Charging.

 The animated-ring display-style employed by this App uses different colors depending on how much battery-life remains, giving you the information you need with a quick “Glance,” that’s precisely why Apple chose to name these nifty tid-bits of information GLANCES.

 Presently, the Battery Monitor App is a free download from Apple’s App Store. However, the developer mentions in the App description that he will be adding new features to this App in the near future, which may be accompanied by price hike for the App.

 This iPhone BATTERY MONITOR App is an example of the creativity of Apple’s independent developer network, demonstrating their ability of Designing and Delivering unique Apps for all Watch users.

 Apple reports that there are currently {May, 2015} over 4,500 Watch Apps. Personally I think this iPhone “Battery Monitor” is a terrific utility, since the Watch and my iPhone are “paired” for every-day use.

Watch, Easy Set-Up Guide and Helpful Use Tips for Watch. As Apple is currently delivering the Watch globally, this article will give new and potential Watch owners and early adopters our First Impressions, helpful use tips for its set-up and pairing with your iPhone, configuration settings.

Speaking from experience, Marilyn and I ordered Watches, on-line using the Apple Store App. Marilyn chose the 38mm Stainless Steel Watch paired with the Milanese band. I chose the 38mm Stainless Steel Watch with the Link Bracelet. Apple designed the Watch so that regular folks are able to remove and change Watch bands, without any tools or special talents.


Watch was Engineered to facilitate users buying several watch-band colors and types to suit a particular occasion, season, activity, or mood, effortlessly. No miniature tools, screwdrivers, and no special talent needed. Marilyn received her Watch on April 28th, my Watch arrived May 15th, shipping on the date promised on the pre-order. Our pre-order was placed on-line 5am on April 10.

Watch Background. Given the Apple brand has an unmatched consumer base, we think Apple’s wearables category is their “silver bullet” product, that will start to move consumers toward this new avenue of technology growth, and drive adoption of the Watch. Management indicated recently that current demand is exceeding supply, and Apple is ramping up to meet demand. We think Apple has a massive opportunity with this new technology, that will open up many doors for enterprises looking to create applications, services, and solutions around the Watch market with Apple commanding a very strong lead in this niche market, currently niche, soon to be main-stream. When in the Apple Store, I interviewed some of the sales associates who indicated that customers were switching to the iPhone 6, so that they could buy the Watch and pair them.

Watch Impressions – Packaging. Apple learned long ago that “Packaging” is critical in creating a “First Impression.” The Watch packaging takes this notion to an even higher level. Firstly, the Shipping Carton and the two shock-resistant separators are carefully engineered to house the Watch product Box. I interviewed the UPS driver who was delivering thousands of Watch boxes last week who said there were many enthusiastic Watch buyers awaiting their delivery, self included.

Watch Impressions – The Watch Case. The carton and its two inserts precisely protect the product box. The product Box is pure white, and built with a heavy-weight polished cardboard, thicker and more sturdy than any other Apple product box I’ve seen to date. Lift Out the product box, at 5.5″ top and bottom, by 3.75″ tall. Inside this box is a beautifully crafted 4mm thick-walled, pure-white poly-carbonate Watch-Case with 1/4″ rounded edges and corners, with a relief Apple Logo impressed on its lid.

The Watch Product Box and the Watch-Case Box are machined to such tolerances, a vacuum is created when lifting the lids. Remove another layer of cellophane, lift up the heavy gauge synthetic lid, and the Watch simply rests in its middle, worn on “C” shaped insert. Underneath this impressive Watch-Case, the bottom of the product box contains an induction-charging cable, charger, and brief pictorial instruction pamphlet. Everything about the packaging has been engineered with precision. Its so impressive I had to spent a few moments telling you about the Boxes.

When meeting People for the first time, or when presented a new Product…

You Never get a Second Chance at making a First Impression, and Apple knows it.

Watch Impressions – The Watch. Marilyn and I visited our local Apple retail store for their “Try-On Reservations” that we booked for noon Sunday on April 12. The Apple staff was well trained and very helpful, as they placed each Watch and Band that we were interested in, in our case: The Stainless Watch with the Black Sports Band, the Stainless Milanese Band, the Modern Leather Buckle, and the Stainless Link Bracelet.

Watch Try-On at the Apple Store was about a 20 minute adventure. These try-ons were used to confirm the selections we made on-line, actually 2 Days before on April 10th. We then moved over to the stand-up counters on the store’s perimeter, where we played with the Watch models, to get used to the digital-crown, the side button, the settings, watch-face selections, and the ease to personalize the watch-faces with content and colors for the numerals, second hand, etc. A valuable experience.

Watch Impressions – Our Watches. Admittedly, after unpacking each Watch at home, “in the flesh” the Watch is even more impressive than we imagined at the Apple Store. Both watches arrived with their battery 90% charged, so we moved directly to the Set-up procedure, which is another Watch miracle.

The pairing process is simple and almost entirely automated. Simply start the Watch, after a few Q&A’s then a circular display shows on the Watch-face, you then awaken your iPhone 5, 5C, 5S, 6 or 6 Plus, and use the iPhone Camera to focus onto the illuminated Watch-face (an automated caption signals you to image the Watch-face) and within a few seconds the devices are paired for bluetooth and your home WiFi. Then the Watch set-up enters an automated synchronization of your compatible iPhone-Watch Apps that you’d like on your Watch, you can choose which Apps you’d like. Don’t select all, be selective. The entire process takes about 10 minutes.

Watch – One more Set-Up thing. Once the automated setup is completed, return to your iPhone and launch the App named Apple Watch. At the menu Tap onto Notifications, and examine each line-item, like Activity, Calendar, Mail, Maps, Messages… and make selections that you want to appear on your Watch.

Watch eMail, if you use the iPhone’s VIP eMail, then only your VIP email messages will come to the Watch, rather than every email. I have 12 email accounts on my iPhone 6 Plus, and have carefully indicated which email-contacts are VIP. Of my 3,176 contacts, likely 200 have been chosen to be VIP, where only these very important Contact emails will Notify me on my Watch.

If you are not utilizing Apple’s VIP capability, this is a terrific time to choose your VIP eMail Contacts. this is a simple process and does not change the email arrangements in your iPhone, the VIP method only limits the emails that are transferred to your Watch. Tinker with it, and if you have difficulties, call Apple Help or make a Genius-Bar appointment at your local Apple Store.

Watch – iPhone VIP eMail. With the Watch we only want the important “Notifications” showing on the Watch. Utilizing your iPhone and iPad VIP mail box is the perfect tool so that All your eMail does NOT show up on your Watch, just the VIP email. Notice on the APP screen-images, check “Custom” rather than “Mirror my iPhone.”

Watch Recommendation, Check ✔️mark only the eMail accounts that you desire notification onto your Watch, and ✔️mark the VIP line-item. We have heard from many Watch users, complaining that they receive too many notification on their Watch. eMail and SMS Text Messaging are usually the culprits; therefore, take a few moments to be more specific with your Watch notifications, rather than having all the Notifications “Mirroring your iPhone.”

Watch, with each Article that’s published, I like to include some additional information about the Watch, as this new Apple product is extraordinary. Personally, we fully appreciate the new Watch commercials {clip #1}… the Sounds, the Animation, the Colors, the Beat… having seen these clips a few times… Goose-Bumps for sure, take a look for yourself. If you don’t get at least ONE Goosey watching the first-clip, you may want to consider some therapy. Have a great DAY

Watch User Guide. The link below will take you directly to the Watch User Guide housed on Apple.com’s website.

https://manuals.info.apple.com/MANUALS/1000/MA1708/en_US/apple_watch_user_guide.pdf

Watch User Guide. The link above will take you directly to the Watch User Guide housed on Apple.com’s website.

Quick Summary. The entire “Pairing” process takes less than 10 minutes, plus 5 minutes to remind ourselves how easy it is to use and set-up. Visiting our local Apple Store several weeks ago was very helpful, as it prepared both of us for this new wearable device and its controls.

In preparation of this article, I knew that detailed step-by-step dialogs would not be necessary. As we were getting Marilyn’s Watch up and running, the process was actually effortless; therefore this article was easy to deliver to you, and had extra time for some Use Tips and Suggestions, so Relax and Enjoy.

The beauty of the Watch and its Operating System, is its simplicity, and its intuitive operation. Watch is very easy to Set-up, the Syncing is automated, and Customization is intuitive and easy to perform. As a seasoned “gadget guy” there is nothing more annoying than receiving a revolutionary product, that has been released with complicated or untested instructions, or where the instructions are the result of a terrible translation, with critical errors that frustrate the use of a new product.

Watch set up and personalizing the features for you is effortless yet comprehensive. To get things going fast you can use the Watch default settings, then optimize later once you become more comfortable with everything.

It quickly became obvious that Apple’s team designed a flawless, practiced, automated Watch set-up process. Everything about the Watch is top quality. Even the Packaging of the Watch is outstanding, as it rests inside a heavy-weight white polycarbonate Jewelry Box, is impressive too, all of which gives an excellent first impression, as we opened it and removed the contents.

Watch being a technology product, we purchased AppleCare+ which increases the Warranty period to 2 years, and importantly adds Accident Coverage in the event you drop it, break it, you youngster throws it out the window…, any cause that is not covered by the warranty, except loosing it.

Watch is IPX7 Water Resistant. Dropping it into the the dirty dish-water, bath tub, or shower, will not damage the Watch. However, with AppleCare+ you must return the Watch to an Apple Store or Apple Service Center, to receive coverage, repair, or replacement, even if you bring your Watch back to Apple in a zip-lock bag crushed in pieces. Currently AppleCare+ provides 2 Years of coverage, and is priced at a $69 premium.

Watch Order Status: Surprise, the Apple Store changed Marilyn’s Order Status on April 27th from “Processing Items” to “Preparing for Shipment,” several hours later, Marilyn’s credit card was charged $687.94 for the Watch, the band, and FL sales tax. The $69 AppleCare+ premium was charged to her credit card on April 12th.

Watch Preparation #1. In preparation for delivery of the Watch, we updated both our iPhone 6 Plus to iOS 8.3 as this version includes the Watch Pairing APP which links your new Watch to your iPhone. The Watch is compatible and may be paired with iPhone 5, 5S, 5C, 6, and 6 Plus. Earlier versions of iPhone 4S, 4, 3GS, etc are not compatible with the Watch and will not “Pair.”

Watch Preparation #2. While you are updating your iPhone to iOS 8.3 begin unpacking the Watch and the Charging cable, plug it in and Charge the Watch.

Watch Preparation #3. Launch the AppleWatch APP. This App was automatically installed on your iPhone’s Home Screen as part of the iOS 8.3 update.

Watch Side-Button is located on the side of the case next to the Digital-Crown, that serves as the equivalent of the Power on/off button at the top of an iPhone 5, or the right-side of the iPhone 6, opposite the Volume buttons. Watch arrived fully charged and in sleep mode; press and hold the Side Button to wake it up, and you will see the Apple logo for several moments, before the Watch interface starts.

Watch should arrive charged, in our case it was 100% charged. Watch charging works via wireless induction. The charger is a small white circular Disk, a bit larger in size than three 25¢ coins; plug the USB cord it in, and then the charger body into your A/C Power line, then mate the back of the Watch with magnetic-charging Disk.

As the Magnetic Charging-Disk is placed on the back of the Watch an icon appears on the Watch-display that reads “Charging” the message will soon disappear, and a “lightning-bolt” icon remains displayed at the top of the Watch-display, indicating that the Watch is charging; However, our Watch arrived fully charged.

Watch Set Up and Pair with your iPhone. The rest of the setup requires the iPhone you plan to use with the Apple Watch. Start up the Watch App on your iPhone and you’ll be prompted to turn-on Bluetooth if you haven’t already done so.

Next, the Watch App will prompt you to line up the display-screen of the Watch with your iPhone’s Camera as directed. You’ll notice that the Watch automatically detects the presence of your iPhone readying both for pairing; the Watch then displays an attractive circular image, that represents your Watch-codes that the iPhone camera scans, loading proprietary Coding that creates secure-paring sequences, so that you don’t have to enter any digits or coding.

Set Up Options and Preferences. Firstly, you are to follow the Watch App preference requests, as to whether you’re going to wear the Watch on your left or right wrist. Then you’ll be asked to enter your Apple ID password that you also use on your iPhone. The balance of the preferences are shown to you, for your personalized use of the Watch, and the notifications that you desire to be linked with your iPhone.

Watch Telephone Calls. Just for fun, once we completed the initial Watch setup, BTW, she selected the Mickey-Mouse watch-face… Marilyn called my iPhone using her Watch. I dashed into our library, 100 feet away, to answer her telephone call… to my surprise her voice quality was excellent. She did not hold her Watch closer to her mouth for the Call.

If I didn’t know better, I would have believed she called using her iPhone. When Marilyn was listening to me speak, the Watch delivered very clear Audio; however, the Watch’s miniature speaker is effective, but likely an issue in a noisy location. She held the Watch about 14″ away, a comfortable distance as if she was looking at the Watch-face checking the time. Bottom line, if you answer a Telephone Call using your Watch, the caller will receive excellent voice clarity from your Watch.

Watch Initial Observation 1. Marilyn reports from her office that having her iPhone 6+ on her credenza, and “floating around” her Banking Center, her Watch remained continuously synced with her iPhone; however, the iPhone battery may experience additional demand.

Watch Initial Observation 2.In her first day in her office, iPhone battery drain was higher than usual; However, in Day-Two and Day-Three, there was no apparent significant iPhone battery drain. My conclusion, is Marilyn’s iPhone may have had several Apps open on her iPhone in Day-One that was constantly “Refreshing Data” causing battery consumption.

Watch Initial Observation 3. Marilyn’s Watch after Three Days of use is functioning perfectly. Note, Marilyn took off her beautiful Lady-Cartier (that she has been wearing for 30 years) whose watch-case measures 24mm. Now she’s donned her new Watch with a Stainless Steel watch-case of 38mm, with the Milanese band. The Watch is quite a size and style change for Marilyn. She is also looking forward to adding several Colored Sports bands too. I’m delighted that in only 4 days, she has fully adopted the Watch with its subtle connectivity and the TAP… TAP… wrist notifications rather than constantly looking to her iPhone 6. There are several images that show the relative size of her 24mm Cartier watch compared to the 27mm Watch Charger Disk.

Suggestion, attach your iPhone to its Charger to maintain the iPhone’s battery, as you leave your iPhone at your desk or credenza, while you move around your office {or home}. The Watch Battery is functioning fine though; its the iPhone that may consume more power to maintain the Watch-iPhone connectivity. Otherwise, make sure your iPhone does not have too many “Data Refreshing Apps” open. Surely Apple will be optimizing the current iOS 8.3 operating system to address this excessive iPhone battery drain when its “linked” to the Watch.

OH one more thing Watch has earned a “Water Resistance Rating” of IPX7 under IEC Standard 60529 {International Electrotechnical Commission, is a non-profit, non-governmental international standards organization that creates and publishes International Standards for all electrical, electronic and related technologies}.

Watch briefly, in addition to being something you’ll love to wear every day, the Watch is also water resistant, therefore you may wash your hands, take a shower while wearing it, or be out in the rain, and may be submerged in water 3 feet or 1 Meter in depth, as defined by the International Standard classification of IPX7 under IEC standard 60529.

Watch, the fine-print about its IPX7 rating reads: The device is splash and water resistant but not waterproof. This Water Resistance rating means, the Watch is capable of “ …withstanding incidental exposure to water of up to 1 meter in depth, for up to 30 minutes, for Indoor or outdoor use in the presence of rain, snow or brief splashes of water; However, any immersion in water greater than 1 meter in depth, regardless of duration of immersion, or any immersion of more than 30 minutes, regardless of depth of immersion exceeds the IPX7 Standard…” Below is a summary of the Water Resistance IPX7 rating as it relates to the Watch:

(A) Immersion of the Watch in Water deeper than 1 meter or 3 feet, for any length of time may render the Watch inoperable
(B) Immersion of the Watch in Water at 1 meter or 3 feet for more than 30 minutes may render the Watch inoperable
(C) Immersion of the Watch in Water at any depth for more than 30 minutes may render the Watch inoperable.

Watch News and Views. Recent News Reports indicate that the TAPTIC Engine, an internal component of the Watch is supplied by two Suppliers. However, one of Apple’s suppliers {China’s AAC Technologies} of the TAPTIC Engine, is not passing Apple’s stringent quality control standards. The Good news, Apple rarely depends on Only One Supplier for any of its component suppliers. A second Watch TAPTIC Engine supplier {Japan’s NIDEC Corp} is delivering this component complying with Apple’s strict quality standards.

The TAPTIC Engine issue may be a contributing cause for Watch shipping delays. Sources report that Apple has shifted almost all of this component’s production to Japan’s NIDEC Corp for the TAPTIC Engine. WS Journal WSJ.com has a complete report on this topic. The TAPTIC Engine is a electro-magnetic “Motor” component housed inside the Watch, that creates the TAP sensation onto your wrist, when messages and notifications arrive. {The TAP feels like someone tapped several times on your Watch-Face, which is different than the Buzz-Vibration notification one senses when their iPhone ringer is silenced}

Beyoncé has a thing for Exciting Accessories and her New Watch • Apple Delivers 1,244,000 Watches TODAY

Beyoncé is one celebrity who has a thing for Exciting Accessories in this case the Watch, as she was spotted wearing a solid 18 Karat Gold Apple Watch with a matching 18 Karat Gold Linked Bracelet. In case you just returned from a 7 month Vacation on Planet Neptune, the Watch is being Delivered in 9 Countries Today, April 24, 2015.

Apple Delivers 1,244,000 Watches in the US Today, April 24th. Watch deliveries are being received in 9 Countries commencing today.

Beyoncé and Watch recently was seen wearing a Magical Gold Linked Bracelet Watch at Coachella. However, this is not one of the Watch bracelets available currently from the Apple Store. Beyonce, posted a picture of herself wearing a Gold Watch Edition on her own website. Nothing that unusual, but the watch has an 18 Karat Gold Link Bracelet, which currently available to the public.

This Gold Bracelet not unique though, because fashion designer Karl Lagerfeld also has one, something we learned after his bodyguard posted a picture of his Watch on Instagram. The strap appears to be a gold version of the steel Link Bracelet, and is attached to the Yellow Gold Watch Edition.

This Gold Link Bracelet is not standard option with any of the Watch Edition models presently, as the only “Apple” Link Bracelet available today is of polished Stainless Steel or with a Space Black finish. We can not place a price on this exclusive Gold Link Bracelet edition; However, it’s price may be around $20,000 for the Gold Bracelet plus $10,000 for the Gold Watch Edition.

Elderly Draco Malfoy impersonator Karl Lagerfeld also had his Watch, with his wrist photographed clad in this mysterious gold link Apple Watch. These two celebrities, one likely upsettingly expensive Watch.

The caption on Lagerfeld’s wrist glamor shot, posted on Instagram by his ebullient assistant Sebastien Jondeau, the Post reads “1st apple watch specially made for KarL!! Amazing!!!”

Questions: (A) Is Apple fabricating a secret CELEBS ONLY Apple Watch? (B) Is Apple pairing with celebrities to promote the upcoming entry into the super-luxury Watch market? Answer: YES !

Apple is definitely jumping into the luxury fashion market with its high-end-expensive luxury Watch bands. These wearables are supposed to make you feel good. But as The Verge pointed out, it looks like Apple may be withholding some of its highest-end “experimental” designs from the general public presently.

The Apple Store does not currently advertise or sell a gold link bracelet, even if you’re buying the Watch Gold Edition, with a starting price of $10,000. In fact, across all Watch current configurations, Watch Edition can not be presently ordered with any metal bracelets in the box. The “classic” and “modern” leather bands that Apple sells feature clasps and buckles that, like the Edition itself, are crafted from 18-karat gold components.

Jony Ive showed-off some new Watch-Band designs in Milan, none of which looked like this opulent band; However, there were many colors and bands styles not currently in the Watch product lineup.

Watch • Let’s Take a Look Inside the Worlds Best SmartWatch 

BULLETIN: Latest News from APPLE regarding the 3 Million Watch Pre-Orders

“We’re happy to be updating many customer’s “Status” on their Apple-Store accounts today {April 21} with the news that their Watch will arrive sooner than expected,” Apple Officials said: “…Our team is working to fill orders as quickly as possible based on the available supply and the order in which they were received. We know many customers are facing long lead-times and we appreciate their patience…”

Watch • Let’s take a look inside the Worlds Best “SmartWatch” • Our estimate is, Apple sold 3.0 million Watch units on Launch Day, may have actually sold-out Apple’s entire stock of pre-release inventory within the first 3 hours of availability.

3 Million Watch unit sales was abstracted from Slice Intelligence’s report, a survey of 2,000,000-accounts pool of on-line electronic eReceipts. While this 3 million units is equivalent to the first 3-Day weekend sales of iPhone 4, Watch’s pre-sales dwarfs all other smartwatch sales, and represents a new milestone in wearable “smartwatch” sales.

Since Grade School, taking things apart to see how thing work is part of my DNA. These renderings, [rather than a disassembly] take us for a first-look inside the Watch. Post Release, iFixit will likely publish a step-by-step teardown of the Watch. These graphics are not captioned as the components are relatively easy to recognize.

Latest News from APPLE regarding Watch Pre-Orders “We’re happy to be updating many customers today {April 21) with the News that their Watch may arrive sooner than expected,” an Apple official spokesperson said: “Our team is working to fill orders as quickly as possible based on the available supply and the order in which they were received. We know many customers are still facing long lead times and we appreciate their patience.”

Watch, with each Article that is published, I like to include some new information about the Watch, as this new Apple product is extraordinary. Personally, we fully appreciate the new Watch commercials {clip #1}… the Sounds, the Animation, the Colors, the Beat… having seen all these clips many times… Goose-Bumps for sure, take a look for yourself. If you don’t get at least ONE Goosey watching the first-clip, you may want to consider some therapy.

Have a great DAY


https://www.apple.com/watch/films/#film-welcome
https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-welcome
https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-phone-calls
https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-messages
https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-siri
https://www.apple.com/watch/guided-tours/#film-music
https://www.apple.com/watch/films/

Watch Sales are Built to Order • Watch Buyers Delivery Starts Friday April 24th 

Watch Launch is almost two weeks since it went Live on Friday April 10, 2015 at 3:01 AM Eastern. Watch Sales are likely to be Built-to-Order, as there are hundreds of Watch-Band Combinations.

Watch Buyer pre-orders on Friday April 10th, Deliveries commence Friday April 24th. Subsequent pre-sales shipped Daily thereafter as all Watch pre-sales are shipped. We expect that shipment have already commenced to assure Watches arrive at Customer front-doors Friday morning.

We believe the Watch initial production-run sold out quickly; However, we don’t know precisely how many Watch units were sold. A Financial Spreadsheet has been formulated, showing a financial model that suggests the initial production-run of 3.0 million Watch units, yielding Watch revenues of $2.2 billion for the April 10th pre-sale launch.

We estimate 3.0 million Watch finished Cases were in inventory on Launch Day. This figure was abstracted from investigative reporting from China who examined supply-line leaks regarding quantities of Watch displays, Sapphire Crystals, and S1 Electronics Chips. While this figure is equivalent to the first 3-Day weekend sales of iPhone 4, it dwarfs all other smartwatch sales to date and represents a milestone in wearable “smartwatch” sales.

Watch Sport model lead in unit-sales volume, selling 1.8 million units for a total revenue of $693,000,000, while the Watch, the middle-Tier model, lead in revenue, garnering about $851,000,000 versus Watch Sport $693,000,000. The profitability-magic of the Watch three-Tier model line-up, is Apple’s inclusion of the Watch Edition an 18 Karat Gold luxury model. We estimate that 50,000 Gold units were available for the on-line launch and at 70 Apple Stores at Launch generated $675,000,000 in gross sales.

Watch average selling price, the APS achieved a level of $740/unit sold. The total Sales revenues of Watch first day sales earned $2,219,000,000 (that’s $2.219 Billion). Our bet is the Watch Line will (on average) achieve a +60% gross Profit, yielding to Apple’s bottom line $1.33 Billion in profit for each 3 million units sold. If Apple enjoys 30 million Watch sales in its first year of availability, Apple’s bottom-Line profits will gain another $13.3 Billion Annually or $3.325 Billion quarterly. Accordingly, this new Watch product-line may likely increase earnings accretive by +20% to Apple’s quarterly earnings.

We believe the pre-orders of 3 Million Watch sales estimated, may be considerably below the total number of pre-orders for Watch achieved by the April 24th Lunch Day. As Apple is offering 38 different Models & Bands of the Watch, with no previous order-history to consider when projecting model inventory levels, we expect that Pre-Orders will be Assembled-to-Order.

Apple estimating the Model-Mix to build, however, it is believed that Apple pre-manufactured 6 Million Watch S1 electronics Modules and Cases.

Apple may execute Final-Assembly of each Watch pre-Sale on a Build-to-Order, based on the Customers’ choice of the Case-Band actually sold. This approach permits Apple to maintain more efficient levels of Watch Case inventories, while simultaneously shipping promptly to as many Consumers as possible.

1,150,000 (38.33%) Watch units sold Globally
1,800,000 (60.00%) Watch SPORT units sold Globally
0,050,000 (1.67%) Watch EDITION Gold units sold Globally
3,000,000 (100%) Watch Total units sold Globally

News Reports indicate that the first Quarter of Watch sales may reach 6 million units, and assuming our ASPs are close to reality Apple’s Quarterly profits could receive a +$3.3 Billion jump due to the Watch.

To learn more how Watch may work for you take a VIEW at these two brief video clips:


Slice Intelligence estimated that 957,000 people in the USA pre-ordered Watch on Friday, April 10, the first day the Watch was available for on-line sale, according to eReceipt Data collected from a sampling-panel of two-million online shoppers.

Each Watch buyer ordered 1.3 Watch units, paying on average $503.83 for each Watch for all models, excluding the Apple Edition Gold Watch, not reported in the data sampled.

Watch Sales = $1.562 Billion Globally with 3,100,000 Watch Units Sold on the First DAY • A Very Exciting Day for Apple and the Early Watch Buyers.

Most, if not all of the reporting agencies that have examined this Slice Intelligence Watch sales data, have mis-reported the eReceipt information. Here’s the Math and our Conclusions regarding the statistical data:

1,150,000 (38.3%) Watch units sold in the USA
1,800,000 (60%) Watch units sold out of the USA
50,000 (1.6%) Watch units sold out of the USA
3,000,000 (100%) Watch units sold World-Wide

Data Extrapolation. The primary data-point show that 957,000 buyers bought (on average) more than one Watch, actually 1.3 Watch units in the USA only. Here is the Math. If 957,000 individuals bought 1.3 Watch units, then 1,244,000 Watch units were purchased.

Apple has reported that 60% of their sales World-Wide occurs outside of the USA, then 40% of Apple product sales occurs in the USA. Accordingly, international Watch units sales amounted to 1,856,000 Watch units. Therefore Global Watch unit sales would total 3,100,000. The eReceipt data indicates that the Average sales invoice for all Watch sales was $503.83/unit, then the gross sales for Global Sales amounted to $1.562 Billion on Day One.

Among those buying an Watch, 72% have purchased an Apple product in the past two years (iPhone, Apple computer or iPad), and 21% of this group pre-ordered an iPhone 6 or iPhone 6 Plus several months ago. Nearly one-third of the group purchased two Apple products and 11% bought all three devices, in addition to their new Watch, according to eReceipt data.

Most Watch buyers, roughly 62% of the total number of buyers, purchased the entry-level Sport Watch. However, many Watch buyers purchased the pricier, Middle-Tier Polished Stainless Steel case, with more than one-third of these buyers paired the Watch with either the Black or White Fluroelastomer Sport band.

Most of the Watch Sport buyers chose the larger 42mm watch-case, with 71% overall selecting this larger watch-case format. Watch buyers were slightly more likely to choose the 38mm watch-case.

The most popular type of Watch-case is the Space Gray aluminum case, with 40% of Apple Watch buyers choosing this option, followed by stainless steel at 34%, silver aluminum at 23% and the Space Black stainless steel Watch was at 3%.

Watch Black Sport Band was the most popular among both Apple Watch and Apple Watch Sport buyers, with 49% overall pre-ordering, followed by the White Sport Band at 16%, and the more expensive Milanese Loop ($149 versus $49 for the black Sport band) rounding out the top three at around 10%.

Slice Intelligence, the supplier of the above information states they are only firm using direct-measurement of all digital commerce activity and customer loyalty. By collecting and cataloging actual shopping behaviors from online shoppers in the wild, Slice Intelligence precisely measures what the others have only been able to approximate, revealing new insights about online shoppers and their behaviors.

Slice Intelligence information comes from a methodology developed at Stanford University that measures and catalogs all online purchases made by consumers who use the popular Slice App to manage their online shopping. This refined data collection method enables impeccable, near real-time data.

It is important to understand where eReceipt data is obtained. Slice Intelligence has a particularly stable, high quality, large database. It provides a service to its eCommerce clients a method of tracking their sales receipts, retaining them for future access. This means that the data it accesses is reliable for its customers. It also gives it a source of 2 million customer pool. Author of the Slice report Jaimee Minney wrote the following points:

Slice Intelligence get permissioned access to email inboxes from users of our apps (Slice and unroll.me) as well as through partners who license Slice Intelligence technology to power their online experiences (i.e. The find, IFTTT, Gone!, etc.)

1⃣ The number of Watch sales, [1.244 million units] is based on Slice Intelligence projections to the online population
2⃣ Slice Intelligence’s panel is of 2 million people, 9,080 of whom bought an Apple Watch
3⃣ Based on Slice Intelligence’s statistical modeling and validation (including partner and client feedback), Slice Intelligence is confident that the numbers are representative
4⃣ Slice Intelligence abstracts these results of its sizable survey of its buyer-population, and projects to the USA population. Slice Intelligence has two major statistical reliability advantages over other methodologies
5⃣ Slice Intelligence uses extremely large sample population (2 million). Ms. Minney notes that the panel size is “an order-of-magnitude [exponentially] larger than panels by Nielsen, comScore, eand others”
6⃣ Slice Intelligence’s sampling is automatic, no human intervention. Since the data is supplied automatically from real e-Receipts, as opposed by any self-reporting, therefore the data has a very high degree of accuracy.

Two Watch Try-On Reservations were booked for Marilyn and I. On Friday morning right after I placed our 5am Pre-Orders on-line, Reservations for Hands-on try-ons were booked.

Our Watch Try-Ons were scheduled-reserved for noon Sunday, April 12. Briefly, this was as a totally enjoyable and fun experience. The sales folks at the Apple Store (Boca Raton, Florida) were excited with the success of the pre-order launch, proving strong demand. The Apple store was literally packed with an excited public and sales associates.

 We each had separate sales associates showing the different models, the 38mm and 42mm Watch, and a broad array of available bands. Most of the bands may be purchased separately.

 Marilyn and I had about 20 minutes to try-on all the different bands, with demonstrations of the Watch, its use, the Apps, changing the actual Watch faces. However, there was no sensation of time-pressure whatsoever. I fact after 15 or 20 minutes you would have tried-on just about everything in sight, which is what I did. In sum, the Watch is an amazing wearable. We can both imagine buying several bands to suit our Day, Evening, and Venue needs.

 We had a great time, and became quite comfortable with this new Watch. As to use, the operating system is very intuitive and everyone should be able to use the Watch right out of the box. Along the perimeter of the Apple Store their are counter-top displays where customers can experiment with the Watch, the digital-crown, the Contacts-Button, using the up, down, left, right swiping, Customizing the Watch-face. All very easy and intuitive. This is the beauty of Apple, use of the Watch is simple and easy, no rocket-scientists needed.

 When iPhone users update their iPhones to the newly released iOS 8.3 operating system (upgrade now whether or not an Watch is in your immediate future) a New Apple App shows on the iPhone home-page, clearly named “Apple Watch.” This App when launched will search for and “pair” automatically with your Watch.

 The Watch Companion App allows you to set up the Watch to your exact desires, color schemes, select from a good number of watch-faces; plus this App will “pair” to your iPhone via bluetooth and synchronize your setup to the Watch.

 Apple has made this process easy and seamless, requiring no technical knowhow. The first-time “pairing” takes about 10 minutes to synchronize your chosen photos, selected music and iPhone Apps that you’d like to be resident on your Watch.

 The Apple Store try-on experience was quite an exciting experience. Hats off to Apple’s team for this new technique for the folks that are interested in this new wearable Watch.

 Marilyn was delighted with the Milanese Loop band, so there was no change with her pre-order. Personally, I was undecided between the Milanese Loop band and the Link Bracelet. After trying on both bands twice, it was clear to me to select the Bright Stainless Steel Link Bracelet. On Friday morning I ordered two Watch units for myself, both with polished 38mm stainless cases, one Watch with Milanese Loop band and the second Watch paired the Bright Stainless Steel Link Bracelet.

 During our hands-on session, we were very pleased with the quality of all the Bands. The $50 colorful FluoroElastomer bands (aka the Watch Sports Bands) are a very high quality feel, they are smooth, soft, comfortable material. The Black Leather Modern Buckle is likely my 2nd Band, perhaps for evenings dining out. However, the Bright Stainless Steel Link band is very thin and elegant, rather than an extra heavy, bulky, chunky band, often seen with other Watch makers such as Rolex. For my taste Rolex Link bands look and feel heavy and chunky. Apple’s SS Link Band is the opposite. Its easy to imagine Apple or the Aftermarket fabricating an 18 karat Gold version of Apple’s SS Link band.

 We both can easily imagine having several bands. In my case a Black Sports band for weekend use, the Watch Stainless Steel Link Bracelet for every-day use, and the Watch Black Leather Modern Buckle, a stunning alternative for more formal evenings out, or just changing bands for the fun of it.

 Sdding and removing any Watch Band is a super-easy process, and needs no tools or special talent whatsoever. The Bright Stainless Link Bracelet is simply stunning, and removing or adding its Links for a perfect fit, is very easy to accomplish, also with no tools or special skills required.

 Following our Watch Hands-on experience, the Apple associates directed us over to the perimeter wall of the Apple Store where Watch units were attached to a wooden base and attached to a stand-up bar arrangement. Folks were spread along the two long walls, playing with 40 to 50 Watch display units. Marilyn and I toyed with the settings, watch-faces, colors, etc. I finished a bit sooner, and mentioned to her to take her time, as I was going to roam around the store, and excused myself.

 My mission was to interview as many Apple sales associates as possible as Marilyn continued to “joyfully tinker” with the Watch settings and menus. Other than making friends first, the next most important issue for me was to pose to all of the store employees the key question:

“…What percentage of the folks that came in for their Reservation for Hands-On trials, actually proceeded to go on-line to order the Watch of their choice…

 Every Apple employee that was in the Hands-On Trial area, stated that almost all of the folks bought Watches on line while in the store using their iPhone. A number of folks bought iPhones for the first time (switching from Androids, mostly Samsung smartphones) so they could use the Watch companion. In pressing the retailers for a percentage most replied “…90% to 95%…” some said that “…every Reservation they greeted bought their chosen Watch…

 Sunday evening, following our successful try-ons at our local Apple Store, getting back to business, I cancelled the extra Watch order paired with the Milanese band. Marilyn was totally pleased with the Milanese Loop band so there was no change to her pre-order; I’m now very happy with the Stainless Link Bracelet. Our hands-on, try-ons were a resounding success, being a very satisfying experience; plus the hands-on try-ons solved my undecided band choice. Now we both look forward to receiving our Watches in about 3 weeks.

According to data from Slice Intelligence, based on data gathered from 9,080 shoppers, about 957,000 U.S. customers purchased an AppleWatch model on Friday, April 10th. The average consumer bought an average of 1.3 watches, spending $503.83 per watch. Comparatively, recent research from Canalys revealed that some 720,000 Android Wear smartwatches have been sold in the entire year of 2014.

The most popular purchase was the Apple Watch Sport, with 62% of consumers getting it on pre-order day, for an average price of $382.83. Comparatively, the average price paid for the Apple Watch is $707.04. BMO Capital Markets came out with similar numbers in a survey performed before pre-orders commenced on Friday, saying that 60% of buyers who wanted to buy one were interested in the AppleWatch Sports model. Meanwhile, 12% were desiring the Apple Watch model, with 4% of the respondents choosing the Apple Watch Gold Edition model. 24% of the respondents were undecided.

When it comes to the AppleWatch Case-sizes, most buyers chose the more expensive 42mm model, a $50 add-on; according to Slice 71% of the buyers chose the 42mm watch-case size. The Space Gray aluminum case was the most popular among all buyers with 40% share, followed by polished stainless steel with a 34% share, and the silver aluminum sports watch case with a 23% share. The Black Sport Band was the most popular among both Apple Watch and Apple Watch Sport buyers at 49%, followed by the White Sport Band (16%) and the Milanese Loop (10%).

PRESS Release: CUPERTINO, California—April 9, 2015—Apple Watch™, Apple’s most personal device yet, will be available for preview and pre-order on Friday, April 10. Customers in Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, the UK and the US can try on and experience Apple Watch at their local Apple Store® or at Galeries Lafayette in Paris, Isetan in Tokyo, Selfridges in London, and select Apple Authorized Resellers in Japan and China. Customers can pre-order their Apple Watch through the Apple Online Store (www.apple.com) beginning April 10 at 12:01 a.m. PDT for delivery beginning April 24.

“We are excited to welcome customers tomorrow and introduce them to Apple Watch, our most personal device yet. Based on the tremendous interest from people visiting our stores, as well as the number of customers who have gone to the Apple Online Store to mark their favorite Apple Watch ahead of availability, we expect that strong customer demand will exceed our supply at launch,” said Angela Ahrendts, Apple’s senior vice president of Retail and Online Stores. “To provide the best experience and selection to as many customers as we can, we will be taking orders for Apple Watch exclusively online during the initial launch period.”

Customers interested in learning more about Apple Watch can visit their local Apple Store for a personalized session with a Specialist to try on, fit and size their band, and explore the amazing features of Apple Watch. Customers who want to try on an Apple Watch are encouraged to make an appointment by going to http://www.apple.com.

Starting Friday, customers can try on Apple Watch, Apple Watch Sport or Apple Watch Edition* to find the model with the size, finish and band to best fit their personal preference and style. Everyone visiting an Apple Store will be able to view all three collections and get hands on with Apple Watch Demo to browse and edit different watch faces, and learn about Apple Watch’s health and fitness features, Digital Touch, Siri®, Apple Pay™**

Pre-orders begin April 10 at 12:01 a.m. PDT through the Apple Online Store, the Apple Store app for iPhone® and iPad®, and select Apple Authorized Resellers in China and Japan. Customers who pre-order their Apple Watch can have it shipped for delivery beginning April 24. All Apple Watch customers will be offered Personal Setup, online or in-store, to pair their Apple Watch with their iPhone. New owners will also learn how to personalize Apple Watch by selecting a watch face, deciding which notifications to receive, setting up the Activity app, and receive an introduction to Apple Pay** and the Apple Watch App Store™.

Beginning April 24, Apple Watch will also be available at boutiques in major cities including colette in Paris, Dover Street Market in London and Tokyo, Maxfield in Los Angeles and The Corner in Berlin, and select Apple Authorized Resellers in China and Japan.

Apple Watch is an incredibly accurate timepiece, an intimate and immediate communication device and a groundbreaking health and fitness companion. Highly customizable for personal expression, Apple Watch also brings an entirely new way to receive information at a glance and interact with the world through third-party app experiences designed specifically for the wrist.

Apple Watch introduces revolutionary technologies including the Digital Crown™, an innovative way to scroll, zoom and navigate fluidly without obstructing the display. The Retina® display with Force Touch on Apple Watch senses the difference between a tap and a press, providing a new way to quickly and easily access relevant controls. The all-new Taptic Engine™ discreetly delivers a gentle tap on your wrist whenever you receive a notification or message.

Pricing & Availability. Apple Watch is available in three collections, Apple Watch Sport, priced at $349 (US) and $399 (US); Apple Watch, available from $549 (US) to $1,099 (US); and Apple Watch Edition, crafted from custom rose or yellow 18-karat gold alloys, with prices starting at $10,000 (US).

Millions of Apple Watches were purchased early Friday morning. All of the $10,000, $12,000, $15,000, $17,000 and $18,500 Gold Edition Watch units Sold Out in One Hour. All of the Watch Sports Watches Sold out in 6 Minutes.

All Watch models sold out in 3 hours, therefore those pre-ordering after 6am Eastern Friday, the delivery dates are pushing back 4-6 Weeks (from May 14 to May 28). As of April 12th, Watch “Ship Dates” are pushing back to June and July, see examples displayed below.

Watch continues to receive high traffic for on-line orders that commenced Friday April 10th. There are Several ways to Buy the Apple Watch; However, not following the traditional new-product-release procedure. In this article are a number of screen-photos of the Watch Models and their anticipated ship dates, as of Monday, April 13, 2015.

The best and easiest method of buying the Watch is using the Apple Store App. It was reported that at the peak of the on-line ordering Friday morning, Apple’s http://www.Apple.com website was stressing with internet delays and URL errors. However, there were no reported issues using the Apple Store App. Friday morning I used the Apple Store App on my iPhone 6 Plus to order Apple Watches for Marilyn and myself.

Notice the Retail Products App is different than Apple’s App Store application. The App Store is used to buy Applications. The Apple Store App is used to buy Products, check on the status of an on-line order, and to make Genius Bar Reservations, and currently to make Watch Try-On Reservations. This is the LINK which will take you directly to the App Store to download the Apple Store App:https://appsto.re/us/uV9xw.i

Watch Sales Projection Chart below displays all Three Tiers of the Apple Watch that was created early March, 2015. Among the many unknowns is the sale-demand for the Gold Edition Apple Watch. The three traunches combined total 6 Million Watch units, representing the initial production-run for the product’s Launch period. The Sports Watch is set at 3.5 million units, the Stainless Steel AppleWatch models at 2.5 million units, and the Gold Edition watches at 500,000 units, representing only 8.34% of the total Apple Watch production-run.

Changes to the product-mix may significantly change the overall gross sales values for the 3-tiers. This statistical model assumes an average Profit Margin for the product-line of 45% for all 3-tiers. Since all these figures are “educated guesses,” I kept the guessing to a minimum by selecting a single-average profit margin. Since Apple’s overall profit margin company-wide is currently reported at 39.5%, the Watch as a “jewelry wearable” earned a higher profit margin of 45% which in reality the profit margin may be significantly higher, perhaps 50% or more.

Reports from the supply-line say that 6 million Apple Watch units were ordered for the initial production-run commenced in January, 2015. If the pre-order sellout is a telling signal, Tim Cook and his production team will be stepping-up the number of production-lines to meet the perceived huge Demand.

What is the Difference with Watch product release and the Apple iPhone 6 product release… Simple outline
(A) With recent iPhone releases, on-line pre-ordering was made available two weeks before the Official Product Release at Apple Retail Stores. (This is the same for the Watch pre-ordering)
(B) With recent iPhone releases, the iPhone was not available to Vier or Hold and not available retail store sales until the official Launch Day. Recall the Apple retail stores covered their store-fronts with Black Drapes, in the evening before Launch-Friday adding to the retail hysteria. (This procedure differs from the Watch release, as Apple Retail Stores received display models for the public to View, Hold and Try-on [commencing 4/10] two weeks before the official Launch Day on Friday 4/24)
(C) Apple gave thought to invite the public’s View and Try-on of the Watch with pre-arranged reservations, so these folks thereafter, may go on-line and purchase the Watch with confidence knowing the model, band and the case-size and case-metal of choice. The theory is Wearable” products require more time to consider, therefore, the two weeks of try-ons will aid Customers in making on-line pre-orders.
(D) Apple on Launch Day, all Watch models will be available to the public; however, the folks need to make reservations for a limited period of time, so that the Retail Stores are not over-whelmed with traffic. For the Apple-FanBoys the hysteria is exciting, for the rest of the Apple Clan, long lines are aggravating
(E) After a few weeks, Apple may remove the pre-Reservation requirements once the Watch Supply-Demand dynamics are stabilized.

1⃣ BUY your favorite AppleWatch and Band combination on-line
2⃣ RESERVE your favorite AppleWatch and Band combination; however, this Reservation & Pick-up method is only available in only about 70 stores world-wide
3⃣ WALK-IN Sales Not Permitted Presently, therefore Do Not waist your time on long Lines to enter the Apple Store for the Apple Watch on Launch-Day, or Launch-Week. Remember Walk-IN traffic was encouraged when you Bought your new iPhone. For this new product release, on-line purchase or Reservations Only for the Apple Watch
4⃣ TRY-ON APPLE WATCH, You can make an appointment to try-on the Apple Watch commencing today. Apple Watches are not available for sale in the Stores; however, you can make an appointment to try-on the Apple Watches of your choice; Thereafter you may go on-line and order the Apple Watch you liked.

The GOOD News – Apple’s On-Line Store opened for Apple Watch purchase at 3:01 AM early Friday [4/10] morning. It has been reported that Apple ordered 6 Million Apple Watches for the initial Launch period, presumed to be a 90-day supply.

The BAD News – Apple’s On-Line Store was SOLD-OUT Globally, for the Sports Watch literally 6 Minutes after Apple’s On-Line Store opened for business at 3:01am early Friday morning. All Apple Watches were sold-out, all Watch Edition models including the $10k to $18.5k Gold models were all Sold Out world-wide in 60 minutes. However, this means you will still receive your Apple Watch, but it will take a few weeks or months later to receive it. The Earlier you Order the Watch, the Quicker you will receive it. If you delay few days, it may add a Month or two delay, before your Watch ships.

All Global Apple On-Line Store are Sold-Out of the initial production-run. Except for the first 3 Million lucky individuals that purchased their Apple Watch before 3:06am today, your shipping date has likely been “Pushed Back” to May 15th or later an undisclosed period in June or July. Above are “screen images” of my three attempts to buy one model for each of the three-Tiers of Apple Watches as of April 13. As these DAYs move forward in time, the Shipping Dates will be “Pushed Back” later into June and July, until Apple adjusts their production and supply lines to meet the huge Demand.

Apple Watch Critics. Another terrible call by the critics. It’s amazing to me that Apple Critics are consistently Negative, and consistently WRONG

The Critics told the World that it was ridiculous for Apple to get into the already crowded Smartphone market in January, 2007. Wrong, Apple has sold 750 million iPhones
The Critics told the World that it was ridiculous for Apple to get into the already crowded Tablet market in April, 2010. Wrong, Apple had sold 240 million iPads
The Critics told the World that it was ridiculous for Apple to get into the mature Wearable Watch marketplace in September, 2014 Wrong, again! Apple sold-out 3 million Apple Watches in several Minutes. Traditionally, Apple produces Millions of units in advance of the Lauch-Day
Apple Watches: 6 millions units have been fabricated for the initial production-run. Roughly 50% of this inventory was available for on-line pre-ordering, the remaining 3 million Apple Watch units will stock retail stores for retail-Reservation sales commencing Friday, April 24. It may be Months before Apple will have significant inventory, for direct walk-in retail sales, without reservations.
Notice to All Critics. Today Apple Watches are All Sold Out due to Incredible Demand. Launch-Day is April 24th. Online Apple Watch pre-ordering and try-on for the Apple Watch Watch started Today
Notice to Investment Bankers. Apple Watch is Sold-Out, Apple Edition Gold Watches are Sold-Out, Apple Sports Watch is Sold-Out. Incredible demand has caused back-order status for all models across the entire line of Apple Watches. Some IB firms downgraded $AAPL because of back-order status. They Are NUTS. No Critic anticipated Millions of Apple Watches selling out in the first two Hours, particularly for a NEW product. The Critics said “no one would want the useless Apple Watch” and “no one would buy it” WRONG
Apple iPhone Launches recall, Apple doubled its iPhone 4 pre-release day inventory to 3 million units and sold out in three days. Apple thereafter, doubled its pre-release inventory to 6 million units for the iPhone 5 and it sold out in three days; Then Apple doubled again its pre-release inventory for the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus to 12 million units and they sold out of all models in three days.

(A) If you know Exactly what you want, case, band, size, metal, order AppleWatch online for delivery directly to your Home on Friday morning, April 24th. Apple’s tradition, if you are not pleased with your on-line purchase when received, you may go to your local Apple Store to make a change or refund, or ship it back to Apple’s On-Line Apple Store Return Center; however, in eather case, save all the packaging.

(B) If you Know what you want, however, you want to try it on, as you may desire to change the Band or the Case size, make your best selection on April 10th and Book a RESERVATION for April 24th, or next available Reservation Date, at your local Apple Store; Reservation Appointments are the only way to get into the Apple Store on the 24th, to fine-tune your selection and pick-up your Apple Watch.

Know the circumference of your Wrist, My wrist measures 170mm (Large), Marilyn wrist is 155mm (Medium); once your wrist is measured you’ll know what AppleWatch defines band-size by: “Small,” “Medium,” or “Large” for Apple band sizes. The Apple Watch site defines S,M,L determined by the circumference of your wrist. The Apple Store Sizing Charts are displayed below.

Know the Watch Model you desire: Sports, Apple Watch or Apple Edition, prices starting from $349, $549, $10,000 respectively. Almost there.. you need to choose the Watch-Case size, as Apple provides two Case sizes: Do you want the 38mm watch-case or the 42mm watch-case. I’m relatively small Wristed, therefore the 38mm Case may be the choice for me.

 Many Millennials and some Elders really enjoy Big Watches, rendering the 42mm desirable. Apple has designed the Apple Watch with many band materials and multiple color choices, for every-day use and fashion in mind. Therefore folks may prefer to satisfy their style needs and use requirements.

Apple Watch On-Line Ordering or Reservation Experience. If you are anxious to own the Apple Watch, perform the steps mentioned before Friday, April 10th.

With my particular Apple Watch choice, I’ve got THREE watches and bands to pick between. Marilyn has not looked on-line as of today, but she will before Friday. Likely she’ll get the Apple Watch, and the band choice is yet to be made.

(A) Apple Watch with 38mm Space Black watch-case with the Black Sports Band, my likely pick, or

(B) Apple Watch with 38mm Space Black watch-case with the Space Black Bracelet Band, or the Milanese Band, quite an elegant combination. Do not forget the AppleCare+ for the Apple Watch, gives you 2 years of Warranty plus Accident Coverage.

Extensive Surveys say that over 200 millions of folks reach for their iPhone on average, 10 Times per Hour, about every 6 munutes. This means Folks are repeatedly having to retrieve their iPhone from their Pocket, Purse, or Briefcase. Not a big deal, and surely more convenient than having to start-up a laptop or PC to visualize SMS Text Messaging, eMails, or Appointment Calendars.

With the Apple Watch, iPhone communications, texts, Facebook posts, Tweets, phone calls, calendar reminders come to your attention through to your Apple Watch, with several Taps on your Wrist with Apple Watch’s internal Taptic Engine, a very subtle way to notice who is “calling” you.

Imaging being in a Conference Room, a Noisy Sports event, in the Movie theater, or on the Train or Subway, The Tap “tells” you what’s going on with minimal distraction. If you are committed in a Conference setting, you’ll know whose “calling” and you can decide if that Contact is worthy of excusing yourself from the venue. If your child’s School is calling, that may motivate you to leave the venue, and answer that “Call.” The “call” is communicated to you without having to find and expose your iPhone, and perhaps distract the folks with you.

Simply put, with the Apple Watch strapped onto your wrist, as a text message comes to your iPhone, the Taptic engine, sends a silent Tap or Two directly to the Apple Watch’s Taptic Engine, which is a silent and subtle, “notification” telling you that a Message has been just sent to you. It would feel like someone Tapping, one or more times onto your Watch-Face, which would be felt on your Wrist.

Presumably, these gentle Taps will motivate you to slight turn (rotate) your wrist a 1/4 turn or so, at which time your Apple Watch display “wakes up” giving you a very subtly opportunity to visually-notice who communicated with you, including an abbreviated display of the Text Message, eMail, Caller ID, an Appointment Reminder, an Timer Alarm, without having to find and “wake up” your iPhone.

WiFi Communicate with your Apple Watch. If you are home or in the office in an active WiFi area, you could have your iPhone charging in the Kitchen, or the iPhone could be in your Office, and your Apple Watch will receive these signals through the WiFi, while you are in the Yard, Family Room or in someone else’s Office or Conference Room.

Apple Watch not in a WiFi zone, no problem, the Apple Watch communicates with your iPhone using Very-Low-Power bluetooth connectivity. The Apple Watch automatically changes connectivity as you move into or away from a trusted WiFi zone.

A Tap onto the Apple Watch’s display, is a very convenient way to act upon an incoming communication, without having to get your iPhone 6 or 6 Plus from your Pocket, Purse or BriefCase.

Force Touch is a New iOS Operating System command that represents a really BIG deal, and it may be classified as the most important development to the mobile user interface since Apple created Multi-Touch, a Key component behind the Touch-Screen commands, “swiping and typing” on the display for messaging, or selecting menu choices. Force Touch and the corresponding Taptic Engine are two New principle features built into Apple’s new Apple Watch.

Force Touch is “activated” by making a gentle more sustained Press onto the Display (as opposed to a brief Tap). When applying a subtle Press onto the Display, the iOS will show Menu Items that are contextual appropriate to what is being Displayed on the Apple Watch, a feature that surely will subsequently be made available on the next iteration of the iPhone, perhaps the iPhone 7.

 Electronically, the Force Touch operation requires a new Display that has a microscopic Electronic-Grid that is imbedded within the Retina-Display, Force Touch is capable of noticing the difference between a simple Tap, Swipe, and a Press onto the display.

Force Touch may also represents a fundamental turning point in the iPhone, as an iOS milestone. Surely Apple will include Force Touch in the new iPhones iterations, along with a Taptic Engine that produces an oscillation (vibrations which the user feels), Most people buying iPhone 6 and 6 Plus will want to upgrade their iPhone in order to have the new feature. It is that big of a deal.

More on What is Force Touch and the Taptic Engine. Another simple example, is to think of the virtual keyboard on your iPhone, and being able to feel a click as you “type” on each letter. Internally, the Pressure of a Tap (or the area of screen that your finger comes in contact with) is registered and translates the Pressure as a Force-Touch gesture.

The Taptic Engine is a feedback method that produces a small vertical-vibration from an electromagnetic “motor” Apple calls this the Taptic Engine. The end result is that when you press down on the screen, it feels like you are pressing down a key on a traditional keyboard.

Force Touch opens an additional user interface layer, bringing much more functionality to the iPhone, including shortcuts, acceleration dependent on pressure (like fast-forwarding video depending on how hard you press on the screen), and new ways of dragging and dropping items. The user is able to feel each click, bump, and drag, instead of just touching a piece of glass.


HEADLINE – Watch Math. For Each 1.0% of iPhone Users (that’s 1% of the 218,180,000 iPhone 5 and iPhone 6 users) that buy Watch, APPLE Earns $1.483 Billion in Annual Gross Profits. Here’s the math and how we get there…

Apple hosted its Important Apple Watch Event March 9th, 2015. Apple Sprang Forward – WATCH Available April 24, PreOrder online April 10th. Apple’s presentation describes their intention of reinventing the Watch once created in the 16th century.

Apple, recall it did not invent the smartphone, they reinvented it with their iPhone in 2007 having delivered 700 million iPhones; Apple did not invent the Tablet, they reinvented it with their iPad in 2010 having delivered 240 million iPads. Now Apple reinvents the Wrist-Watch with its Watch in 2015 projected to sell between 20-to-35 million iWatches in its first year.

Apple Watch is “the beginning of the end of the traditional Wrist-Watch for the “over 30 crowd ” as many switch to the iWatch. For Millennials, Apple Watch may likely be their very First Watch, as most of the 13 to 30 year olds simply don’t wear Watches, they tell time with their iPhones.

Apple Watch is an amazing Companion to Apple’s iPhone (certainly not an iPhone replacement). Apple has now sold and delivered 700 Million iPhones world wide. Not bad considering the Apple critics screamed… Apple has no business entering an already crowded smartphone marketplace in January, 2007.

Apple Watch Sales Projection. We now know the pricing for the Three Tiers of Apple Watch Models and Bands. Accordingly, I’ve dusted off my trusty HP19BII calculator (in truth my calculator is an amazing 19BII business consultant emulation App by RLM Tools, here’s the $4.99 App Review: http://tiny.cc/qbhyvx Alternatively you can buy the HB19BII on Amazon currently priced for $290 New or $80 Used).

 Our projections for the sales of the initial production of 6 million Apple Watches are displayed in a simple spread-sheet format. We’ve projected 3.5 million Apple Sports Watches will be sold plus 2,000,000 mid-tier Apple Watches and 500,000 Apple Edition Watches, as the product sales-mix; of course our figures are not factual whatsoever.

Apple Watch Average Selling Price for the Sports Watch Tier. The largest number of sales will likely occur for the Sports Watch. Factually, Apple states that it will sell the 38mm SportsWatch for $350 and the 42mm SportsWatch will sell for $400. Accordingly we are assuming that the unit-sales will occur evenly between the two Sports Watches models, resulting in an ASP, Average Selling Price of $375.

Apple Watch Average Selling Price for the Apple Watch Tier. The Apple Watch will sell at $550 for the lowest priced Apple Watch, leading to a top price of $1100 for the Stainless Steel Bracelet band, leading us to a Weighted ASP of $750 which is $75 below the simple arithmetic average of $825. Personally, I really like the Sapphire faced, Dark Stainless Bracelet, priced at $1050 for the 38mm watch face, my wrist will not handle a 42mm watch-case.

Apple Watch Average Selling Price for the Edition Watch Tier. The Apple Edition Watch will sell at $10,000 for the lowest priced Apple Edition Watch, leading to a top price of $18,000 for the 18k Gold with the Gold Buckle Band, leading us to a weighted ASP of $12,500. Weighting these top-tier luxury models is the most difficult to project, therefore we chose to be conservative with an Weighted ASP $12,500 estimate.

Apple Watch Weighted Average Selling Price for Three Tiers of Apple Watch unit sales. If these projection have merit, then the Sports Watch will sell to 3,500,000 customers for a total of $1.312 Billion in gross sales. The Apple Watch will sell to 2,000,000 customers for a total of $1.500 Billion in gross sales, and the Apple Edition (Gold) Watch will sell to 500,000 customers for a total of $6,250 Billion in gross sales. The weighted average selling price is skewed upwards, largely because of the 500,000 Gold Edition Watches that may sell for an average selling price of $12,500 each, therefore the overall ASP for all three tiers of AppleWatch models equates to $1,510.

Apple Watch Gross Sales and Profits projected. Using the resulting Gross sales figures above, all three Tiers will generate $9.062 Billion in sales for this new Apple Watch product. If Apple achieves say 45% profit margin, which is likely profit margin for a wearable product, then Apple’s Gross Profit may approach $4.078 Billion per Quarter, or $16.3 Billion Annually, or $1.36 Billion per Month. There are not many S&P 500 Companies that generate this profit level.

Apple Watch Gross Sales projections in Perspective. The 6,000,000 unit Sales of Apple Watch projected, is based on just 2.75% of the 218,181,000 customers (current number of iPhone 5 + iPhone 5S + 5C + iPhone 6 + iPhone 6 Plus users) actually buy the Apple Watch sometime during the next 12 months from launch day, 24 April 2015.

Lets Play some Apple Watch Math Games. If the number of iPhone 5 and iPhone 6 buyers increases by just 1.00%, then the Number of Apple Watch Sales increases by 2,181,800 unit sales, generating an additional Gross Profit of $1.483 Billion Quarterly, or about $5.931 Billion/year for those iPhone 5+ iPhone 6 users.

Apple Watch Math Games Summarized. Therefore for each 1% of iPhone Users that buy Apple Watch, about $6 Billion in annual Gross profit is added to Apple’s Financial Results. Similarly if 5% of iPhone 5 and iPhone 6 users buy Apple Watch, then Apple enjoys about $30 Billion in annual Gross Profits. It will be most interesting to look back at this Article (a year from now) in review of Apple’s actual Apple Watch 2016 annual results.

Apple critics screamed in January of 2007 “Apple is a Computer company and has no business getting into the crowded, experienced mobile-phone arena.” However, Apple methodically reinvented the smartphone, released it June, 2007 fortunately ignoring all their critics. iPhone sales soared to 74.5 million for the 90 day period ending 12/31/2014, and are projected to sell 225 million iPhones for Apple’s fiscal 2015.

Apple again was criticized, similarly in 2010, for entering the crowed, mature Tablet marketplace… good thing Apple ignored that advice, as it again reinvented the Tablet with its iPad, having delivering 225,000,000 units.

Apple iPhone/iPad sales combined total about 925,000,000 iPhones and iPads have been sold into a crowded, competitive, mature marketplace. Apple has also earned a 99% Customer Satisfaction rating, unheard of in this industry. Critics are similarly questioning the wisdom of the Apple Watch.

Apple Watch represents the 2015 moment in time, “likely the beginning of the end of the traditional Watch for the 35 and over crowd” as many Apple iPhone owners switch to the iWatch for regular wear. For the Millennials, the Apple Watch will likely be their First Watch, as these 13-to-30 year olds largely do not wear Watches, noticing the time of day with their iPhones.

Apple Watch’s success is directly related to the percentage of Apple iPhone Users desire the added convenience of the Apple Watch. Keep in mind, Apple product owners have demonstrated, they are willing to pay the Premium Price for Apple’s superior products.

Pre-Orders for the Apple Watch begin April 10 in the United States, Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, United Kingdom. The Apple Watch will be available for preview, and try-on by appointment, at Apple’s retail stores, and available for preorder through the Apple Online Store.

Retail Store Sales for the Apple Watch begin on April 24. The Apple Watch will be available online or by reservation in Apple’s retail stores and select Apple Authorized Resellers in the United States, Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, United Kingdom.

Extensive Apple owner surveys tell us, iPhone 5 and iPhone 6 owners, about 220 million strong, about 10% to 15% are definitely interested in the Apple Watch within 90 days of its release. Those Surveyed as “definitely interested” in buying an Apple Watch in 90 days, translates into an Apple Watch sale, the simple math projects about 22 million to 33 million Apple Watch sales may result in the 12 month period from April 24, 2015.

 This Link takes directly to the Apple Store: http://www.apple.com/watch/

Apple Watch Magic. The AppleWatch pairs with your iPhone, so when messages, calls, texts, emails, tweets, FB posts, and calendar appointment reminders come to you, you will not have to dig in your purse, pocket or briefcase, for your iPhone. With the iWatch you simply rotate your wrist 30 degrees into your view, to glance at who’s attempting to communicating with you.

Apple Watch’s Simple gestures permits you to communicate, or take the phone call, if the call will likely be extended, now you know its worth the effort to get your iPhone in hand, and talk from it, the call being seamlessly captured by your iPhone.

Apple Watch App. The airline industry is delivering your Boarding Pass to your iWatch too. Fumbling for the iPhone or paper boarding passes to get through AirPort Security now becomes obsolete with Apple Watch. Same for Hotels, thousands are changing their room-lock-electronics to accept your iWatch to unlock your Hotel-Room, no more metal keys, the end of swiping plastic-coaded cards. The list goes on and on with Apple Watch.

 To view the Apple Media Event that was broadcasted at 1:00pm Eastern on March 9th, 2015 below is a convenient LINK for this very interesting and informative Apple Products Show.

http://www.apple.com/live/2015-mar-event/

 Notice the slides of the most recent, the 21st Apple retail store in China. Apple will be adding another 19 retail stores in china this year.

Apple opened its first retail store in Beijing China in 2008. The country has quickly become one of Apple’s most important retail markets, thanks to a growing middle class eager to own the company’s high-end iPhone smartphones, iPads and Mac Book computers. Recently reported China represents 20% of Apple retail sales globally, and Apple has earned a 25% market-share in SmartPhone sales.

Apple Orchestrates its worldwide Magazine Publicity debut of the Apple Watch. These efforts continue this week on the Cover of STYLE, a fashion magazine based in the United Kingdom. The cover image of Style’s Big Spring Issue for March, 2015 features model Guinevere Van Seenus wearing an Apple Watch and is accompanied by an additional two full-page spread inside the magazine that provides further details about the wrist-worn Apple Watch, including interesting hints about the pricing of the space gray models. Notice our list below of extensive guesstimates for all three tiers of the Apple Watch.

Apple’s March 9th Media Event may signal that the Apple Watch may be released sooner than later, perhaps earlier in April, say April 3rd, April’s first FRIDAY, perhaps the last portion of Match. You may recall we reported last year that Apple was “a month ahead of schedule in the Apple Watch development timeline“. Apple’s Spring Forward media event may signal that the Apple Watch may be available for on-line purchase, perhaps as early as mid-Match.

iF Announced at its International Forum Awards Gala in Munich, Apple Watch wins the coveted IF Gold Award for 2015. Overall, 1,124 products were granted an iF entry Label, only a few win the gold award for excellence in several categories.

 The Apple Watch competed with over 3,200 other designs in the Product discipline, the largest iF award segment that covers a number of commercial industries, including vehicles, medical devices, smartphones, computers, tableware, kitchen equipment, furniture, bathroom products.

 The IF Award Jury noted: “The idea of combining classic materials such as leather and metal with state-of-the-art technology to create a very individual fashion accessory has resulted in a delightful product offering a holistic user experience. The Apple Watch scores highly for each design detail and is an altogether extraordinary piece of design. For us, it is already an icon.”

 While Apple has discussed Apple Watch design and keystone features at length, the company has not yet presented the full hardware specifications and pricing details, likely to be heard at Apple’s March 9 Media Event. In a recent report, analyst Gene Munster estimated mid-tier Apple Watch models will retail for $499 to $599, depending on customization options, while the high-end Apple Watch Edition could sell for $4,999.

Apple Watch Tier Graphic. Notice the graphic below where we have estimated the average spelling prices, APS, for the Apple Watch. Most of those reporting on this topic are in general agreement on the ASP price range for the Sports Watch ($350 to $400) and the Apple Watch, the middle tier’s ASP ($500 to $900) depending on the band.

Among Reporters, there is little consensus for the pricing on the Apple Watch Edition, the 18k Gold Apple Watch. The ASP estimates range from $2500 to $10,000. Of course these figures vary largely based on the assumed amount of Gold that is incorporated in the Apple Watch gold case. Our estimate is, there may be 37.5gm of 24k Gold, then combined with 12.5gm of other elements to formulate 50gm of 18k Yellow or Rose colored Gold.

24k Gold Bars trading today at $1200 per troy ounce, lets compute the ASP, average selling price, of the Apple Watch Edition
⌚️ GOLD $1450 of gold metal in the watch case; add to this
⌚️ S1 Watch Chip $200 Apple’s S1 electronics-watch-chip and battery
⌚️ Watch Bands $550 for watch bands and bracelets,
⌚️ $2,200 Total Cost direct costs for the Edition Watch
⌚️ $1,800 Operating expense Corporate expense allocation per unit
⌚️ $3,000 Profit component per unit assume reasonable margin
⌚️ $7,000 Average Selling Price yielding about a 43% profit margin, relatively Low-Level Margin for a premium Jewelry product.
⌚️ $6,500 Average Selling Price Note, if there is only One Troy ounce of Gold, rather than the 37.5gm of Gold, then the Edition Watch Gold may sell for $6,500.

Apple Watch S1 Computer Module. Apple’s ability to surround their (New) products, like the Apple Watch, with connectivity and its ecosystem, this Article provides some insight on the S1’s operation, plus several X-Ray views of the “Heart” of the iWatch.

Apple Watch’s brains and heart is located in its S1 Module, a “Computer Package” housed within a unique sealed Module. The S1 represents a new level of micro-miniaturization, packaging literally Billions of electronic components and sensors into a single semiconductor module, hermitically sealed in resin.

Apple S1 System in Package, SiP, processor, memory, wireless connectivity transceivers, sensors packaged into a single, resin-sealed package. The S1 package contains an Apple customized application processor that together with memory, storage and support processors for wireless connectivity, sensors and I/O comprise a complete computer in a single package.

Apple Watch S1 Package is filled and sealed with resin to prevent any moisture intrusion and for structural durability. Very little is known about the S1, however, Chipworks (an enterprise specializing in patent and technology reverse engineering and support) believes that it has identified the Processors, the WiFi, and Bluetooth transmitters-receivers, the medium sized processor in the center at the top of the images.

 Since wristwatches were invented in the 19th century, people have been glancing at them to check the time. With Apple Watch, this simple, reflexive act allows you to learn so much more. We optimized your favorite apps for the wrist by developing Glances — scannable summaries of the information you seek out most frequently. To see them, you simply swipe up from your watch face. In an instant, you can glimpse the weather forecast, check out what’s next on your calendar, or find your current location on a map. You can quickly swipe through different Glances, or tap on one to go directly to its corresponding app for more details.

 S1 Chip. Massive constraints have a way of inspiring interesting, creative solutions. A prime example is the custom-designed chip at the heart of Apple Watch. No traditional computer architecture could fit within such a confined space. So we found a way to integrate many subsystems into one remarkably compact module, which is then completely encapsulated in resin to protect the electronics from the elements, impact, and wear. Configuring an entire computer system on a single chip is an industry first and represents a singular feat of engineering and miniaturization

 Because it’s connected to your iPhone, Apple Watch can present time in a more personal way. One that’s based around your life and schedule. You’ll receive real-time notifications for incoming mail, messages, and calls. So you can answer or dismiss them instantly. And since Apple Watch sits on your wrist, your alerts aren’t just immediate. They’re intimate. With a gentle tap, notifications subtly let you know when and where your next meeting starts, what current traffic conditions are like, even when to leave so you’ll arrive on time. At any point, you can simply swipe down to Notification Center to view what you may have missed.

 Apple Watch Notifications. It’s called the Taptic Engine, a linear actuator inside Apple Watch that produces haptic feedback. In less technical terms, it taps you on the wrist. Whenever you receive an alert or notification, or perform a function like turning the Digital Crown or pressing down on the display, you feel a tactile sensation that’s recognizably different for each kind of interaction. Combined with subtle audio cues from the specially engineered speaker driver, the Taptic Engine creates a discreet, sophisticated, and nuanced experience by engaging more of your senses. It also enables some entirely new, intimate ways for you to communicate with other Apple Watch wearers. You can get someone’s attention with a gentle tap. Or even send something as personal as your heartbeat.

 The wrist is a convenient area for collecting data about your physical activity, a task Apple Watch is designed to perform throughout the day. On the back of the case, a ceramic cover with sapphire lenses1 protects a specially designed sensor that uses infrared and visible-light LEDs and photodiodes to detect your heart rate. Apple Watch uses this sensor, along with an accelerometer and the GPS and Wi‑Fi in your iPhone, to measure all kinds of physical movement, from simply standing up to actively working out. This allows Apple Watch to provide a comprehensive picture of your daily activity, suggest customized goals, and reward you for reaching personal fitness milestones.

 As familiar as wearing a watch is, charging one is something new. So we decided to make it utterly effortless. In fact, our goal was to make Apple Watch easy to charge in the dark. Without looking. While being only partially awake. We arrived at a solution that combines our MagSafe technology with inductive charging. It’s a completely sealed system free of exposed contacts. And it’s very forgiving, requiring no precise alignment. You simply hold the connector near the back of the watch, where magnets cause it to snap into place automatically.

Apple’s March 9th Media Event will describe how to use this new Wearable Companion product, the iWatch. Apple’s team will describe the iWatch Configuration App, housed in your iPhone via the release of iOS 8.3. The App delivers a unique Pathway App, to transfer your iWatch configuration seamlessly into your iWatch.

Apple is the Master of Marketing, the Company has proven this repeatedly dating back to January, 2007 with its introduction of the original iPhone. Besides, the event being named “Spring Forward” the event is the very next day when we all advanced our “Watches one hour Forward” for the beginning of Daylight Savings Time in North America.

Apple’s Spring Forward theme was recited in Apple’s formal invitation was sent Thursday morning, February 26, 2015 to the global Media community. Apple will present many details about how the iWatch will benefit its users. The presentation will likely show Apple’s new Companion Apple Configuration App, that makes it super-simple to set up the your Apple Watch, directly from your iPhone, plus topics were not fully covered at its initial announcement 5 months ago, following its mid-September Announcement of the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus.

Apple’s Spring Forward Preparation. If you’d like a “warm up exercise” in preparation of the Apple Watch media event, the link directly below this graphic, is a Video Clip of the Apple Announcement of the iWatch last September.

Apple first introduced the Apple Watch September, 2014, Apple delivered to us a “high-level” comprehensive overview at what the product will be able to do to improve our lives. We remain uninformed about many other specifics like battery life, pricing for the high-end and the other two-tiers of models.

 This link will take you directly to Apple’s iWatch presentation that was delivered around the world September, 2014… it is definitely worth it to take a look:

⌚️ http://youtu.be/bdyVH5LqneU

Apple’s March 9th Media Event may also Announce other New Products, for example the iPad Pro, a large display 12.9″ iPad with enhanced specifications, Speed, RAM, etc., that has been rumored for several years. Perhaps Apple may announce a new version of its Apple TV, which is years overdue for revision. My understanding, there are over 20 million Apple TV boxes in circulation.

Apple’s March 9th Media Event will undoubtedly describe how we will be able to use this new Wearable Companion product, the iWatch. Plus Apple will describe the iWatch Configuration App, loaded into your iPhone via the release of iOS 8.3, that delivers a unique Pathway App {transferring information and configurations from your iPhone directly to your iWatch} utilizing a menu-driven system to Transfer all your Watch Settings and Notifications seamlessly into your iWatch.

Apples March 9th Media Event will provide Live-Streaming Video Broadcast World Wide to all Apple folks or anyone that has a Safari browser on their PC computer systems, plus all iPhones and iPads, the simple hardware-software criteria that Apple has used for us to qualify for the Live-Streaming Broadcasts. Having watched a number of Apple’s Live Streamed broadcasts, they are very professionally produced and scripted. In My Humble Opinion, Apple will open its Live-Streaming Media Event to hundreds of millions of iPhone, iPad, MAC and PC users, many of which are iWatch interested.

Apple’s Live Streaming : Spring Forward Media Event. The Link below will be activated about 30 minutes before the Live-Streaming Presentation is broadcasted everywhere at 1:00pm Eastern, Monday March 9, 2015. Note, If you click onto the Link before March 9th, it will likely not have been activated until “Game Day.”.

http://Apple.com/live

iWatch’s Introduction and Demo. Apple announced September 9, 2014 the highly anticipated iPhone 6 at its Major press conference at the Flint Center, Cupertino, California. The Video Link below takes you directly to the iWatch segment of the Program, which announced the iWatch and gives a demonstration of its use and settings. The video is inspirational, as it shows how Apple, the Nation’s Largest Company develops and announces this new innovative and reinvention of the Watch, a device that has been with civilization since the year 1530 AD.

▶️ http://youtu.be/bdyVH5LqneU.

Apple weeks ago commenced production of 6 Million Apple Watch Units representing its Initial Quarterly Order.

 Apple projects internally sales of 24 million iWatches in the first fiscal-year of sales beginning April, 2015, as stated in news reports, which Apple has not confirmed. Several other analysts project 36 million Apple Watches and more, in the first fiscal-year of sales.

Apple in my opinion, is likely not in a hurry for an early April release date, as Apple surely wants to “iron out all the wrinkles” associated with a new-product release; however, maintain an “April Release” as published. Also when considering the Apple Watch release date, towards the end of April, Apple holds its Quarterly Financial report at 5pm following the 4pm public filing of Apple’s 2015 Q2.

Apple Watch is the only NEW product-release, since the unveiling of the iPad at a Press-Event held January 27, 2010 and subsequently released on April 30, 2010 with built-in Cellular+WiFi connectivity, two weeks earlier the WiFi iPad was available to the public.

CEO, Tim Cook surely desires to hold the Apple Watch high in the air, with all of the software, hardware, App, and iOS system issues rendered as glitch-free as possible. If Apple needs a week or more to polish the edges, the Apple Watch may be released to the Public towards the end of April, like on Friday 24th.

Apple Watch early adopters, the Apple Loyalists, must be Impressed with this unique Wearable iWatch, its Easy set-up, Ease of use, Battery life, Connectivity to everything iPhone/iPad. If accomplished, the major issues the media-critics have been whining about, mostly focused on its battery life, should be silenced early on.

Emergence of early issues may severely hamper accelerated adoption by the folks; Except, yours truly as I’ll be literally on line early morning, at Apple’s Retail Store at the Boca Raton Town Center Mall. Presently I’m focusing on the Apple Watch mid-tier model, the Dark Stainless Steel Bracelet or the Milanese Loop

Unless you’ve just returned from a extended vacation on planet SATURN, you may know the Apple Watch is coming very soon. iWatch is scheduled to be released in April, 2015. April 3rd, is the earliest Friday in April, only 36 days from today, February 26th. Many have asked us, will there be a Pre-Release Media event, (say Tuesday March 24th) 9 days before THE Release of iWatch Inventory to Apple’s retail stores? News reports have been accelerating as the release date becomes closer to realty. The Wall Street Journal, USA Today, Bloomfield and other journalists, have been discussed the new Apple Watch line-up.

Uncommon with a NEW Apple product release are the hoards of media-critics, claiming the uselessness of this new product. The Apple Watch is a unique New Product, as compared to a new Iteration of an existing product, like iPhone 5 to iPhone 6.

Historically, the Original iPhone was announced at Apple’s Maxworld Expo held January 9, 2007 annual event the media soon after slammed Apple for getting into a venue (cellular phones) it knew absolutely nothing about, considering there was already a very crowded field of experienced Mobile Phones makers.

 The Same choir of critics reported that Apple’s NEW iPad was “nothing new and if Apple’s lucky, maybe 6 million units would be sold” in its first year. Since the initial iPhone in 2007 there have been over a Billion iOS devices sold and in circulation, half of which are iPhones, Apple selling into a very crowded field of smartphone makers.

Recent articles discussing Apple’s iWatch endeavor has given me motivation to take harder look towards generating some reasonable expectations that we formulated for the three-tiered AppleWatch lineup; We’re assuming Apple will fabricate and sell 24 million iWatches for the initial 12 month sales period, plus Apple’s disclosure of the $350 Sports Watch entry-price point.

All the statistics have been projected by us internally, with no knowledge of what Apple has actually projected. Several facts have been released to the public that we’ve used in our presentation: (1) there will be a 3-tiered iWatch model lineup, (2) the Sports Watch will retail for $350, and (3) all else is our conjecture.

Apple Watch Economic Model. The statistical-chart below displays what we believe are “realistic” sales goals, perhaps conservatively, with price-traunches for the three tiered line-up, Sports, Apple Watch, Apple Edition, metaled Aluminum Alloy, Stainless Steel, and 18k Gold respectively.

iWatch [Gold] Edition is the top-tier version of the AppleWatch. Its been estimated that the Edition Apple Watch may retail for an estimated $4500. Sounds like a lot of money. Although Apple chose to leave the word “Gold” out of the Top Tier Title, Apple Edition, gold is in fact the watch-body metal; Note, presently Gold’s raw-material cost is hovering around $1200 per troy ounce, gold watches are “pricey” regardless of who designs and makes them, irrespective of the internal electronics package or electro-mechanical movement.

Apply is now Buying massive quantities of 24k Gold bullion, but that’s just the beginning. Roughly 14.46 Million troy ounces of 24k Gold bullion that are purchased by Apple per year (assuming our guesstimates are close) must be Certified by Apple Metallurgists when delivered, for elemental AU Purity and Weight. These two steps are very complex and require significant Oversight by agents of the bullion-supplier and Apple. Dealing with the payments and receipts of $18 Billion as Apple pays for the gold bullion is quite complex.

Post Certification of Millions of Pounds of Gold Bullion, it passes to the secure Fabrication Plant, carefully measured batches of the Bullion are heated to 2,000ºF in special Gold Furnaces, then Apple Metallurgists mix the molten gold with other specially purified metal ingredients resulting in several unique specialty 18k Gold formulations, then poured into Apple Watch cast-forms, cooled, then the iWatch Gold-Blanks are removed from the forms and inspected, those that pass through quality control are machined and polished, for further assembly. The gold-blanks that are rejected, and foundry castings are not 100%, go back to the Furnaces to be repoured.

This scenario is highly simplified, but gives you a notion of the complexity of the process. As about $18 Billion of gold bullion is involved, significant added costs are incurred for Plant Security, armed security guards, “security watching the valuables and each other, throughout all these processes.

Apple is processing this gold presently in effort for their April 2015 release to their retail stores for sale. Apple is also presently installing into the Common Carriers, Apple Distribution Centers, and Apple Retail Stores, specially designed VAULTS and ALARM Systems to protect the Apple Watch Boxed Inventory.

Apple Watch Edition, Lets take the iWatch apart piece-by-piece, financially speaking. Let’s assume that the Edition Watch may contain 37.5gm of 24k Gold and the Apple Watch electronics module is the same module used universally with all three of the AppleWatch tiers.

Apple Watch Financial Array. The bullet-points below display the cost analysis for the Apple Watch [gold] Edition, all Edition iWatches are gold cased watches.

Current Spot-Gold price. Assuming the iWatch pure-gold content is 37.5gm of gold watch-case (our guesstimate) when formulated to 18k gold metal-alloy. If Apple’s Gold Alloy procedure starts with 37.5gm of 24k Gold, as 24k gold metal is fabricated into 18k Gold by adding presumably precise amounts of Silver, Copper and Zinc, therefore watch-case (without internals) would then weigh 50gm, due to the additional 12.5gm of Apple’s unique mix of metals, blended in its Alloy-Furnaces. FYI, currently (as of 2/27/2015) spot-gold is hovering between $1204 to $1219 per troy ounce. Recall the under-side of the iWatch is stainless-steel which seals the watch-cased Computer module, Lithium Polymer battery, and houses 4 biometric sensor components.

Apple with its team of the best Metallurgists on the planet, have developed several unique 18k Gold formulations that delivers 18k Gold Alloys with custom Colors offering greater Gold hardness and durability unique to Apple. Typically 18k Gold is “softer” making it more prone to scratching and scuffing, showing greater signs of wear, than with traditional 14k Gold alloy formulations.

The Most Common 18k Gold Colors and Formulations are Displayed in this article with graphics and charts showing. The common alloys of elemental Gold, Silver, Copper, and Zinc in various levels of concentrations. Notice in the 12 Gold Colors Chart, Yellow Gold contains Gold, Silver, Copper, and Zinc with Gold representing 75% of the Alloy. To produce Rose colored Gold, the formulation contains only three elements: Gold, Silver, and Copper, removing Zinc. It will be very interesting to know the precise Formulation of Elements Apple’s team of metallurgists have chosen to create its unique Colors and Hardness, never seen before in the Gold Industry.

Apple is Reinventing the Watch. One should not be surprised that when Apple committed to a Watch-Wearable product, again Apple is REINVENTING the business of Gold Wearable Watches. From the images that Apple has displayed, and as presented in this article, Apple has created several striking 18k Gold Colors never seen in the industry. My bet is the brilliance of the gold colors is not simply a photoshop magic act, their unique Gold colors will be even more striking up close and personal, when the buying public visualized the Apple Watch in their Retail Stores.

As a reference, a typical ROLEX watch and bracelet uses 150gm of Gold; however, the gold is contained in the base Watch plus its hefty Bracelet. The Rolex bracelet accounts for a significant portion of the total gold metal package.

Apple Watch Computer module $200, the same module in all Apple Watches
Apple Watch Edition’s gold uses 37.5gm 24k Gold valued at $1500 for an 18k Gold formulation, presently spot-gold is $1205/gm [math: (37.5/31.1) x $1205 = $1500 the cost of the gold component]
Apple Watch Form, Jewlers add “Form” value to the price of its jewelry creations, say $2300
Apple Edition Band, say $500
Apple Watch Edition retail price = $4500 (math: $200 + $1500 + $150 + $2300 + $500)

Specifically, people in the supply-line familiar with this topic claim Apple has commenced production of about 6 million Apple Watches many weeks ago, for the iWatch’s first quarterly production-run; just over half of the production is earmarked for the Sport model, with a third of the production-run allocated for the middle-segment stainless-steel Apple Watch, with the balance is the Top-Tier Edition production, about 10% for the Apple Watch [Gold] Edition models.

Apple Watch Edition impact on Global Gold Supply. One more thing, lets have some fun in determining what Apple Watch Edition sales may have on the World’s supply for gold. Here are some givens to consider
 Apple Watch facts and conversion factors: there are 31.1gm in 1.00 Troy Ounce, there are 32,150.75 Troy ounces in one Metric Ton, Global production of Gold is 2500 Metric Tons annually, spot-gold price currently hovering around $1205 per troy ounce
 Apple is currently produce 500,000 gold Edition Apple Watch units as its initial quarterly production-run
 Apple Watch Edition ramps up production to 1 million Apple Watch units monthly [or more] as demand dictates
 Apple Watch Edition requires 37.5gm of pure 24k Gold for each iWatch, guesstimated
 Apple Watch Edition utilized 1.2058 Troy ounces of Gold per Apple Watch Edition, extrapolation of a guesstimate
 Apple Watch Edition will consume 14,469,453 troy ounces of Gold in its First fiscal Year of production, equating to 450 Metric Tons of 24k Gold/Yr, which equates to over 5x Rolex’s current Gold consumption
 Apple will Buy $18.086 Billion per Year for 24k Gold Bullion to built its Gold Edition Watches, base on current assumptions and spot-gold prices
 Apple Edition Watch Gold will place a New Demand for 20% of the total annual global Gold production
 Reference #1. Rolex sells $4.7 billion in gold watches yearly, from an estimated 600,000 Rolex watch sales. Rolex watches average 150gm or 4.82 troy ounces of Gold per watch, equating to 2.894 million troy ounces, or 90 Metric Tons Gold/annually
 Reference #2. Federal Reserve Bank of New York stores on average 7,000 metric tons of Gold Bullion in its Manhattan vault.

 By Mid-April, 2015, we are expecting over 50,000 Apple Watch Apps on the AppStore. Currently, for an average iPhone user there are 65 Apps per iPhone. We currently have 418 Apps on my iPhone 6 Plus and 300 Apps on Marilyn’s iPhone 6 Plus. We are estimating that an average Apple Watch may have 75 Apps per Apple Watch. There may likely be no single killer app for Apple Watch when the iWatch is released (other than the iWatch Configuration App) as each user will have their “own set of Killer Apps.” One way to look at this new “Wearable” is that the consumer is getting 75 different devices housed in one Apple Watch. Several Analysts are projecting that Apple may sell over 40 million Apple Watches in 1st the year, which is a very high estimate but not totally out of line with other estimates we’ve heard.

Many of the Apple Watch details are still unconfirmed, typical for Apple product releases, most notably the three-tired segment pricing, Apple Watch may be the revenue growth driver Apple needs for this April-Quarter, typically a relatively modest earnings period.

Apple’s Sports Watch is configured with an satin Aluminum case with a variety of elastomer sports water resistant bands. The Apple Watch is housed in highly polished hardened Stainless Steel with two colors, with a number of elegant bracelets. For the fashion minded, the Apple Watch Edition is encased in a highly polished and hardened Gold case accompanied with appealing bracelets. If our guesstimates are correct, this new Wearable product-line may have significant implications for year-over-year revenue growth at the company.

If the last eight quarterly financial reports are an indication, Apple may benefit handsomely with this mid-year revenue accelerator. The first fiscal-quarter (Apple’s fourth calendar quarter) is where Apple has really outperformed, growing revenue nearly 30% year-over-year.

Led by the newest iterations of its iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, most notably Apple smashed all expectations and accordingly propelled the $AAPL stock to all-time highs, with no end in sight. Not to mention that many of the largest Investment Banking firms’ analysts increasing the Target Pricing to $150/share and seemingly other analysts concurring with increased share target pricing.

Apple’s mid-year quarterly performance are generally less impressive then Apple’s first quarter results. And while it is important to note that 5% to 6% year-over-year growth is still amazing for a huge company pushing nearly $200 billion in revenues, with an Apple Watch earnings injection during the seasonally slower quarters should be an additional catalyst for Apple’s stock trading prices.

As you may know, one of the Apple “low” growth quarters is the third fiscal quarter, that typically starts April 1st. With an iWatch April release date expected, the Apple Watch may be most felt during this quarter. Assuming forecasts are close to reality, Apple generally errs on the conservative side with their projections. The Apple Watch may add roughly 16.8% growth to the quarter year-over-year, considering all other product sales factors constant. However, being rather bullish on the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, these “slower” seasonal quarters may be “not so slow” as usually expected by the “talking heads.”

The Big Question: Which Watch is for You? With the start of the New Year the specialty Watch Makers like Montblanc, Longines, Baume & Mercier, and others announce and display their new creations to the public.

Watches – Which is Best for You Comparing a robust “mans” chronograph with a modern gold iWatch with a red-band is eye catching, the primary purpose. However, when one acquires Mechanical-Chronographs with Complications in its Face, other than the watch-band, your use and visuals are Fixed. With iWatch other than your choice of the Gold, Stainless, or Aluminum alloy case, all else may be changed including the bands.

With the iWatch, Fixed only applies to your choice of how tall the watch body is, either 38mm or 42mm, and your choice of metal, Gold, Stainless, or Aluminum… all else you may change. The Watch Face may look anyway you desire, with Complications or not, thousands of possibilities, that you may change anytime. Directly under iWatch’s highly polished scratch-proof Sapphire Crystal, is a brilliant OLEM retina touch-display.

iWatch Face may display whatever information you desire, Day, Date, Graphics, Animations, iMessages, eMail, Weather, your next Calendar event, an incoming Call or Text, the position of Planet Earth in its solar system, your Heart rate, your Friend’s Heart Rate, anything or everything you desire, including the local Time. Want the Second-Hand on an analog face, turn it on or off. Want Digital or Analog time display, Want the Day/Date, turn these on or off, as you desire. Bands and Materials may be easily changed, choose from Leather bands, Stainless, Links, Sports elastomer Bands, however your use and venue dictates. Have a sports band for daily use, and have a elegant band for evening wear. You may easily change the iWatch Band, with no tools whatsoever.

iWatch Graphics. These two graphics shows the 42mm and 38mm iWatch faces and an overlay. The 38mm iWatch face graphic has an Overlay (the blue left and bottom edges) highlighting the 42mm iWatch face to show the size comparisons.

iWatch’s Introduction and Demo. Apple announced September 9, 2014 the highly anticipated iPhone 6 at its Major press conference at the Flint Center, Cupertino, California. After completing the iPhone 6 announcement, Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook mentioned just “One more thing…” a famous Steve Jobs saying, and went on to Announce the Apple Watch. This Video Link takes you directly to the iWatch segment of the Program, which announces the iWatch and gives a demonstration of its use and settings. The video is inspirational, as it shows how Apple, the Nation’s Largest Company develops and announces a new innovative reinvention of the Watch, a device that has been with civilization since the year 1530 AD.

▶️ http://youtu.be/bdyVH5LqneU.

Apple Watch certainly is not intended for everyone, neither is the Montblanc, a more limited audience for sure. Lets face it, “old fashioned electro-mechanical” wrist watches have an appeal to more mature affluent audiences, while possess “retro attraction” to the yuppie millennials. However, these classic mechanicals may be 42mm in diameter by 12mm, fragile, relatively expensive, and many amazingly keep terrible time. The iWatch has a 42mm face that rests 12mm on your wrist, and a second iWatch model of 38mm.

Apple Watch embodies many interesting aspects, as under its highly polished Sapphire Crystal is a brilliant OLED very high resolution “retina” touch-screen, that may Display hundreds of possible iWatch Faces. I’m imagining that the iWatch face is a rounded-rectangular shape so that the four-corners may house miniature Informative-Icons, or other Graphic Signals, or not.

Apple Watch’s Display is Strategic, meaning that with careful software graphics capabilities, one may design a “Perpetual Calendar Chronograph” digital iWatch face with unlimited complications, being mindful not to make it too confusing. On the other hand, one may choose an uncluttered iWatch face, or something in between, all user selectable.

🍎⌚️ Apple Engineers Completing iWatch Software. Apple has ceded the 4th beta of its iOS8.2 software today, largely dealing with the iWatch interface and its connectivity with iPhones. Apple is finishing up work on the Apple Watch’s complex iOS operating system software.

🍎⌚️ Sources familiar with iWatch development say the Apple Watch is currently ahead of schedule and on track to ship in the United States in March according to 9to5MAC, who has a very good track record and sources, in predicting product releases. Apple previously stated that the wearable product will ship in “early 2015” certainly not a very precise phrase.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch engineers have been “polishing up” the iWatch iOS operating system and putting the device’s Battery through very extensive testing. Apple engineers have also been “working overtime to improve the inductive charging system necessary for “contact-less” charging-up the device’s internal Lithium Polymer, LiON battery each night.” Tim Cook stated during an October 2014 press event that: “We think you’re going to end up charging the Apple Watch daily. Overnight, that’s what we think.”

iWatch Show-Floor DemoThis link shows an on-floor Apple-Show 5 minute raw employee-demo of the use and settings of the iWatch: http://youtu.be/rwv-3wZocK4.

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey. Notice the Graph above drawn from the statistics from a recent extensive survey (conducted by finance company Credit Suisse) of current iPhone owners approximately
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners will Definitely Buy iWatch
⌚️ 10% of iPhone Owners will Probably Buy iWatch
⌚️ 27% of iPhone Owners will May Buy iWatch
⌚️ 27% of iPhone Owners will Probably Not Buy iWatch
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners will Definitely Not Buy iWatch
⌚️ 100% of iPhone Owners that are Considering the Purchase of the iWatch

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey Extrapolation Assumptions . Lets extrapolate these statistics further. For the 10% of those stating they will Probably Buy, what portion of this group will actually buy, lets estimate that if 1000 people in the Apple Store stated they Probably will buy, lets say 500 of the 1000, about 1/2 of this group, will actually buy the iWatch; Similarly, For the 27% of those stating they will May Buy, what portion of this group will actually buy; lets estimate that if 2700 people in the Apple Store stated they are Maybe Buyers, lets say 700 of the 2700, about 1/4th of this group will actually buy the iWatch.

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey Extrapolation. Using the logic and assumptions above, lets restate three of the above groups of Likely Buyers, Probable Buyers, and Maybe Buyers, into a Single grouping of what we’ll call “Very Likely” Buyers
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners that stated they’d Definitely Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 5% of iPhone Owners that stated they’d Probably Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 7% of iPhone Owners that stated they May Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 30% of iPhone Owners therefore are “Very Likely” Buyers of the iWatch

🍎⌚️ Your Wait for Apple Watch may be over… sooner than you may have thought. According to news reports, Apple Watch iOS version software has been finalized. Apple is preparing a massive training session for Apple Store employees. The Apple Watch wearable device is on track for a March 2015 release timeframe, although no specific date is available. These news reports trim the previous timeline quite a bit. Fairly soon you may see long lines forming outside at an Apple Store in your neighborhood. I witnessed the unruly lines at 2am outside Apple’s Boca Raton store for the iPhone 6 Friday morning release, September 19, 2014.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch wearable device is on track for March, 2015 release, although no more detail on a specific release date is currently known. These news reports trim the timeline, and provide more precision on the iWatch release, then you’ll see the long lines forming at an Apple Store in your neighborhood. Prior to this News, Apple stated an imprecise phrase “Early 2015” as the iWatch release schedule. Another Senior Corporate spokesperson was even more vague stating a “Spring 2015” iWatch release schedule. Take a moment to view these beautifully produced Apple Watch videos.

▶️ http://www.apple.com/watch/films/

▶️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Production will begin this month, January, 2015, whereas the iWatch was once scheduled to be rolling off Apple contracted lines in February.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Production Orders. Apple has reportedly ordered 24 million iWatches from their contracted supplier, Quanta. In response to this relatively strong initial production order, Quanta has increased its workforce five-fold, increasing it from 2,000 workers to 10,000 workers. It’s expected that Quanta will then double again its workforce to 20,000 as the Apple Watch develops its sales momentum as 2015 progresses.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch 24 million unit Initial Production Order. One may consider a 24 million initial order seemingly aggressive; However, if recent polling is correct, 24 million iWatches may be on the mark or somewhat conservative. Current polling indicates that about 10% of iPhone users are actually “Very Likely” to buy the Apple Watch; Combine this 10% in the “Very Likely” Group, with an even larger group of iWatch iFolks, that say they are “Somewhat Likely” may increase the total “Likely Buyers Group” by another 5%. If predictive of actual demand, this trend will stress the supply-line for the 24 million iWatch initial production order.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Time will Tell, this high level of predictive demand may give the impression of production constraints, although, having the effect of keeping iWatch stocks flowing out of Apple retail stores, as fast as inventory arrives. Our guess, for the initial 12 months that iWatch is available, there may be some 30 million to 38 million iWatches sold.

🍎⌚️ Think about it. IMHO, Apple “pre Announced” the Apple Watch in September last year for multiple purposes
(🍎) Apple Defines this new product’s concepts early, rather than the rumor-mills and leaks
(🍎🍎) Provides sufficient time for the market-place, the iPhone folks to digest this entirely new product concepts
(🍎🍎🍎) Six months of assimilation, the iWatch pre-announcement to its formal release, gives everyone time to imagine having this unique Wearable, a marketing marvel by Apple.

🍎⌚️ History of 2007 iPhone. Recall Eight years ago, on Jan. 9, 2007, Steve Jobs on stage during Apple’s annual Macworld conference, announced Apple’s very first iPhone. Starting off with the words “We’re gonna make some history today” Apple’s cofounder Steve Jobs tricked the audience by claiming he was going to introduce three new products: an iPod with touch controls, a mobile phone and an Internet communications device, knowing that all three components were built into Apple’s newly Announced iPhone.

🍎⌚️ First iPhone Announcement. Similarly, when the Original iPhone was Announced January 9, 2007, 6 months later its was Release on June 29, 2007. This 6 months duration gave the World, the Market, the Apple Analysts, and Clients an “assimilation” period to digest The New iPhone Concept.

🎬 http://tiny.cc/qe68rx The iWatch presentation given September, 2014 is presently being “assimilated” just as the iPhone was exactly 8 years Ago, January 9, 2007 at its announcement. Presently, Apple has sold more than 530,000,000 iPhones, and is expected to sell some 220,000,000 iPhones this year.

🎬 http://tiny.cc/cd48rx The First iPhone, 8 years ago (21m:15s into the Macworld Keynote speech delivered by Steve Jobs the iPhone is Reinvented).

🎬 http://tiny.cc/zx48rx. The First iPad was Reinvented on April 3, 2010. In sum there are over 750,000,000 iPhones and iPads in circulation, by year-end 1,000,000,000 iDevices enhancing peoples lives.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch 24 million Production Schedule. The News Reports do not specifically outline the reasons for Apple moving iWatch production up; However, there were vague references that “production yield issues” have been resolved. This could be referring to either the LiON Battery, Sapphire Crystal, the Touch Display, or a mix of the three. If the iWatch is as popular as we think it will be, Apple will need as much of a production head-start as they can.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Display. The centerpiece of the Apple Watch is an bright AMOLED display (newly designed for Apple) that is estimated to be more costly than traditional LCD screens Apple uses in its iPhones and iPads, which are not AMOLED displays. According to Taiwan’s Apple Daily, the alleged terms of the Quanta deal limit Quanta from partnering with any competing device makers building wearable electronics. This News Report aligns with earlier rumors suggesting that Quanta had secured “exclusive manufacturing rights” for the Apple Watch, although some reporters are suggesting that Foxconn and Inventec may “muscle their way” into the iWatches’ supply chain.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Associate Training. iWatch training courses will commence February 9th through February 16th. The core training will take place at Apple’s Cupertino headquarters and a satellite office in Austin, Texas. Direct training will be given to one or two representatives from each of the 263 USA Apple Stores. At the completion of the iWatch Training, the Store Associates are then tasked to return to their Apple store, to train the Store sales staff. Apple has currently 444 retail stores operating in 16 countries, including 263 in the USA, plus an online store available in 39 countries.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Training is said to commence in early February; however, the Apple Watch release date is set for March. According to news reports, those who completed Direct Corporate Headquarters training will thereafter be training their Home-Based Apple store staff. This follow-up training will occur in the days just before the Apple Watch release Event. Apparently since Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook, told the pre-release iWatch story at the announcement of the iPhone 6 in September, 2014, Apple is not concerned with pre-release leaks from its 30,000 retail store associates.

🍎⌚️ iWatch, Apple Watch is the most personal iDevice ever. Apple’s goal has always been to make powerful technology more accessible, more relevant and ultimately more personal.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch represents a new chapter in the relationship people have with technology. It’s the most personal product Apple has ever made, because it’s the first Apple product to be worn.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple took a very unusual step in pre-announcing an entirely new Product Category BEFORE it was ready for release. Granted, Apple announces its iPhones, iPads, MacBooks before actual product release; however, for these MAC and iDevices, there was a 7 to 11 day period one waited for delivery of the New product released. In contrast Apple “Announced” the AppleWatch in late September, 2014 concurrently with its iPhone 6 announcement; however, Apple indicated then, that the iWatch would be Available in “early 2015.”

🍎⌚️ Apple will release iWatch in Early 2015. I can imagine Five vocabulary words for defining “when” in 2015 other than mentioning a chosen Calendar Quarter or a particular Month. Apple could have used these Four phrases: Beginning, Early, Middle, Late 2015. Late 2015 could mean November-December 2015, Middle could indicate May-June-July 2015.

🍎⌚️ What does “Early 2015” tell us? Since Apple chose not to use a particular Month like January 2015, January likely not what Apple had in mind. However, “Early, 2015” could mean either February, March, or April. Lets Add one more factor. Apple’s reports its financial results on a fiscal basis, where its 1st fiscal Quarter is defined as December 1st through February 28. Since the iPhone 6 is selling strongly, perhaps Apple desires the AppleWatch to make its Sales-Splash beginning in March of 2015 the start of Apple’s 2nd fiscal quarter.

🍎⌚️ Apple – One thing I have learned about Apple… “Apple does everything on purpose, with all aspects thoroughly thought out.”

🍎⌚️ Apple is Driven culturally to deliver. Apple is proud and patient with all product releases by “getting it right” technology-wise, market-wise, and timing-wise, getting most of the bugs out before the public see it, and before its critics see it. Apple may also desire to give its stable of independent developers, some time for iWatch Application (App) Development. Apple may desire the “kick off” the iWatch in its 2nd fiscal quarter of 2015.

🍎⌚️ Apple prefers to release new products on Friday for a Three-Day, Friday-Saturday-Sunday “weekend” sales splash. Looking at our Calendar, February 27, 28, March 1st, is the first weekend containing a March date; however, March 6, 7 and 8 is the first all March Weekend.

🍎⌚️ Apple Factoid to Consider. Apple is somewhat constrained in the fabrication of the Sapphire Crystals used on the WATCH and its WATCH EDITION product lines (the Sports models have hardened glass crystals not sapphire), Apple may be scheduling the Apple Watch in March giving sufficient time to build up a reasonable inventory of all the iWatch models. Its illogical for Apple to create huge anticipation, and not have a reasonable inventory of iWatch models to satisfy its Loyal Following.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Release Date: March 6, 7, 8, 2015, total conjecture though, as we have NO internal sources whatsoever.

🍎⌚️ Mobile Phones. The iPhone is mentioned in this article, as the adoption of the iWatch may follow the adoption-history of the iPhone. Apple reinvented the mobile phone with their first iPhone in 2007, 30 years after Motorola literally “invented” their very popular, however, expensive Star•TAC 8500XL. I bought this Motorola “Brick” 30 years ago for $4200 in 1985, weighing in at 28oz. I retained it as a souvenir of the times, then the most portable cellular phone.

🍎⌚️ 30 Million to 38 Million iWatch customers may be “voting” with their Wallets in its first 12 months of availability. Lets see how we get to these numbers. Looking at Apple’s iPhone sales history, it showed an adoption rate of 11 million iPhones in its 1st fiscal year (21 million in the 2nd fiscal year, 39 million in year 3, 72 million in year 4, 125 million units sold in the 5th year of the iPhone). Our guess is the adoption rate of the AppleWatch may follow the growth rate history of the iPhone, as both devices (iPhone and iWatch) were totally new Apple products.

🍎⌚️ iPhones are currently selling at 72 million units per quarter, capturing 51.3% of all global smartphone activations, 3 Times that of Samsung’s. With about 469 million iPhones currently in circulation, if 6.5% iPhone users adopt the iWatch, this may yield about 30 million iWatch 1st year sales, then say 60 million 2nd year sales, 120 million 3rd year sales… this are our guesstimates.

🍎⌚️ AppleWatch Likely Buyers. A recent survey by Quartz (QZ.com) shows that about 14% of iPhone Owners who indicated that they are either Very Likely, Likely and Somewhat Likely to buy the new iWatch this year; however, some 86% are not interested in adopting for the iWatch in 2015. The Quartz Survey chart is displayed for your review. Lets use this 14% extrapolation.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s recent Annual Report, iPhone Sales represents about $101.9 Billion in iPhone Sales, for 169.2 Million iPhone unit sales, amounts to an average iPhone sales price of $602.72/unit. If in fact for the first 12 months of iWatch sales, 14% of iPhone owners buy the AppleWatch, then about 23 million iWatches may be purchased.

🍎⌚️ 469,000 iPhones reportedly are in Circulation, remove the 169 million iPhones sold last year, lets consider the remaining 300 million iPhone owners that purchased iPhones in years before 2014. Lets assume just 5% of those remaining iPhone owners buy the iWatch, this would add 15 million of possible iWatch buyers. Combine these two assumptions 23 million + 15 million = 38 million iWatch sales may occur in the first 12 months of AppleWatch sales.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s creation of the iPhone seven years ago, Apple literally reinvented the mobile cellular phone, into a very crowded market; However Apple literally changed the Mobile Phone into a “SmartPhone” weighing in at 6oz and sized at 0.46″x2.4″x4.5″ that continues to be improved and enhanced, today with their iPhone 6 sized at 0.27″x2.6″x5.4″ and 6 Plus sized at 0.28″x3.1″x6.2″.

🍎 Today, January 9th is the 8th Anniversary for the First iPhone. This was a great Day for Apple and an incredible Proud Day for Steve Jobs!

🍎 See the First Look at the iPhone, 8 years ago: <u http://tiny.cc/jsl7rx (21m:50s into the Keynote speech delivered by Steve Jobs as the very First iPhone is Announced).

🍎 iWatch 🍎 Apple Watch – Apple’s Entry into Electronic Wearables

🍎⌚️ Mobile Phones. 22 years after the Motorola 8500XL known as “the Brick”, Apple reinvented the mobile phone with their first iPhone in 2007, which was so much more than a mobile phone, literally a “smartphone” weighing in at 6oz and about 1/4″ thin, 2.5″x0.26″x4.0″ that Apple continues to enhanced with the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s critics reported that Apple has no business getting into the mature field of experienced mobile phone makers.

🍎⌚️ In 7 years Apple has delivered 500,000,000 premium priced iPhones, and are now selling iPhone 6 and 6+ at a pace well over 200,000,000 yearly. Not a typo, Apple is currently selling premium iPhones at a pace of 72 million units reportedly per calendar quarter with a profit margin over 30%. Its been also been reported that, based on actual cellular activations, iPhone 6 models were 51.3% of all global smartphone sales in December, 2014, outselling Samsung 3-to-1. Marilyn and I each own the iPhone 6 Plus and love them.

🍎⌚️ Tablets. Similarly, tablets were available several years before Apple reinvented it with the iPad in 2010. Apple carefully examined how Apple could develop such a device that folks would really want and use. Apple’s critics again reported that Apple was waisting their energies on tablets into such a mature tablet-marketplace, where Apple would be lucky of it could sell 5 million units in a good year.

🍎⌚️ The market place “voted” with their Wallets as iPads are selling at a clip 60 million units yearly with over 250 million in use today. Marilyn has the iPad mini, fits perfectly in here handbag, and I have the iPad Air 2, fits perfectly into my nifty DECODED black leather case.

🍎⌚️ 30,000,000 iWatch sales may “vote” their Wallets in 2015. Looking at Apple’s iPhone sales history, they show an adoption rate of 11 million units in its 1st fiscal year (21 million 2nd fiscal year, 39 million 3rd year, 72 million 4th year, 125 million 5th year) compared to current iPhone sales of 72 million units per quarter. With about 450 million iPhones currently in circulation, if 6.5% iPhone users adopt the iWatch, this may yield about 30 million iWatch 1st year sales, then 60 million 2nd year sales, 120 million 3rd year sales, your guess thereafter…

🍎⌚️ Watch. Some Watch history. The watch which was developed in the 16th century (circa 1530) was a mechanical device, powered by winding a mainspring which turned gears which moved the hands, and kept time with a rotating balance wheel. Most of the subsequent 500 year history of watches was devoted to refining the mechanical watch.

🍎⌚️ The Quartz Watch in the 1960s, which ran on electricity and kept time with a vibrating quartz crystal, proved a radical departure for the industry. During the 1980s quartz watches took over the market from mechanical watches, an event referred to as the “quartz crisis”. Although mechanical watches still sell at the high end of the market, the vast majority of watches now have quartz movements.

🍎⌚️ The origin of the word “Watch” is that it came from the Old English word woecce which meant “watchman”, because it was used by town watchmen to keep track of their shifts. Another says that the term came from 17th century sailors, who used the new mechanisms to time the length of their shipboard watches (duty shifts).

🍎⌚️ First watches were strictly mechanical, driven by spring-powered clockwork. As technology progressed, mechanical devices, used to control the speed of the watch, were largely superseded by vibrating quartz crystals, producing accurately timed electronic pulses. Some watches use radio-clock-technology to regularly correct the time. The first digital electronic watch was developed in 1970, the Pulsar LED.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple again, is reinventing the Watch, certainly entering a very mature field, dating back to the 16th century, 500 years ago and the “electronic” watch of 1970’s, some 50 years in the making. Apple’s entry into the “Watch” arena may be similar to its entry into Mobile Phones, when it made cell phones literally “Smart.” With the iWatch, Apple will be making the timekeeping wearable very “Smart” too.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple has created three venues for their Wearable: Apple Watch, Sports, and the Edition, each containing many designs, metals, and bands, generating thousands of possibilities to reach a huge audience, with no compromise with its core capability. Presently I am wearing a RADO for the past 10 years, loving it. However, with the release of the Apple Watch, I’m highly motivated towards the Apple Watch.

Pleased you’re reading, with over 77,000 readers world-wide, growing by 2000/month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

25,290,651

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,000,000 visits as of December, 2014: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

🇺🇸🇺🇸🇺🇸 Larry Sabato’s Center for Politics at University of Virginia 🇺🇸 Latest on Presidential Primaries 🇺🇸🇺🇸🇺🇸

1447010130.jpg

🇺🇸 The BIG Question: Will Hiliary Clinton face Criminal Indictments for exposing Top Secret National Security Documents housed in an unsecured Server and transmitting emails on unsecured devices.

🇺🇸 Two US Government Inspectors General have asked the Justice Department to open a criminal investigation into whether Hillary Rodham Clinton mishandled sensitive government information on a private email account she used as Secretary of State, senior government officials said Thursday. Subsequently the FBI was ordered by the Justice Department to conduct its Criminal Investigation. These two Inspector Generals have notified Congressional Investigators that two of the four emails examined, contained Top Secret information, the other two emails contained Classified information. See 18 USC 2071

18 U.S. Code § 2071 – Concealment, Removal, or Mutilation of Government Records

(a) Whoever willfully and unlawfully conceals, removes, mutilates, obliterates, or destroys, or attempts to do so, or, with intent to do so takes and carries away any record, proceeding, map, book, paper, document, or other thing, filed or deposited with any clerk or officer of any court of the United States, or in any public office, or with any judicial or public officer of the United States, shall be Fined under this title or Imprisoned not more than three years, or both

(b) Whoever, having the custody of any such record, proceeding, map, book, document, paper, or other thing, willfully and unlawfully conceals, removes, mutilates, obliterates, falsifies, or destroys the same, shall be Fined under this title or Imprisoned not more than three years, or both; and shall forfeit his office and be Disqualified from holding any Office under the United States. As used in this subsection, the term “office” does not include the office held by any person as a retired officer of the Armed Forces of the United States.

🇺🇸 Kyle Kondik, Managing Editor, Sabato’s Crystal Ball, August 20th, 2015, It’s time to ask a question, the answer to which we do not know:

🇺🇸 Will former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton’s private emails and the server scandal do fatal damage to her campaign?

🇺🇸 Over the past few months it’s become clearer that the questions surrounding Clinton’s emails, and a corresponding flood of negative press that she has been unable to counteract, have done her considerable harm, at least in the short term.

🇺🇸 Clinton’s favorability rating has continued to erode. In June, we noted that despite months of questions about her emails, the story broke in early March, Clinton’s net favorability had only gone from 48%-46% favorable to 46%-48% unfavorable, according to HuffPost Pollster’s average. Since then, her unfavorability has only inched up to 49%, but her favorability has dropped to about 41%.

🇺🇸 National Enquirer articles can be Inflammatory, and have been litigated repeatedly; However, they don’t loose these law suits. The Enquirer obtains signed written affidavits backed up with audio recordings of the interviews from their multiple-sourced “snitches,” giving evidence for their articles and any potential litigation.

🇺🇸 The fact that her unfavorability number hasn’t grown much while her favorability number has clearly dropped suggests that some Democrats and Democratic-leaning independents are not willing to say they like their party’s frontrunner right now, but they also aren’t willing to say they dislike her. These are the voters that Clinton, as the nominee, would probably be able to bring back into the fold. Polarization raises the floor for candidates of both parties, even ones who are damaged.

http://www.centerforpolitics.org/crystalball/2016-president/



Pleased you’re reading, with about 90,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

🔴 RUBIO Beats Hillary Clinton, with Head-to-Head Poll • Rubio Moves to TOP of GOP Power Rankings Survey • Moves UP in National Polls • Excellent Debate Performances 🔴

1446670998.jpg

🔴⚪️🔵 RUBIO Beats Hillary 46% to 41% among Registered Voters, in their current Head-to-Head Quinnipiac University Poll. These results are well outside the Margin of Error, • Rubio also Moves to the TOP of the 2015 GOP Power Rankings Survey. Moves UP in National Polls, due to RUBIO’s Excellent Debate Performances.

🔴⚪️🔵 RUBIO Moves to the TOP of the important weekly GOP Power Rankings Survey. Plus Rubio is moving up in a number of National Polls with Excellent Debate Performances. RUBIO had another good night, this time on the CNBC debate stage which has put Marco Rubio on top of the GOP Power Rankings for the first time.

🔴⚪️🔵 Debate performance also gave Chris Christie his first taste of the top tier. “Rubio is clearly on the rise after a strong debate performance,” said Kristen Soltis Anderson, one of the 30 participating political experts on the GOP Power Ranking’s survey each week for their view of who is the strongest Republican candidate. “Cruz and Christie also did themselves favors in the debates,” she said, but it’s “still unclear how much the Polls move as a result.” Rubio jumped to First Place from third in the GOP survey, and Christie moved up from eighth place to fifth.

🔴⚪️🔵 “Rubio and Cruz are widely regarded to be the ‘winners’ of the October 28th GOP presidential candidate debate and Kasich and Christie also scored some attention for their debate performances,” said Iowa State University’s Dianne Bystrom. Republican digital consultant Phil Musser said “the beginning of the ‘second look’ for Christie stage kicked off in earnest this week on the back of a great debate and solid follow on early state endorsements and appearances. Watch his numbers start to move.”

TRUMP was the only Republican “top-tier” candidate that Losses to Hillary Clinton, 43% to 46%, in Quinnipiac’s Head-to-Head competition, outside the margin of error. Trump is beginning to pound Rubio, as well as Carson. One would think that if Trump really thinks he’s the Stronger candidate, why would he take the “low road” diminishing himself, by criticizing his competitors.

Trump’s recent rant is about Rubio’s Credit Cards. Rubio’s Senate run, 5 years ago cleared all ethics concerns, rendering the topic fully vetted. Knowing that Trump has caused several $Hundred Millions of Losses to his bond holders with 4 Bankrupt Trump “deals,” one would think it’s ill advised to bring up “credit” into the Campaign.

🔴⚪️🔵 Donald Trump is no longer the center of every political conversation thankfully. Rubio received 16 First-Place votes from the GOP Power Rankings panelists, while Trump got only eight. Rubio, the Florida Senator had never received more than eight first-place votes in the prior nine weeks of the GOP Power Rankings survey. Ben Carson remains near the top with four first-place votes, and Ted Cruz received two.

🔴⚪️🔵 Jeb Bush continues to fade. “Bush may technically have time and money, but he needs to do something NOW to prove to his donors and supporters that he is still a top contender in this race,” said non-partisan political analyst Nathan Gonzales. Bush’s “last name and correlated war-chest keep him in the top-tier, especially since no other mid-pack candidate, like Kasich, Fiorina, or Paul, can consistently attract positive attention,” said Democratic pollster Margie Omero.

🔴⚪️🔵 The GOP Power Rankings picks Weekly the current Republican Front Runner and Top Tier candidates by their 30 participants made up of very interested and engaged Political Analysts, University Professors, Media specialists, Polling Analysts, etc. Accordingly, we are very interested in their weekly GOP Power Rankings survey, published each Tuesday before 11am.

🔴⚪️🔵 National Polls may be “Scientific Polls” measuring public opinion from registered republicans from a representative sampling across the Nation for example, or polls may be “Random Polls” which may not even qualify if the person polled is a registered “R”, “D”, or an Independent, whether or not they voted in the last election. Random Polls are less expensive, however the results are also less predictive.

🔴⚪️🔵 Random National Polls tend to deliver Name Recognition and Media Attention, rather than actual Presidential Preference, particularly when the Poller rolls out 15 names to choose from. Therefore IMHO, the GOP Power Rankings Surveys give a more informed view of the Current Trends of how each Candidate is delivering their Message and Policy positions.

🔴⚪️🔵 The 3rd Republican Presidential Debate held October 18 was a spirited exchange with the CNBC moderators and the Candidates, with a striking differences, this debate “was Not all about Trump.” Another stand-out feature was the “snarky” questioning by the moderators, boarding on demeaning and disrespect.

🔴⚪️🔵 Republican Candidates had a number of 30-to-60 second segments, to answer questions or to respond, totaling on average 8 minutes of talk-time plus or minus a minute or two. The TV audience garnered valuable information, well worth the three hour investment, including the FOX Post-Debate coverage.

Airtime CNBC cameras focused on each Republican Candidate during the prime-time debate: • Fiorina: 10:32 • Rubio: 10:10 • Kasich: 9:42 • Trump: 9:26 • Christie: 8:31 • Huckabee: 7:39 • Cruz: 7:34 • Carson: 7:02 • Bush: 6:39 • Paul: 6:15

🔴⚪️🔵 Its the Sound-Bites Stupid. One of the Hottest News Bites of this Debate was BUSH’s self-inflicted-wound, when Bush attacked RUBIO’s Senate Attendance record. I literally jumped out of my seat. Bush’s scripted stunt totally back-fired against Bush, as RUBIO rapidly verbalized back, why would Bush’s staff think it was a good idea to Criticize Rubio on stage. (Likely because Rubio is polling twice Bush). Then RUBIO rapidly turned and Looked directly into the TV Cameras, took the high-road by explaining that he will not Criticize his fellow candidates, as “I’m not running against them, I’m running for President Rubio” said… then compared his record to Obama’s, McCain’s, and John Kerry’s 65% missed senate votes, almost doubling Rubio’s…

🔴⚪️🔵 Watch this clip of the best moments of the CNBC Presidential Debate: http://flip.it/xb30l

🔴⚪️🔵 RUBIO was fast in Addressing the TV Camera totally cutting-off any further Bush remarks… (I still have that stunning image of RUBIO making his TV response, with Bush in the background totally out of focus with a blank grin). Rubio stated many times in recent weeks: “I have not missed a Senate vote, where my Vote would have made a difference in the Outcome…” Recall the Senate has a significant republican majority. For issues where the Senate Vote was close, RUBIO made his Vote count, otherwise, he worked his Senate duties remotely with his Presidential Campaign schedule.

🔴⚪️🔵 Bad Sound Bites are Really Bad. CNBC’s Debate was Wednesday, where every day and evening RUBIO’s reply to Bush’s ridiculous attack, is being played over and over, giving RUBIO tens of $Millions of free MEDIA attention, the kind Trump has been getting weeks ago. To make matters worse, a number of nervous Bush supporters are “Jumping Ship” or “Freezing Contributions” as they fear that the Bush Candidacy may be imploding; Many already think it already has.

🔴⚪️🔵 Bad Sound Bites are Really, Really Bad. Bush’s campaign financing problems are also attracting more Media attention, benefiting Rubio, like a perfect political storm. And of course, the RUBIO campaign announced that $Million of new Contributions are coming in, as a result of RUBIO’s third excellent Debate Performance, not to mention the Bush’s backfire against Rubio. Again, a positive RUBIO press release, again taking the high road, rather than taking a shot at Bush. Rubio doesn’t have to take any direct shots at Bush, as the Media is doing a good job of it.

🔴⚪️🔵 Bad Sound Bites are Really, Really, Really Bad. There is More… Don’t be surprised when RUBIO climbs even higher in the National Polls as the 10 minutes of Rubio debate Sound-Bite circulates through the Media News Rooms. (The Media is getting tired of Trump stories, so the RUBIO/Bush-bash timing was perfect).

🔴⚪️🔵 Fast Reaction Sound Bites Can be Really, Really GOOD too. The RUBIO/Bush-bash, with a rapid response by RUBIO translated to More MEDIA attention and again More $Millions of new energetic Campaign Contributors for RUBIO… its like a Hurricane that keeps Growing as it moves forward in time, (with Bush’s 20 second blunder, followed by Rubio’s 60 second rapid response), as the sound-bites continue to circulate through the press rooms…

This is a Political-Science Classroom example of how a few stupid, poorly scripted remarks can make a Huge difference with MEDIA Attention, PUBLIC Opinion, and Campaign Finance.

🔴⚪️🔵 There’s more… we’re hearing that insiders within Bush’s campaign finance team are encouraging Bush to consider getting out, sooner than later, before he totally implodes. Why? Many significant financing sources (we’re speaking of $Billionaires) are either Canceling further contributions or Freezing the funds they have pledged. Since the CNN and CNBC Debates BUSH has been totally off-message, answering MEDIA questions, about his “Imploding Campaign.” It seems like when your heading down-hill with bad-breaks, everything seems to GO down faster and faster.